ML13196A376: Difference between revisions
StriderTol (talk | contribs) (Created page by program invented by StriderTol) |
StriderTol (talk | contribs) (Created page by program invented by StriderTol) |
||
| Line 16: | Line 16: | ||
=Text= | =Text= | ||
{{#Wiki_filter:Tennessee Valley Authority, Post Office Box 2000, Spring City, Tennessee 37381-2000 July 9, | {{#Wiki_filter:Tennessee Valley Authority, Post Office Box 2000, Spring City, Tennessee 37381-2000 July 9, 2013 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission ATTN: Document Control Desk Washington, D.C. 20555-0001 Watts Bar Nuclear Plant, Unit 2 NRC Docket No. 50-391 | ||
==Subject:== | ==Subject:== | ||
Watts Bar Nuclear Plant (WBN) Unit 2 -Submittal of Pre-op Test Instructions The following approved WBN Unit 2 Pre-op Test Instructions (PTIs) are enclosed: PTI NUMBER Rev. TITLE 2-PTI-068-15 0 Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-074-02 0 RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and Midloop If you have any questions, please contact Nick Welch at (423) 365-7820.Respectfully, Raymond A. Hruby, Jr.General Manager, Technical Services Watts Bar Unit 2 Enclosures | |||
Watts Bar Nuclear Plant (WBN) Unit 2 -Submittal of Pre-op | _ A U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Page 2 July 9, 2013 cc (Enclosures): | ||
PTI NUMBER Rev. | U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Region II Marquis One Tower 245 Peachtree Center Ave., NE Suite 1200 Atlanta, Georgia 30303-1257 NRC Resident Inspector Unit 2 Watts Bar Nuclear Plant 1260 Nuclear Plant Road Spring City, Tennessee 37381 WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 PREOPERATIONAL TEST TITLE: Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control Instruction No: 2-PTI-068-15 Revision No: 0000 PREPARED BY: M-J~~C j/c.I ZL ý DATE: O ~&/PRINT NAME / StGNATURE REVIEWED BY: Be v. 7 A, -c .l(" AW-1/ DATE: 31 ./?PRINT NAME / SIGNATURE INSTRUCTION APPROVAL JTG MEETING No: A "/ 3 " 0 I ,_JTG CHAIRMAN: | ||
Respectfully, Raymond A. Hruby, Jr.General Manager, Technical | A-DATE: APPROVED BY: gDATE: Pa cOPE RA'I'O NALSTA-RTU P MANAGER TEST RESULTS APPROVAL JTG MEETING No: JTG CHAIRMAN: | ||
_ A U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Page | DATE: APPROVED BY : DATE: PREOPERATIONAL STARTUP MANAGER SMP-8.0, Administration of Preoperational Test instructions, Appendix B 12/07/2010 WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 2 of 198 Revision Log Revision Affected or Change Effective Page Number Date Numbers Description of RevisionlChange 0000 ALL Based on PTI-68-15 and PTI-68-15 supplement no. 1 as performed for Unit 1. | ||
U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Region | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 3 of 198 Table of Contents | ||
A-DATE:APPROVED BY: gDATE:Pa cOPE RA'I'O NALSTA-RTU P | |||
DATE:APPROVED BY : DATE:PREOPERATIONAL STARTUP | |||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | |||
==1.0 INTRODUCTION== | ==1.0 INTRODUCTION== | ||
..................................................................................................... | ..................................................................................................... | ||
5 1.1 Test Objectives | |||
........................................................................................................ | ........................................................................................................ | ||
5 1 .2 S c o p e ............................................................................................................................ | |||
5 | |||
== | ==2.0 REFERENCES== | ||
........................................................................................................ | ........................................................................................................ | ||
6 2.1 Performance References | |||
.......................................................................................... | .......................................................................................... | ||
6 2.2 Developmental References | |||
...................................................................................... | ...................................................................................... | ||
6 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS | |||
.................................................................... | .................................................................... | ||
13 4.0 PREREQUISITE ACTIONS .................................................................................... | |||
16 4.1 Preliminary Actions ................................................................................................. | |||
16 4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies ...................... | |||
...................... | 20 4.3 Field Preparations | ||
.................................................................................................. | .................................................................................................. | ||
21 4.3.1 Field Preparations for Subsections 6.6 through 6.10 ............................... | |||
21 4.3.2 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.1 (Block Valve for PORV 340A) ........................................................................................................ | |||
23 4.3.3 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.2 (Block Valve for PORV 334) ........................................................................................................... | |||
24 4.3.4 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.3 (PORV 340A) ............................... | |||
24 4.3.5 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.4 (PORV 334) .................................. | |||
25 4.3.6 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.5 (COMS) .......................... | |||
................... | ................... | ||
26 4.3.7 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.6 (Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test) ........................................................................................ | |||
26 4.3.8 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.7 (Pressurizer Pressure Control Test) ............................................................................................. | |||
26 4.3.9 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.8 (PORV Leakage and Stroke Test) ............................................................................................ | |||
27 4.3.10 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.9 (Pressurizer Level Control Test) ............................................................................................. | |||
29 4.3.11 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.10 (Pressurizer Level Functional Test) ........................................................................................ | |||
30 4.4 Approvals and Notifications | |||
................................................................................... | ................................................................................... | ||
30 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA .................................................................................... | |||
.................................................................................... | 31 6.0 PERFORMANCE | ||
.................................................................................................... | .................................................................................................... | ||
35 6. | 35 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 6.8 6.9 6.10 7.0 8.0 Table of Contents (continued) 2-FCV-68-333, PZR PORV Block Valve, Logic Checks .......................................... | ||
35 2-FCV-68-332, PZR PORV Block Valve, Logic Checks ......................................... | |||
44 2-PCV-68-340A, PZR PORV, Logic Checks ........................................................... | |||
53 2-PCV-68-334, PRZ PORV, Logic Checks ............................................................. | |||
61 Cold Overpressure Protection Functional Test ...................................................... | |||
69 Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test .................................................................... | |||
70 Pressurizer Pressure Control Test ......................................................................... | |||
98 PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity | |||
............................................................... | ............................................................... | ||
102 Pressurizer Level Control Test .................................................................................. | |||
118 Pressurizer Level Functional Test ............................................................................. | |||
121 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY .......................................................................... | |||
.......................................................................... | 158 RECORDS ................................................................................................................ | ||
162 Appendix A: Appendix B: Appendix C: Appendix D: Appendix E: Table 1: Table 2: Table 3: Figure 1: Figure 2: Data Sheet 1: Data Sheet 2: Data Sheet 3: TEST PROCEDURES/INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE R E V IEW ................................................................................................... | |||
163 TEMPORARY CONDITION LOG ............................................................. | |||
165 PERMANENT PLANT INSTRUMENTATION LOG .................................. | |||
166 MEASURING AND TEST EQUIPMENT LOG .......................................... | |||
170 SW ITC H LIN EU P ..................................................................................... | |||
171 B reaker Lineup ........................................................................................ | |||
173 Fuse Lineup ............................................................................................. | |||
175 Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control and Protection S etpo ints ................................................................................................. | |||
178 Pressurizer Pressure Setpoints | |||
............................................................. | ............................................................. | ||
182 Pressurizer Level Setpoints | |||
................................................................... | ................................................................... | ||
183 Pressurizer Pressure Steady-State Data .............................................. | |||
184 PORV Dynam ic Testing Data ................................................................. | |||
189 Pressurizer Level Functional Test Data ................................................ | |||
194 WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | 194 WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 5 of 198 | ||
== | ==1.0 INTRODUCTION== | ||
1.1 Test Objectives The purpose of this test is to verify the controls and operation of the Pressurizer (PZR) pressure and level control system at Hot Functional Test (HFT) conditions. | 1.1 Test Objectives The purpose of this test is to verify the controls and operation of the Pressurizer (PZR) pressure and level control system at Hot Functional Test (HFT) conditions. | ||
The control logic for the PZR Power Operated Relief Valves (PORV), PZR | The control logic for the PZR Power Operated Relief Valves (PORV), PZR PORV Block Valves, and Cold Overpressure Mitigation System (COMS) will be tested as a prerequisite to HFT conditions. | ||
The stroke times of the PORV and PORV | The stroke times of the PORV and PORV Block Valves will be verified prior to and at HFT conditions. | ||
Functionality of the PZR Pressure control system to control pressure transients | Functionality of the PZR Pressure control system to control pressure transients and maintain pressure within operating range will be verified. | ||
The functionality of | The functionality of the PZR Level Control System to automatically control induced level and maintain system inventory within controller operating range will be verified. | ||
Lastly, | Lastly, the operational acceptability of the PZR Relief Tank (PRT) will be demonstrated. | ||
1.2 | 1.2 Scope This test procedure verifies operability of the PZR Pressure and Level Control System by the following scope: A. Demonstration of the controls and interlocks for 2-FCV-68-333, PZR PORV Block Valve B. Demonstration of the controls and interlocks for 2-FCV-68-332, PZR PORV Block Valve C. Demonstration of the controls and interlocks for 2-PCV-68-340A, PZR PORV D. Demonstration of the controls and interlocks for 2-PCV-68-334, PZR PORV E. Demonstration of the controls, interlocks, and setpoints of COMS F. Demonstration of the capability of the PZR Pressure Control System to automatically control induced pressure transients G. Demonstration of the capability of the PZR Pressure Control System to maintain pressure within controller operating range H. Demonstration of the stroke time of the PORVs and PORV Block Valves and the operational acceptability of the PRT 1. Demonstration of the capability of the PZR Level Control System to automatically control induced level transients J. Demonstration of the capability of the PZR Level Control System to maintain system inventory within controller operating range. | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 6 of 198 | ||
== | ==2.0 REFERENCES== | ||
2.1 Performance References A. SMP-9.0, Conduct of | 2.1 Performance References A. SMP-9.0, Conduct of Test B. 2-PTI-68-01, Hot Functional Test -Heatup & Cooldown (LATER)C. 2-PTI-68-03, Pressurizer Heater and Spray Control D. 2-SI-68-92, 18 Month Channel Calibration of PORV 2-PCV-68-340A Cold Overpressure Mitigation System Actuation Channel (LATER)E. 2-SI-68-93, 18 Month Channel Calibration of PORV 2-PCV-68-334 Cold Overpressure Mitigation System Actuation Channel (LATER)F. 2-TOP-68-02, RCS -HFT (LATER)G. 2-TOP-62-02, CVCS -Startup Testing Operation (LATER)2.2 Developmental References A. Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR), Amendment 109 1. Chapter 5, Section 5.2.2, Overpressurization Protection | ||
: 2. Chapter 5, Section 5.5.10, Pressurizer | : 2. Chapter 5, Section 5.5.10, Pressurizer | ||
: 3. Chapter 5, Section 5.5.11, Pressurizer Relief | : 3. Chapter 5, Section 5.5.11, Pressurizer Relief Tank 4. Chapter 7, Section 7.2.1.1.2(3), Reactor Coolant System Pressurizer Pressure and Water Level Trips 5. Chapter 7, Section 7.7.1.5, Pressurizer Pressure Control 6. Chapter 7, Section 7.7.1.6, Pressurizer Water Level Control 7. Chapter 14, Table 14.2-1, Sheets 18 and 19 of 89, Chemical and Volume Control System Test Summary 8. Chapter 14, Table 14.2-1, Sheet 77, 78, and 79 of 89, Integrated Hot Functional Tests Test Summary 9. Chapter 14, Table 14.2-1, Sheet 88 of 89, Pressurizer Safety and Relief Valves Test Summary 2.2 Developmental References (continued) | ||
Reactor Coolant System Pressurizer Pressure and Water Level | B. Drawings 1. Electrical | ||
B. | : a. 2-45W760-68-3, Rev. 3, Wiring Diagram Reactor Coolant System Schematic Diagrams b. 2-45W760-68-4, Rev. 3, Wiring Diagram Reactor Coolant System Schematic Diagrams c. 2-45W600-55-9, Rev. 2, Wiring Diagram Annunciator System Key Diagram Panel 4A d. 2-45W600-55-13, Rev. 2, Wiring Diagram Annunciator System Key Diagram Panel 5A e. 2-45W600-55-40, Rev. 2, Wiring Diagram Annunciator System Key Diagram f. 2-45W600-57-7, Rev. 4, Wiring Diagram Separation | ||
: a. 2-45W760-68-3, Rev. 3, Wiring Diagram Reactor Coolant | & Misc Aux Relays Schematic Diagrams g. 2-45W600-57-15, Rev. 1, Wiring Diagram Separation | ||
& Misc | & Misc Aux Relays Schematic Diagrams h. 2-45W600-57-14, Rev. 3, Wiring Diagram Separation | ||
& Misc | & Misc Aux Relays Schematic Diagrams i. 2-45W600-57-25, Rev. 3, Wiring Diagram Separation | ||
& Misc | & Misc Aux Relays Schematic Diagrams j. 2-45W760-68-5, Rev. 3, Wiring Diagram Reactor Coolant System Schematic Diagrams k. 2-45W600-68-1, Rev. 5, Wiring Diagram Reactor Coolant System Schematic Diagrams 1. 2-45W600-62-1, Rev. 2, Wiring Diagrams Chemical & Volume Control Sys Schematic Diagrams m. 2-45W600-62-5, Rev. 2, Wiring Diagrams Chemical & Volume Control Sys Schematic Diagrams n. 2-45W600-62-2, Rev. 3, Wiring Diagrams Chemical & Volume Control Sys Schematic Diagrams o. 2-47W610-62-2, Rev. 7, Electrical Control Diagram Chemical and Volume Control Sys 2.2 Developmental References (continued) | ||
& Misc | : p. 2-47W610-68-5, Rev. 1, Electrical Control Diagram Reactor Coolant System q. 2-47W610-68-6, Rev. 2, Electrical Control Diagram Reactor Coolant System r. 2-47W610-68-4, Rev. 4, Electrical Control Diagram Reactor Coolant System s. 2-47W610-68-5A, Rev. 1, Electrical Control Diagram Reactor Coolant System t. 2-45B2766-6D, Rev. 0, Wiring Diagram 480V Reactor MOV BD 2A1-A Conn Diag -Compt 6D u. 2-45W760-270-2, Rev. 2, Wiring Diagram Miscellaneous System Schematic Diagram v. 2-45B2768-5E, Rev. 0, Wiring Diagram 480V Reactor MOV BD 2B1-B Conn Diag -Compt 5E w. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2402-1, Rev. 0, Electrical | ||
& Volume | -Loop 1 & 2 Hot and Cold Leg Temperature Validation, Conversion | ||
& Volume | : x. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2402-3, Rev. 0, Electrical Pressurizer PORV Interlocks | ||
& Volume | |||
: p. 2-47W610-68-5, Rev. 1, Electrical Control Diagram Reactor | |||
-Loop 1 & 2 | |||
: x. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2402-3, Rev. 0, Electrical Pressurizer | |||
: y. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2403-1, Rev. 0, Electrical | : y. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2403-1, Rev. 0, Electrical | ||
-Loop 3 & 4 | -Loop 3 & 4 Hot and Cold Leg Temperature Validation, Conversion | ||
: z. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2403-3, Rev. 0, Electrical Pressurizer | : z. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2403-3, Rev. 0, Electrical Pressurizer PORV Interlock aa. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2400-1, Rev. 0, Electrical Pressurizer Pressure Signal Validation bb. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2400-3, Rev. 0, Electrical | ||
-Pressurizer Pressure Signal Validation cc. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2401-1, Rev. 2, Electrical Pressurizer Pressure | -Pressurizer Pressure Signal Validation cc. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2401-1, Rev. 2, Electrical Pressurizer Pressure Control dd. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2401-3, Rev. 2, Electrical Pressurizer Pressure Controls ee. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2401-4, Rev. 4, Electrical | ||
-Pressurizer Pressure Master H/A Hand Station Interface Faceplate Layout 2.2 Developmental References (continued) ff. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2401-5, Rev. 0, Electrical Pressurizer Pressure | -Pressurizer Pressure Master H/A Hand Station Interface Faceplate Layout 2.2 Developmental References (continued) ff. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2401-5, Rev. 0, Electrical Pressurizer Pressure Controls gg. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2401-6, Rev. 0, Electrical Pressurizer Pressure Controls hh. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2401-8, Rev. 0, Electrical | ||
-Pressurizer | -Pressurizer LP2 Spray Valve H/A Hand Station Interface ii. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2401-10, Rev. 0, Electrical | ||
-Pressurizer | -Pressurizer LP1 Spray Valve H/A Hand Station Interface jj. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2401 | ||
-11, Rev. 0, Electrical | -11, Rev. 0, Electrical | ||
-Pressurizer Pressure LP1 & LP2 Spray Valves Hand Station Interface Faceplate | -Pressurizer Pressure LP1 & LP2 Spray Valves Hand Station Interface Faceplate Layout kk. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2401-12, Rev. 0, Electrical | ||
-Pressurizer Pressure LP2 Spray Valve Hand Station Interface I1. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2404-1, Rev. 0, Electrical Pressurizer | -Pressurizer Pressure LP2 Spray Valve Hand Station Interface I1. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2404-1, Rev. 0, Electrical Pressurizer Level Signal Input/Validation mm. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2404-6, Rev. 0, Electrical Pressurizer Level Control To Charging Flow nn. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2605-1, Rev. 0, Electrical CVCS Charging Flow To Pressurizer oo. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2404-8, Rev. 0, Electrical | ||
-Pressurizer | -Pressurizer Level Control To Charging Flow H/A Hand Station Interface pp. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2404-9, Rev. 0, Electrical | ||
-Pressurizer | -Pressurizer Level Control To Charging Flow H/A Hand Station Interface Faceplate Layout qq. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2404-10, Rev. 1, Electrical Pressurizer Level Recorder Selection rr. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2608-1, Rev. 0, Electrical CVCS Letdown HX Temperature Outlet ss. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2608-5, Rev. 0, Electrical | ||
-CVCS Ltdn | -CVCS Ltdn HX Temp Outlet Hand Station Interface Faceplate Layout tt. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2607-5, Rev. 0, Electrical | ||
-CVCS | -CVCS Letdown Heat Exchanger Hand Sta Interface Faceplate Layout WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 10 of 198 2.2 Developmental References (continued) uu. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2607-1, Rev. 0, Electrical | ||
-CVCS | -CVCS Letdown Heat Exchanger Pressure vv. 2-45B655-5A, Rev. 0, Main Control Room Annunciator Inputs Window Box XA-55-5A ww. 2-45B655-6C, Rev. 0, Main Control Room Annunciator Inputs Window Box XA-55-6C xx. 2-45B655-4A, Rev. 0, Main Control Room Annunciator Inputs Window Box XA-55-4A yy. 2-45B655-4D, Rev. 0, Main Control Room Annunciator Inputs Window Box XA-55-4D zz. 2-45B655-6F, Rev. 0, Main Control Room Annunciator Inputs Window Box XA-55-6F aaa. 2-45B655-E5A, Rev. 0, Electrical Annunciator Window Box XA-55-5A Engraving bbb. 2-45B655-E6C, Rev. 0, Electrical Annunciator Window Box XA-55-6C Engraving ccc. 2-45B655-E4A, Rev. 0, Electrical Annunciator Window Box XA-55-4A Engraving ddd. 2-45B655-E4D, Rev. 0, Electrical Annunciator Window Box XA-55-4D Engraving eee. 2-45B655-E6F, Rev. 0, Electrical Annunciator Window Box XA-55-6F Engraving fff. 2-45W751-8, Rev. 3, Wiring Diagrams 480V Reac MOV BDS 2B1-B Single Line Sh-2 ggg. 2-45W751-3, Rev. 3, Wiring Diagrams 480V Reac MOV BD 2A1-A Single Line Sh-3 hhh. 1-45W703-3, Rev. 46, Wiring Diagrams 125V Vital Battery Board III Single Line -Sheet 3 iii. 1-45W703-4, Rev. 39, Wiring Diagrams 125V Vital Battery Board IV Single Line -Sheet 4 jjj. 2-45W706-3, Rev. 0, Wiring Diagrams 120V AC Vital Inst Pwr Bds 1-111 & 2-111 Connection Diagram -Sh 3 WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 11 of 198 2.2 Developmental References (continued) kkk. 2-45W706-4, Rev. 0, Wiring Diagram 120V Vital Inst Pwr Bds 1-IV &2-IV Connection Diagrams I1l. 2-45N2638-3, Rev. 4, Wiring Diagrams Aux Control Board Panel 2-L-1 1A Connection Diagram Sh-3 mmm. 2-45N2639-3, Rev. E, Wiring Diagrams Aux Control Board Panel 2-L-1 1 B Connection Diagram Sh-3 2. Logic/Control | ||
: a. 2-47W611-68-1, Rev. 2, Electrical Logic Diagram Reactor | : a. 2-47W611-68-1, Rev. 2, Electrical Logic Diagram Reactor Coolant System b. 2-47W611-68-2, Rev. 2, Electrical Logic Diagram Reactor Coolant System c. 2-47W611-68-3, Rev. 3, Electrical Logic Diagram Reactor Coolant System d. 2-54114-1-5655D87-1 1, Rev. 0 (ANT), DRA 52328-750, SSPS Functional Diagrams Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control e. 2-54114-1-5655D87-12, Rev. 0 (ANT), DRA 52338-751, SSPS Functional Diagrams Pressurizer Heater Control 3. Vendor Drawings a. none 4. Vendor Manuals a. VD-W351-0763, Pressurizer Instructions Tech Manual C. Documents 1. WBN2-62-4001, Rev. 1, Chemical and Volume Control System 2. WBN2-68-4001, Rev. 2, Reactor Coolant System 3. 2-TSD-68-15, Rev. 1, Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 4. 2-P-68-340, Rev. 0, NE Setpoint and Scaling Document Pressurizer Pressure 5. 2-P-68-334, Rev. 0, NE Setpoint and Scaling Document Pressurizer Pressure WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 12 of 198 2.2 Developmental References (continued) | ||
: 6. 2-P-68-323, Rev. 0, NE Setpoint and Scaling Document Pressurizer Pressure 7. 2-P-68-322, Rev. 0, NE Setpoint and Scaling Document Pressurizer Pressure 8. 2-L-68-339, Rev. 0, NE Setpoint and Scaling Document Pressurizer Level 9. 2-L-68-335, Rev. 0, NE Setpoint and Scaling Document Pressurizer Level 10. 2-L-68-320, Rev. 0, NE Setpoint and Scaling Document Pressurizer Level 11. 2-LPP-68-340A, Rev. 0, Scaling and Setpoint Document Pressurizer Pressure Control (LATER)12. 2-LPL-68-339A, Rev. 0, Scaling and Setpoint Document Pressurizer Level Control (LATER)13. 2-LPP-68-336C, Rev. 0, Scaling and Setpoint Document Pressurizer Pressure (Narrow Range) (LATER)14. 2-LPP-68-337C, Rev. 0, Scaling and Setpoint Document Pressurizer Pressure (Narrow Range) (LATER)15. 2-LPL-68-325C, Rev. 0, Scaling and Setpoint Document Pressurizer Narrow Range Level (LATER)16. 2-LPL-68-326C, Rev. 0, Scaling and Setpoint Document Pressurizer Narrow Range Level (LATER) | |||
: 6. 2-P-68-323, Rev. 0, NE Setpoint and Scaling Document Pressurizer | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 13 of 198 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS A. Standard precautions shall be followed for working around energized electrical equipment in accordance with TVA Safety Manual Procedure 1021. In addition, follow TI-300 when working around electrical equipment. | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | B. Steps may be repeated if all components cannot be tested in a step. However, if the test has been exited, prerequisite steps must be re-verified and a Chronological Test Log (CTL) entry made.C. Discrepancies between component ID tags and the description in a procedure/instruction do not require a Test Deficiency Notice (TDN) in accordance with SMP-14.0, if the UNIDs match, exclusive of place-keeping zeros and train designators (e.g. 2-HS-31-468 vs. 2-HS-031-0468) and the noun description is sufficient to identify the component. | ||
B. Steps may be repeated if all components cannot be tested in a step. However,if the test has been exited, prerequisite steps must be re-verified and | If the component label needs to be changed, a Tag Request Form (TR Card) should be processed in accordance with TI-12.14. | ||
If the component | Make an entry in the CTL and continue testing.D. All wires removed/lifted from a terminal shall be identified and taped or covered with an insulator to prevent personnel or equipment hazard and possible spurious initiations. | ||
Make an entry in the CTL and continue testing.D. All wires removed/lifted from a terminal shall be identified and taped or | The wires should be grouped together and labeled with the work implementing document number that required them to be lifted if left unattended. | ||
The wires should be grouped together and labeled with | E. All open problems are to be tracked by a corrective action document and entered on the appropriate system punchlist. | ||
E. All open problems are to be tracked by a corrective action document | F. Problems identified during the test shall be annotated on the CTL from SMP-9.0 including a description of the problem, the procedure step when/where the problem was identified, corrective action steps taken to resolve the problem, and the number of the corrective action document, if one was required.G. Observe all Radiation Protection (RP) requirements when working in or near radiological areas.H. Ensure there are no adverse effects to the operation of Unit 1 structures, systems, or components. | ||
F. Problems identified during the test shall be annotated on the CTL from SMP-9. | : 1. The Pressurizer precautions and limitations in the Technical Specifications and the Pressurizer Technical Manual must be observed.J. Prior to each plant heatup, verification that the pressurizer safety valves are not gagged should be made.K. Continuous flow should be maintained in the pressurizer spray lines to protect the lines from thermal shock and help maintain uniform water chemistry in the pressurizer. | ||
G. Observe all Radiation Protection (RP) requirements when working in or | |||
: 1. The Pressurizer precautions and limitations in the Technical Specifications | |||
J. Prior to each plant heatup, verification that the pressurizer safety valves are | |||
Low temperature alarms are provided to indicate insufficient bypass flow. | Low temperature alarms are provided to indicate insufficient bypass flow. | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 14 of 198 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (continued) | ||
L. Spray flow normally should not be initiated if the temperature difference between the pressurizer and the spray fluid is greater than about 1 00° | L. Spray flow normally should not be initiated if the temperature difference between the pressurizer and the spray fluid is greater than about 1 00°F although higher AT's are acceptable for a few number of cycles in the life of the plant. Auxiliary spray flow from the charging pump should be initiated slowly.M. Prior to each plant heatup, verification that the PRT rupture disk is in place should be made.N. If the PRT water temperature alarm is activated, the contents of the tank should be cooled by spraying with reactor makeup water. The alarm could indicate leakage or lifting of a relief valve and the cause should be determined. | ||
: 0. The level in the PRT should be maintained in the normal operating | : 0. The level in the PRT should be maintained in the normal operating range between the high and low alarm setpoints. | ||
P. When maintenance inside the PRT is required, it shall first be purged with air.The gas in the tank shall then be sampled to ensure personnel safety.Q. A nitrogen gas blanket should be maintained in the PRT to exclude air | P. When maintenance inside the PRT is required, it shall first be purged with air.The gas in the tank shall then be sampled to ensure personnel safety.Q. A nitrogen gas blanket should be maintained in the PRT to exclude air and prevent the formation of an explosive hydrogen-oxygen mixture.R. The gases in the PRT tank must be sampled routinely. | ||
The | The oxygen concentration must be maintained less than 5% by volume and the hydrogen concentration less than 4%.S. The plant conditions required for each Subsection are as follows: 1. Subsections 6.1 through 6.5 -Tested prior to pressurizing the Reactor Coolant System (RCS) as a prerequisite to 2-PTI-68-01 (Hot Functional Test (HFT)).2. Subsection 6.6 through 6.10 -HFT conditions equivalent to no-load temperature, pressure, and inventory conditions. | ||
T. Avoid placing backup heater banks A-A and B-B on when the pressurizer level is less than 17% of level span. This is to avoid damaging the heaters when they are uncovered. | |||
T. Avoid placing backup heater banks A-A and B-B on when the pressurizer | The pressurizer heaters are uncovered at approximately 14% of level span. The pressurizer backup heaters can be manually turned ON at any pressurizer level; however, once the backup heater handswitches are released to the center A-P AUTO position, the backup heaters will trip OFF on low pressurizer level.U. Do not exceed a pressurizer pressure of 2400 psig to avoid challenging the Pressurizer Code Safety Valve setpoint of 2485 psig.V. Do not exceed the Pressurizer heatup rate of 100 OF per hour or the Pressurizer cooldown rate of 200 OF per hour. | ||
The pressurizer heaters are uncovered at approximately 14% of level span. The pressurizer backup heaters can be manually turned | 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (continued) | ||
3. | W. Be prepared to stop the Reactor Coolant Pumps (RCP) if the Reactor Coolant Pressure falls below 1300 psig (saturation pressure at 557 OF plus 200 psi of subcooled margin) to ensure adequate RCP Net Positive Suction Head.X. Ensure all unnecessary personnel are evacuated from the lower containment for the performance of Subsections 6.6 through 6.10.Y. The operator may operate the pressurizer pressure control system in MANUAL as deemed necessary by the Shift Manager or Test Director.Z. The operator may operate the pressurizer level control system in MANUAL as deemed necessary by the Shift Manager or Test Director.AA. The initial test temperature should be as close as possible to the no-load value of 557 OF for Subsections 6.6 -6.10. Once temperature is established for a test activity, it should not vary more than +/-5 OF.BB. System water chemistry is within system specifiable parameters especially for fluids supplied from external sources. | ||
W. Be prepared to stop the Reactor Coolant Pumps (RCP) if the Reactor | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 16 of 198 Date 4.0 PREREQUISITE ACTIONS 4.1 Preliminary Actions[1] EVALUATE open items in Watts Bar Integrated Task Equipment List (WITEL), AND ENSURE they will NOT adversely affect the test performance and results.[2] ENSURE changes to the references listed on Appendix A, have been reviewed, and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance. | ||
Z. The operator may operate the pressurizer level control system in MANUAL | [3] VERIFY current revisions and change paper for referenced drawings has been reviewed and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance, AND ATTACH documentation of current drawing revision numbers and change paper that were reviewed to the data package.[4] VERIFY the test/performance copy of this Preoperational Test Instruction (PTI) is the current revision including any change notices and as needed, each test person assisting in this test has the current revision including any change notices.[5] ENSURE outstanding Design Change Notices (DCN's), Engineering Document Construction Releases (EDCR's) or Temporary Modifications (T-Mods) do NOT adversely impact testing, AND ATTACH documentation of DCN's, EDCR's and T-Mods's that were reviewed to the data package.[6] ENSURE required Component Testing has been completed prior to start of test.[7] CONDUCT a pretest briefing with Test and Operations personnel in accordance with SMP-9.0.[8] ENSURE communications are available for Main Control Room, Auxiliary Control Room, Auxiliary Instrumentation Room, 480 Reactor MOV Boards Room, and at the Pressurizer Vessel in Containment. | ||
AA. The initial test temperature should be as close as possible to the no-load | 4.1 Date Preliminary Actions (continued) | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | [9] VERIFY plant instruments, listed on Appendix C, Permanent Plant Instrumentation Log, are placed in service and are within their calibration interval.Subsection 6.6 Subsection 6.7 Subsection 6.8 Subsection 6.9 Subsection 6.10[10] ENSURE System 55, Annunciator and Sequential Events Recording System applicable TBK switches are ON, the applicable Master Switches are ON, and window software input (s) are ENABLED for the following Annunciator windows.A. 2-XA-55-6F/149C (Subsection 6.1)B. 2-XA-55-6F/150C (Subsection 6.2)C. 2-XA-55-5A/90D (Subsection 6.3)D. 2-XA-55-6F/148B (Subsection 6.3)E. 2-XA-55-LI0/301A (Subsection 6.3)F. 2-XA-55-5A/91 D (Subsection 6.4)G. 2-XA-55-6F/148C (Subsection 6.4)H. 2-XA-55-5A/90A (Subsection 6.6)I. 2-XA-55-6C/124B (Subsection 6.6)J. 2-XA-55-6C/124C (Subsection 6.6)K. 2-XA-55-6C/124D (Subsection 6.6)L. 2-XA-55-5A/90B (Subsection 6.6)M. 2-XA-55-L1 0/301 B (Subsection 6.6)N. 2-XA-55-4A/69A (Subsection 6.6) | ||
Date 4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued) | |||
[3] VERIFY current revisions and change paper for referenced drawings has been reviewed and determined NOT | |||
4. | |||
[9] VERIFY plant instruments, listed on Appendix C, Permanent Plant Instrumentation Log, are placed in service and are | |||
Subsection 6. | |||
: 0. 2-XA-55-4A/70D (Subsection 6.6)P. 2-XA-55-4A/69B (Subsection 6.6)Q. 2-XA-55-5A/89A (Subsection 6.8)R. 2-XA-55-5A/88D (Subsection 6.8)S. 2-XA-55-5A/88C (Subsection 6.8)T. 2-XA-55-5A/88B (Subsection 6.8)U. 2-XA-55-5A/91A (Subsection 6.8)V. 2-XA-55-5A/92B (Subsection 6.10)W. 2-XA-55-5A/92A (Subsection 6.10)X. 2-XA-55-6C/124A (Subsection 6.10)Y. 2-XA-55-5A/92C (Subsection 6.10) | : 0. 2-XA-55-4A/70D (Subsection 6.6)P. 2-XA-55-4A/69B (Subsection 6.6)Q. 2-XA-55-5A/89A (Subsection 6.8)R. 2-XA-55-5A/88D (Subsection 6.8)S. 2-XA-55-5A/88C (Subsection 6.8)T. 2-XA-55-5A/88B (Subsection 6.8)U. 2-XA-55-5A/91A (Subsection 6.8)V. 2-XA-55-5A/92B (Subsection 6.10)W. 2-XA-55-5A/92A (Subsection 6.10)X. 2-XA-55-6C/124A (Subsection 6.10)Y. 2-XA-55-5A/92C (Subsection 6.10) | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 19 of 198 Date 4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued) | ||
[11] ENSURE the following Integrated Computer System (ICS)points are in scan:A. FD2038, PZR RELIEF ISO | [11] ENSURE the following Integrated Computer System (ICS)points are in scan: A. FD2038, PZR RELIEF ISO POS B. FD2039, PZR RELIEF ISO POS C. PD2000, PZR RELIEF VALVE POS D. PD2001, PZR RELIEF VALVE POS E. P0480A, PZR 1 PRESSURE F. P0481A, PZR 2 PRESSURE G. P0482A, PZR 3 PRESSURE H. P0483A, PZR 4 PRESSURE I. L0480A, PZR 1 LEVEL J. L0481A, PZR 2 LEVEL K. L0482A, PZR 3 LEVEL L. 2PC0680340E | ||
[12] ENSURE components contained within the boundaries of | [12] ENSURE components contained within the boundaries of this test are under the jurisdictional control of Preoperational Startup Engineering (PSE) and/or Plant Operations. | ||
[13] ENSURE a review of outstanding Clearances has | [13] ENSURE a review of outstanding Clearances has been coordinated with Operations for impact to the test performance, AND RECORD in Appendix B, Temporary Condition Log if required.[14] OBTAIN copies of the applicable forms from the latest revision of SMP-9.0, AND ATTACH to this PTI for use during the performance of this PTI.[15] PERFORM a pretest walkdown on equipment to be tested to ensure no conditions exist that will impact test performance. | ||
[14] OBTAIN copies of the applicable forms from the latest | Date 4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued) | ||
[16) REVIEW preventive maintenance for system/components covered by this test, AND VERIFY NO conditions exist that will impact test performance. | |||
[16) REVIEW preventive maintenance for system/components covered by this test, | [17] ENSURE a Foxboro I/A system engineer or qualified individual is available for all performance sections.[18] ENSURE Surveillance Instruction 2-SI-68-92 has been submitted to JTG for concurrence that it adequately satisfies the requirements of this procedure. | ||
[17] ENSURE a Foxboro I/A system engineer or qualified individual is available for all performance sections. | [19] ENSURE surveillance Instruction 2-SI-68-93 has been submitted to JTG for concurrence that it adequately satisfies the requirements of this procedure. | ||
[18] ENSURE Surveillance Instruction 2-SI-68-92 has | 4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies[1] ENSURE Jumpers (Sections 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, and 6.4) are available. | ||
[19] ENSURE surveillance Instruction 2-SI-68-93 has | [2] ENSURE the following Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) or equivalent is available and within their calibration due dates, if applicable, AND RECORD the M&TE data on Appendix D, Measuring and Test equipment (M&TE) Log." Two Digital Stopwatches, accuracy +/- 0.1 sec (Recommend Micronta) (Subsections 6.1, 6.2, and 6.8)* Two Recorders (3 channel), accuracy +/- 0.1 sec (Subsection 6.8) | ||
4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, | Date 4.3 4.3.1 Field Preparations Field Preparations for Subsections 6.6 through 6.10[1] ENSURE the plant is at the 557 OF plateau in accordance with 2-PTI-68-01, Hot Functional Test (HFT).Section 6.6 Section 6.7 Section 6.8 Section 6.9 Section 6.10[2] ENSURE 2-TANK-68-PRT, Pressurizer Relief Tank, is in the normal operating conditions per TOP-68-02, RCS -HFT.Section 6.6 Section 6.7 Section 6.8 Section 6.9 Section 6.10[3] ENSURE all four RCPs are operating. | ||
[2] ENSURE the following Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) or equivalent is available and within their calibration due dates, if applicable, | Section 6.6 Section 6.7 Section 6.8 Section 6.9 Section 6.10 4.3.1 Date Field Preparations for Subsections 6.6 through 6.10 (continued) | ||
+/- 0.1 sec(Recommend Micronta) | [4] ENSURE the pressurizer heater controls have been tested per 2-PTI-68-03, Pressurizer Heater and Spray Control.Section 6.6 Section 6.7 Section 6.8 Section 6.9 Section 6.10[5] ENSURE the following systems are available to support this test: A. System 68 -PRT, PORV Discharge Line, Pressurizer Heaters and Sprays, and RCPs Section 6.6 Section 6.7 Section 6.8 Section 6.9 Section 6.10 B. Foxboro I/A -Pressurizer Level and Pressure Controls, Auxiliary Pressurizer Level and Pressure Controls Section 6.6 Section 6.7 Section 6.8 Section 6.9 Section 6.10 WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 23 of 198 Date 4.3.1 Field Preparations for Subsections 6.6 through 6.10 (continued) | ||
(Subsections 6.1, 6.2, and 6.8)* Two Recorders (3 channel), | C. System 99 -Eagle 21 for Reactor Trip and Process Signals Section 6.6 Section 6.7 Section 6.8 Section 6.9 Section 6.10 D. System 62 -Chemical and Volume Control System (CVCS) -Normal Letdown, Normal Charging, and Excessive Letdown Section 6.6 Section 6.7 Section 6.8 Section 6.9 Section 6.10[6] ENSURE breaker lineup in Table 1.Section 6.6 Section 6.7 Section 6.8 Section 6.9 Section 6.10 4.3.2 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.1 (Block Valve for PORV 340A)[1] ENSURE breaker 2-BKR-68-333, PRESSURIZER RELIEF (2-FCV-68-333), at 2-MCC-213-Al, 480V Reactor Motor Operated Valve (MOV) Board 2A1-A, compartment 6D, is OPEN. | ||
accuracy | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 24 of 198 Date 4.3.2 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.1 (Block Valve for PORV 340A) (continued) | ||
+/- 0.1 sec(Subsection 6.8) | [2] ENSURE Fuse Lineup listed in Table 2, for Subsection 6.1 fuses, is performed. | ||
[3] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-333C, on 480V Reactor MOV Board 2A1-A, compartment 6D, is in the NORMAL position.[4] ENSURE handswitch 2-XS-68-333, on 480V Reactor MOV Board 2A1-A, compartment 6D, is in the NORMAL position.[5] CLOSE breaker 2-BKR-68-333, PRESSURIZER RELIEF (2-FCV-68-333), at 2-MCC-213-Al, 480V Reactor MOV Board 2A1-A, compartment 6D.4.3.3 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.2 (Block Valve for PORV 334)[1] ENSURE breaker 2-BKR-68-332, PRESSURIZER RELIEF (2-FCV-68-332), at 2-MCC-213-Bl, 480V Reactor MOV Board 2B1-B, compartment 5E, is OPEN.[2] ENSURE Fuse Lineup listed in Table 2, for Subsection 6.2 fuses, is performed. | |||
Section 6. | [3] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-332C, on 480V Reactor MOV Board 2B1-B, compartment 5E, is in the NORMAL position.[4] ENSURE handswitch 2-XS-68-332-B, on 480V Reactor MOV Board 2B1-B, compartment 5E, is in the NORMAL position.[5] CLOSE breaker 2-BKR-68-332, PRESSURIZER RELIEF (2-FCV-68-332), at 2-MCC-213-B1, 480V Reactor MOV Board 2B1-B, compartment 5E.4.3.4 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.3 (PORV 340A)[1] ENSURE the following breakers located on O-BD-236-3/4, 125V VITAL BATTERY BOARD Ill, Panel 4, are OPEN: A. 2-BKR-236-3/310 B. 2-BKR-236-3/311 | ||
[4] ENSURE the pressurizer heater controls have been tested | [2] ENSURE fuse lineup listed in Table 2, for Subsection 6.3 fuses, is performed. | ||
Date 4.3.4 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.3 (PORV 340A) (continued) | |||
C. System 99 -Eagle 21 for Reactor Trip and | [3] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, on 2-M-5, is in the CLOSE position.[4] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AD, COPS BLOCK/ARM FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, is in the BLOCK position.[5] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AC, PZR PORV, at 2-L-10, is in the CLOSED position.[6] ENSURE handswitch 2-XS-68-340C, PZR PORV 2-PCV-68-340A, at 2-L-1 1A, is in the NOR position.[7] CLOSE the following breakers located on O-BD-236-3/4, 125V VITAL BATTERY BOARD Ill, Panel 4: A. 2-BKR-236-3/310 B. 2-BKR-236-3/311 4.3.5 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.4 (PORV 334)[1] ENSURE the following breakers located on 0-BD-236-4/4, 125V VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV, Panel 4, are OPEN: A. 2-BKR-236-4/310 B. 2-BKR-236-4/311 | ||
at 2-MCC-213-Al, 480V Reactor | [2] ENSURE fuse lineup listed in Table 2, for Subsection 6.4 fuses, is performed. | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | [3] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, on 2-M-5, is in the CLOSE position.[4] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-334D, COPS BLOCK/ARM FOR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, is in the BLOCK position.[5] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-334C, PZR PORV, at 2-L-10, is in the CLOSED position.[6] ENSURE handswitch 2-XS-68-334C, PZR PORV 2-PCV-68-334, at 2-L-1 1 B, is in the NORMAL position. | ||
[2] ENSURE Fuse Lineup listed in Table 2, for Subsection 6. | Date 4.3.5 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.4 (PORV 334) (continued) | ||
[3] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-333C, on 480V Reactor | [7] CLOSE the following breakers located on 0-BD-236-4/4, 125V VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV, Panel 4: A. 2-BKR-236-4/310 B. 2-BKR-236-4/311 4.3.6 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.5 (COMS)None 4.3.7 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.6 (Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test)[1] VERIFY that Relief Valves 2-RFV-68-563, -564, and -565, PRESSURIZER SAFETY VALVE, are not gagged.4.3.8 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.7 (Pressurizer Pressure Control Test)[1] ENSURE switch lineup in Appendix E.[2] PREPARE the following computer points at an ICS workstation for the recording of transient data: P0480A, 2-PT-68-340 P0481 A, 2-PT-68-334 P0482A, 2-PT-68-323 P0483A, 2-PT-68-322 WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 27 of 198 Date 4.3.8 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.7 (Pressurizer Pressure Control Test) (continued) | ||
[4] ENSURE handswitch 2-XS-68-333, on 480V Reactor | [3] ENSURE the following components of System 62, CVCS, are available during this test section: A. Auto Reactor Makeup -To automatically add CVCS inventory if Volume Control Tank (VCT) level drops below 13%.B. Auto Divert to Hold Up Tank -To automatically discharge CVCS inventory if VCT level rises to 63%.C. Auto Transfer to Refueling Water Storage Tank (RWST) -To automatically add CVCS inventory if VCT level drops below 7%.4.3.9 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.8 (PORV Leakage and Stroke Test)[1] ENSURE all personnel are evacuated from both the lower containment and the pressurizer compartment. | ||
[5] CLOSE breaker 2-BKR-68-333, PRESSURIZER RELIEF(2-FCV-68-333), | [2] NOTIFY Test Director of 2-PTI-999-01, Piping Vibration Test, of this performance test section.[3] NOTIFY Test Director of 2-TI-85.012, Dynamic Test of Motor Operated Valves Providing PORV and RCP Seal Return Isolation, of this performance test section.[4] ENSURE the following sub-systems of System 62, CVCS, are available during this test section: A. Auto Reactor Makeup -To automatically add CVCS inventory if VCT level drops below 13%.B. Auto Divert to Hold Up Tank -To automatically discharge CVCS inventory if VCT level rises to 63%.C. Auto Transfer to RWST -To automatically add CVCS inventory if VCT level drops below 7%. | ||
at 2-MCC-213-Al, 480V Reactor MOV | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 28 of 198 Date 4.3.9 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.8 (PORV Leakage and Stroke Test) (continued) | ||
at 2-MCC-213-Bl, 480V Reactor MOV | [5] INSTALL Test Recorder #1 (at least 3 channel) to RECORD 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, stroke time, as follows:[5.1] CONNECT Channel 1 to Terminal Board 2-2F, Point 1-RBCP1 (+) and Terminal Board 2-2E, Point 10-RBC6 (-) in 2-L-1 1A. (PORV Actuation Signal).CV[5.2] CONNECT Channel 2 to Terminal Board 2-2F, Points 3-RBC2 (+) and 11-RBCN1 (-) in 2-L-11A. (PORV FULL CLOSED)CV[5.3] CONNECT Channel 3 to Terminal Board 2-2F, Points 5-RBC12 (+) and 11-RBCN1 (-) in 2-L-1 1A. (PORV FULL OPEN)CV WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 29 of 198 Date 4.3.9 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.8 (PORV Leakage and Stroke Test) (continued) | ||
[3] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-332C, on 480V Reactor | [6] INSTALL Test Recorder #2 (at least 3 channel) to RECORD 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, stroke time, as follows:[6.1] CONNECT Channel 1 to Terminal Board 1-2D, Point 1-RBDP1 (+) and Terminal Board 1-2C, Point 1O-RBD6 (-)in 2-L-1 1B. (PORV Actuation Signal).CV[6.2] CONNECT Channel 2 to Terminal Board 1-2D, Points 3-RBD2 (+) and 11-RBDN1 (-) in 2-L-11B. (PORV FULL CLOSED)CV[6.3] CONNECT Channel 3 to Terminal Board 1-2D, Points 5-RBD12 (+) and 11-RBDN1 (-) in 2-L-11B. (PORV FULL OPEN)CV[7] ENSURE 2-XX-68-363, PZR VALVES ACOUSTIC MONITOR, at 0-M-25, is AVAILABLE, AND POWERED by the following indicators: | ||
[4] ENSURE handswitch 2-XS-68-332-B, on 480V Reactor | A. All four power voltage lights LIT B. ALARM light NOT LIT.4.3.10 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.9 (Pressurizer Level Control Test)[1] PREPARE the following computer points at an ICS workstation for the recording of pressurizer level transient data: L0480A, 2-LT-68-339 L0481 A, 2-LT-68-335 L0482A, 2-LT-68-320 Date 4.3.10 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.9 (Pressurizer Level Control Test) (continued) | ||
[5] CLOSE breaker 2-BKR-68-332, PRESSURIZER RELIEF(2-FCV-68-332), | [2] ENSURE the following sub-systems of System 62, CVCS, are available during this test section: A. Auto Reactor Makeup -To automatically add CVCS inventory if VCT level drops below 13%.B. Auto Divert to Hold Up Tank -To automatically discharge CVCS inventory if VCT level rises to 63%.C. Auto Transfer to RWST -To automatically add CVCS inventory if VCT level drops below 7%.4.3.11 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.10 (Pressurizer Level Functional Test)[1] ENSURE the following sub-systems of System 62, CVCS, are available during this test section: A. Auto Reactor Makeup -To automatically add CVCS inventory if VCT level drops below 13%.B. Auto Divert to Hold Up Tank -To automatically discharge CVCS inventory if VCT level rises to 63%.C. Auto Transfer to RWST -To automatically add CVCS inventory if VCT level drops below 7%.4.4 Approvals and Notifications | ||
at 2-MCC-213-B1, 480V Reactor MOV | [1] OBTAIN permission of the Preoperational Startup Manager to start the test.Preoperational Startup Manager Date Signature[2] OBTAIN the Unit 2 Supervisor's (US/SRO) or Shift Manager's (SM) authorization. | ||
[2] ENSURE fuse lineup listed in Table 2, for Subsection 6. | U2 US/SRO/SM Signature Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA[1] 2-FCV-68-332, PZR PORV Block Valve A. Can be opened and closed by 2-HS-68-332A, located in the MCR and by 2-HS-68-332C located on 2-MCC-213-B1, 480V Reactor MOV Board 2B1-B. (Steps 6.2[5]A, 6.2[10]A, 6.2[17]A, 6.2[22]B)B. Valve will stroke open/closed within 20 seconds. (Steps 6.8[62] and 6.8[82])C. Valve will operate with the thermal overload protective device bypass in effect. (Step 6.2[38])D. Valve will be inoperable with the thermal overload protective device reset. (Step 6.2[35])E. All applicable indicating lights, annunciators, and status monitoring inputs are functioning correctly. (Step 6.2[45])[2] 2-FCV-68-333, PZR PORV Block Valve A. Can be opened and closed by 2-HS-68-333A, located in the MCR and by 2-HS-68-333C located on 2-MCC-213-Al, 480V Reactor MOV Board 2A1 -A. (Steps 6.1[5]A, 6.1[10]A, 6.1[17]A, and 6.1[22]B)B. Valve will stroke open/closed within 20 seconds. (Steps 6.8[24] and 6.8[44])C. Valve will operate with the thermal overload protective device bypass in effect. (Step 6.1[38]D. Valve will be inoperable with the thermal overload protective device reset. (Step 6.1 [35])E. All applicable indicating lights, annunciators, and status monitoring inputs are functioning correctly. (Step 6.1[45]) | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 32 of 198 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued) | |||
[3] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, | [3] 2-PCV-68-334, PZR PORV Train B A. Can be opened and closed by 2-HS-68-334A in the MCR and 2-HS-68-334C located in the Auxiliary Control Room. (Steps 6.4[2]A, 6.4[3]A, 6.4[33]A, and 6.4[34]A)B. Opens when 2-HS-68-334D is in the ARM position and there is output from 2-PS-68-68G/H. (Step 6.4[22]B)C. Will not open if 2-HS-68-334D is in the BLOCK position and there is an output from 2-PS-68-68G/H. (Step 6.4[21])D. Opens within 2 seconds. (Step 6.8[61])E. Closes within 5.0 seconds. (Step 6.8[83])F. No detectable leakage at operating conditions. (Steps 6.8[88]A and 6.8[88]C)G. All applicable indicating lights, annunciators, and status monitoring inputs are functioning correctly. (Step 6.4[41])[4] 2-PCV-68-340A, PZR PORV Train A A. Can be opened and closed by 2-HS-68-340AA in the MCR and 2-HS-68-340AC located in the Auxiliary Control Room. (Steps 6.3[2]A, 6.3[3]A, 6.3[33]A, and 6.3[34]A)B. Opens when 2-HS-68-340AD is in the ARM position and there is output from 2-PS-68-66G/H. (Step 6.3[22]B)C. Will not open if 2-HS-340AD is in the BLOCK position and there is an output from 2-PS-68-66G/H. (Step 6.3[21])D. Opens within 2 seconds. (Step 6.8[23])E. Closes within 5.0 seconds. (Step 6.8[45])F. No detectable leakage at operating conditions. (Steps 6.8[50]A and 6.8[50]C)G. All applicable indicating lights, annunciators, and status monitoring inputs are functioning correctly. (Step 6.3[45])[5] The COMS is armed/blocked with 2-HS-68-340AD and 2-HS-68-334D, located in the MCR. (Steps 6.3[21], 6.3[22]B, 6.4[21], and 6.4[22]B) | ||
[4] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AD, COPS BLOCK/ARM FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, is in the BLOCK position. | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 33 of 198 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued) | ||
[5] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AC, PZR PORV, at 2-L-10,is in the CLOSED position. | [6] Verify the COMS temperature vs. pressure setpoints (Steps 6.5[2] and 6.5[3])Temperature 2-PCV-68-334 2-PCV-68-340A (IF) Setpoint (psig) Setpoint (psig)60 435 395 120 435 395 130 500 460 170 500 460 195 735 670 250 735 670 300 735 670 350 735 670 450 2335 2335[7] Pressurizer pressure control, indication and protection function as designed: A. Pressurizer heaters, sprays, and PORVs function properly. (Steps 6.6[30.1]A, 6.6[30.2]A, 6.6[30.2]B, 6.6[40]A, 6.6[40]B, and 6.6[58]A)B. Pressurizer pressure Indications 2-PI-68-340, 2-PI-68-334, 2-PI-68-323, and 2-PI-68-322 to agree within 15 psig of each other. (Steps 6.6[22], 6.6[43], 6.6[69], and 6.6[80])C. Protection logic and Alarms function properly. (Steps 6.6[39]A, 6.6[41]E, 6.6[61]E, 6.6[61]J, and 6.6[67]D)[8] The pressurizer pressure control system automatically controls pressurizer pressure following an induced pressure transient as demonstrated by: A. The pressurizer pressure control system automatically controls pressurizer pressure with decreasing oscillations to 2292 psig +/- 10 psig.(Step 6.7[20])B. The pressurizer pressure control system automatically controls pressurizer pressure with decreasing oscillations to 2236 psig +/- 10 psig.(Step 6.7[26])[9] The PRT quenches a steam discharge from the PORVs and maintains temperature less than or equal to 200 'F and pressure less than or equal to 50 psig. (Steps 6.8[41], 6.8[42], 6.8[79], and 6.8[80]) | ||
[6] ENSURE handswitch 2-XS-68-340C, PZR | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 34 of 198 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued) | ||
[7] CLOSE the following breakers located on O-BD-236-3/4, | [10] The pressurizer level control system automatically controls pressurizer level following an induced pressure transient as demonstrated by: A. The pressurizer level control system automatically controls pressurizer level with decreasing oscillations to 30% +/- 1% of level span.(Step 6.9[15])B. The pressurizer level control system automatically controls pressurizer level with decreasing oscillations to 25% +/- 1% of level span.(Step 6.9[21])[11] Pressurizer level control, indication, and protection functions operate as designed: A. Normal letdown is isolated and heaters are de-energized on low pressurizer level setpoint. (Steps 6.10[50.1]F, 6.10[50.1]G, 6.10[50.1]H, 6.10150.111, 6.10150.1]K, 6.10[74]F, 6.10[74]G, 6.10[74]H, 6.10[7411, and 6.10[74]J) | ||
[2] ENSURE fuse lineup listed in Table 2, for Subsection 6. | B. Pressurizer level indications 2-LI-68-339, 2-LI-68-335, and 2-LI-68-320 to agree within 4% of each other. (Steps 6.10[13], 6.10[18], 6.10125], 6.10198], and 6.10[109]) | ||
[3] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, | C. Protection logic and Alarms function properly. (Steps 6.10116]A, 6.10[21]A, 6.10[23]D, and 6.10[42]A) | ||
[4] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-334D, COPS BLOCK/ARM FOR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, is in the BLOCK position. | Date 6.0 PERFORMANCE NOTES 1) Sections 6.1 through 6.5 shall be performed first and can be performed in any order.2) Sections 6.6 through 6.10 shall be performed in order.3) The Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control and Protection Setpoints are listed in Figure 1, Figure 2, and Table 3.6.1 2-FCV-68-333, PZR PORV Block Valve, Logic Checks NOTES 1) 2-FCV-68-333, PZR PORV Block Valve, is located at the top of the pressurizer vessel inside the pressurizer dog house.2) 2-MCC-213-A1, 480V Reactor MOV Board, 2A1-A will be called out as 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.1 have been completed. | ||
[5] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-334C, PZR PORV, at 2-L-10, | |||
[6] ENSURE handswitch 2-XS-68-334C, PZR | |||
[7] CLOSE the following breakers located on 0-BD-236-4/4, | |||
-564, and -565,PRESSURIZER SAFETY VALVE, are not gagged.4.3.8 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.7 (Pressurizer | |||
[3] ENSURE the following components of System 62, CVCS, | |||
[2] NOTIFY Test Director of 2-PTI-999-01, Piping Vibration Test,of this performance test section.[3] NOTIFY Test Director of 2-TI-85.012, Dynamic Test of | |||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | |||
[5] INSTALL Test Recorder | |||
#1 (at least 3 channel) to | |||
(-) in 2-L-11A. | |||
(PORV | |||
(-) in 2-L-1 1A. ( | |||
[6] INSTALL Test Recorder | |||
#2 (at least 3 channel) to | |||
(-) in 2-L-11B. | |||
(PORV | |||
(-) in 2-L-11B. | |||
( | |||
A. All four power voltage lights | |||
[2] ENSURE the following sub-systems of System 62, CVCS, | |||
[1] OBTAIN permission of the Preoperational Startup Manager | |||
[2] OBTAIN the Unit 2 Supervisor's (US/SRO) or Shift Manager's (SM) authorization. | |||
U2 US/SRO/SM Signature Date 5. | |||
B. Valve will stroke open/closed within 20 seconds. | |||
(Steps 6.8[62] | |||
(Step 6.2[45])[2] 2-FCV-68-333, PZR PORV Block | |||
B. Valve will stroke open/closed within 20 seconds. | |||
(Steps 6.8[24] | |||
(Step 6.1[45]) | |||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | |||
[3] 2-PCV-68-334, PZR PORV Train | |||
B. Opens when 2-HS-68-334D is in the ARM position and there is | |||
(Step 6.4[22]B) | |||
C. Will not open if 2-HS-68-334D is in the BLOCK position and there is | |||
(Step 6.4[21])D. Opens within 2 seconds. | |||
(Step 6.8[61])E. Closes within 5.0 seconds. | |||
(Step 6.8[83])F. No detectable leakage at operating conditions. | |||
(Steps 6.8[88]A | |||
G. All applicable indicating lights, annunciators, and status monitoring | |||
(Step 6.4[41])[4] 2-PCV-68-340A, PZR PORV Train | |||
B. Opens when 2-HS-68-340AD is in the ARM position and there is | |||
(Step 6.3[22]B) | |||
C. Will not open if 2-HS-340AD is in the BLOCK position and there is | |||
(Step 6.3[21])D. Opens within 2 seconds. | |||
(Step 6.8[23])E. Closes within 5.0 seconds. | |||
(Step 6.8[45])F. No detectable leakage at operating conditions. | |||
(Steps 6.8[50]A | |||
G. All applicable indicating lights, annunciators, and status monitoring | |||
(Step 6.3[45])[5] The COMS is armed/blocked with 2-HS-68-340AD and 2-HS-68-334D, located in the MCR. (Steps 6.3[21], | |||
6.3[22]B, 6.4[21], | |||
and 6.4[22]B) | |||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | |||
[6] Verify the COMS temperature vs. pressure setpoints (Steps 6.5[2] and 6.5[3])Temperature 2-PCV-68-334 2-PCV-68-340A (IF) Setpoint (psig) Setpoint (psig)60 435 | |||
A. Pressurizer | |||
( | |||
B. Pressurizer pressure Indications 2-PI-68-340, 2-PI-68-334, 2-PI-68-323, and 2-PI-68-322 to agree within 15 psig of each other. (Steps 6.6[22],6.6[43], | |||
6.6[69], | |||
and 6.6[80])C. Protection logic and Alarms function properly. | |||
(Steps 6.6[39]A, 6.6[41]E, 6.6[61]E, 6.6[61]J, and 6.6[67]D) | |||
[8] The pressurizer pressure control system automatically controls pressurizer pressure following an induced pressure transient as demonstrated by:A. The pressurizer pressure control system automatically | |||
6.8[42], | |||
6.8[79], | |||
and 6.8[80]) | |||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | |||
[10] The pressurizer level control system automatically controls pressurizer | |||
A. Normal letdown is isolated and heaters are de-energized on | |||
(Steps 6.10[50.1]F, 6.10[50.1]G, 6.10[50.1]H, 6.10150.111, 6.10150.1]K, 6.10[74]F, 6.10[74]G, 6.10[74]H, 6.10[7411, | |||
B. Pressurizer level indications 2-LI-68-339, 2-LI-68-335, and 2-LI-68-320 | |||
6.10[18], | |||
6.10125], | |||
6.10198], | |||
and 6.10[109]) | |||
C. Protection logic and Alarms function properly. | |||
(Steps 6.10116]A, 6.10[21]A, 6.10[23]D, and 6.10[42]A) | |||
[2] ENSURE 2-FCV-68-333 is CLOSED by the following indications: | [2] ENSURE 2-FCV-68-333 is CLOSED by the following indications: | ||
A. Indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, | A. Indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5 B. 2-FCV-68-333 CLOSED locally.NOTE The following two steps require visual confirmation of indicating lights on the main control panel during valve stroking. | ||
The stroke time for 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER | The stroke time for 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is less than or equal 20 seconds.[3] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, to OPEN, AND RELEASE 2-HS-68-333A to the center position.[4] VERIFY the Green and Red Lights, at 2-HS-68-333A, on 2-M-5, are LIT while 2-FCV-68-333 is stroking. | ||
[4] VERIFY the Green and Red Lights, at 2-HS-68-333A, | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 36 of 198 Date 6.1 2-FCV-68-333, PZR PORV Block Valve, Logic Checks (continued) | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | [5] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is OPEN by: A. 2-FCV-68-333 is OPEN locally (Acc Crit 5.0[2]A)B. Red light at 2-HS-68-333A, 2-M-5, is LIT.C. Green light at 2-HS-68-333A, 2-M-5, is NOT LIT.D. Red VALVE OPEN light at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, is LIT.E. Green VALVE CLOSED light at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, is NOT LIT.F. Integrated Computer System (ICS) point FD2038, PZR RELIEF ISO POS, is OPEN.[6] PLACE 2-HS-68-333C at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1 -A, compartment 6D, to CLOSE, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, remains OPEN by indicating lights at 2-M-5.[7] PLACE 2-HS-68-333C at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1 -A, compartment 6D, to NORMAL.NOTE The following step requires visual confirmation of indicating lights on the main control panel during valve stroking. | ||
[5] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV | The stroke time for 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is less than or equal to 20 seconds.[8] PLACE 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, to CLOSE, AND RELEASE 2-HS-68-333A to the center position.[9] VERIFY the Green and Red Light, at 2-HS-68-333A, on 2-M-5, are LIT while 2-FCV-68-333 is stroking. | ||
The stroke time for 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV | Date 6.1 2-FCV-68-333, PZR PORV Block Valve, Logic Checks (continued) | ||
[9] VERIFY the Green and Red Light, at 2-HS-68-333A, on 2-M-5,are LIT while 2-FCV-68-333 is stroking. | [10] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is CLOSED by: A. 2-FCV-68-333 is CLOSED locally. (Acc Crit 5.0[2]A)B. Red light at 2-HS-68-333A, 2-M-5, is NOT LIT.C. Green light at 2-HS-68-333A, 2-M-5, is LIT.D. Red VALVE OPEN light at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1 -A, compartment 6D, is NOT LIT.E. Green VALVE CLOSED light at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, is LIT.F. ICS point FD2038, PZR RELIEF ISO POS, is NOT OPE.[11] PLACE 2-HS-68-333C at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, to OPEN, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, remains CLOSED by indicating lights at 2-M-5.[12] PLACE 2-HS-68-333C at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1 -A, compartment 6D, to NORMAL.[13] PLACE handswitch 2-XS-68-333 at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, to AUX, AND VERIFY the following: | ||
A. Green VALVE CLOSED light at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, is LIT.B. Red VALVE OPEN light at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, is NOT LIT.C. Green light at 2-HS-68-333A, on 2-M-5, is NOT LIT.D. Red light at 2-HS-68-333A, on 2-M-5, is NOT LIT.E. 2-XA-55-6F/149C, 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A/2A2-A, at 2-M-6, ALARMS. | |||
[10] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 38 of 198 Date 6.1 2-FCV-68-333, PZR PORV Block Valve, Logic Checks (continued) | ||
(Acc Crit 5.0[2]A)B. Red light at 2-HS-68-333A, 2-M-5, is NOT LIT.C. Green light at 2-HS-68-333A, 2-M-5, is LIT.D. Red VALVE OPEN light at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1 -A,compartment 6D, is NOT LIT.E. Green VALVE CLOSED light at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A,compartment 6D, is LIT.F. ICS point FD2038, PZR RELIEF ISO POS, is NOT OPE.[11] PLACE 2-HS-68-333C at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A,compartment 6D, to OPEN, | [14] PLACE 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, to OPEN, AND RELEASE to the center position.[15] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333 does NOT OPEN by indicating lights on 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D.NOTE The following step requires visual confirmation of indicating lights on the main control panel during valve stroking. | ||
A. Green VALVE CLOSED light at 480V RX MOV | The stroke time for 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is less than or equal to 20 seconds.[16] PLACE 2-HS-68-333C at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, to OPEN, AND VERIFY the Green and Red Lights at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, are LIT while 2-FCV-68-333 is stroking.[17] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is OPEN by: A. Red VALVE OPEN light at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, is LIT. (Acc Crit 5.0[2]A)B. Green VALVE CLOSED light at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, is NOT LIT.[18] PLACE 2-HS-68-333C at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, to NORMAL.[19] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, to CLOSE, AND RELEASE to the center position.[20] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333 does NOT CLOSE by indicating lights at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D. | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | Date 6.1 2-FCV-68-333, PZR PORV Block Valve, Logic Checks (continued) | ||
[14] PLACE 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, | NOTE The following step requires visual confirmation of indicating lights on the main control panel during valve stroking. | ||
[15] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333 does NOT OPEN by indicating | The stroke time for 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is less than or equal to 20 seconds.[21] PLACE 2-HS-68-333C, at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, to CLOSE, AND VERIFY the Green and Red Lights at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, are LIT while 2-FCV-68-333 is stroking.[22] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is CLOSED by: A. Red VALVE OPEN light at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, is NOT LIT.B. Green VALVE CLOSED light at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, is LIT. (Acc Crit 5.0[2]A)[23] PLACE 2-HS-68-333C, at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, to NORMAL.[24] PLACE 2-XS-68-333, at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, to NORMAL, AND VERIFY the 2-XA-55-6F/149C, 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A/2A2-A, at 2-M-6, CLEARS. | ||
The stroke time for 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev.0000 Page 40 of 198 Date 6.1 2-FCV-68-333, PZR PORV Block Valve, Logic Checks (continued) | ||
[17] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV | NOTES 1) The following steps require valve stroke timing locally at the valve and remotely at the Control switch in both the Open and Close directions. | ||
[20] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333 does NOT CLOSE by indicating | 2-FCV-68-333 stroke time is 20 seconds or less.2) Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement. | ||
Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change.[25] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, to OPEN, AND RELEASE to the center position.[26] RECORD the following: | |||
A. Remote opening time using indicating lights at 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, 2-M-5.seconds M&TE Cal Due Date B. Local opening time at 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE.seconds M&TE Cal Due Date[27] VERIFY the remote and local opening times are < 20 seconds. | |||
The stroke time for 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV | 6.1 Date 2-FCV-68-333, PZR PORV Block Valve, Logic Checks (continued) | ||
[22] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV | [28] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, to CLOSE, AND RELEASE to the center position.[29] RECORD the following: | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | A. Remote closing time using indicating lights at 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, 2-M-5.seconds M&TE Cal Due Date B. Local closing time at 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE.seconds M&TE Cal Due Date[30] VERIFY the remote and local closing times are < 20 seconds.[31] OPEN Breaker 2-BKR-68-333, PRESSURIZER RELIEF (2-FCV-68-333), at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D.NOTE The following step manually trips the Thermal Overload circuit to allow testing of the Thermal Overload Bypass circuit.[32] MANUALLY TRIP the thermal overload for 2-BKR-68-333, PRESSURIZER RELIEF (2-FCV-68-333), at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D.[33] CLOSE Breaker 2-BKR-68-333, PRESSURIZER RELIEF (2-FCV-68-333), at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D. | ||
Date 6.1 2-FCV-68-333, PZR PORV Block Valve, Logic Checks (continued) | |||
2-FCV-68-333 stroke time is | [34] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, to OPEN, AND RELEASE to the center position.[35] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333 does NOT OPEN by indicating lights at 2-M-5. (Acc Crit 5.0[2]D)NOTE The following step connects the Thermal Overload Bypass circuit.[36] PLACE a jumper across Terminal Points 6D4 and 6DY in the rear of 480V RX MOV BD 2A1 -A, compartment 6D.Cv[37] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, to OPEN, AND RELEASE to the center position.[38] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333 OPENS by indicating lights at 2-M-5.(Acc Crit 5.0[2]C)[39] REMOVE jumper across Terminal Points 6D4 and 6DY in the rear of 480V MOV BD 2A1 -A, compartment 6D.Cv[40] OPEN Breaker 2-BKR-68-333, PRESSURIZER RELIEF (2-FCV-68-333), at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D.[41] RESET the thermal overload for 2-BKR-68-333, PRESSURIZER RELIEF (2-FCV-68-333), at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D.[42] CLOSE Breaker 2-BKR-68-333, PRESSURIZER RELIEF (2-FCV-68-333), at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D. | ||
Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 43 of 198 Date 6.1 2-FCV-68-333, PZR PORV Block Valve, Logic Checks (continued) | ||
[26] RECORD the following: | [43] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, to CLOSE, AND RELEASE to the center position.[44] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333 CLOSES by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, on 2-M-5.[45] VERIFY all applicable indicating lights, annunciators, and status monitoring inputs are functioning correctly for 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, by successful completion of this Subsection. (Acc. Crit 5.0[2]E) | ||
A. Remote opening time using indicating lights | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 44 of 198 Date 6.2 2-FCV-68-332, PZR PORV Block Valve, Logic Checks NOTES 1) 2-FCV-68-332, PZR PORV Block Valve, is located at the top of the pressurizer vessel inside the pressurizer dog house.2) 2-MCC-213-B1, 480V Reactor MOV Board, 2B1-B, will be called out as 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B.[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.2 have been completed. | ||
6. | |||
[28] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR | |||
[29] RECORD the following: | |||
A. Remote closing time using indicating lights | |||
at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D. | |||
at 480V RX | |||
at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D. | |||
[34] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR | |||
[35] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333 does NOT OPEN by indicating lights | |||
[38] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333 OPENS by indicating lights at 2-M-5.(Acc Crit 5.0[2]C)[39] REMOVE jumper across Terminal Points 6D4 and 6DY in | |||
at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D.[41] RESET the thermal overload for 2-BKR-68-333, PRESSURIZER RELIEF (2-FCV-68-333), | |||
at 480V RX | |||
at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D. | |||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | |||
[43] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR | |||
[44] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333 CLOSES by indicating lights | |||
(Acc. Crit 5.0[2]E) | |||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | |||
[2] ENSURE 2-FCV-68-332 is CLOSED by the following indications: | [2] ENSURE 2-FCV-68-332 is CLOSED by the following indications: | ||
A. Indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, at 2-M-5 B. 2-FCV-68-332 CLOSED locally.NOTE The following step requires visual confirmation of indicating lights on the main control panel during valve stroking. | |||
The stroke time for 2-FCV-68-332, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is less than or equal to 20 seconds.[3] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, to OPEN | |||
[23] VERIFY the following: | [23] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. 2-XA-55-5A/90A, PZR PRESS HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.B. 2-XX-55-6A/1 1, PZR PRESS HI RX TRIP PS-68-340A, | A. 2-XA-55-5A/90A, PZR PRESS HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.B. 2-XX-55-6A/1 1, PZR PRESS HI RX TRIP PS-68-340A, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR C. 2-XX-55-6A/31, PZR PRESS HI RX TRIP PS-68-334A, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR.D. 2-XX-55-6A/51, PZR PRESS HI RX TRIP PS-68-323A, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR.E. 2-XX-55-6A/71, PZR PRESS HI RX TRIP PS-68-322A, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR.F. 2-XA-55-L10/301A, PZR PRESS HI, in 2-L-10, is CLEAR.[24] TREND the following ICS Point 2PC0680340E, PZR VARIABLE HTR CNTL OUTPUT, on the plant computer in the MCR.NOTE The following step will turn off the two backup heater groups to allow the pressurizer heater trip interlock on low pressure to be disabled.[25] PERFORM the following: | ||
[25] PERFORM the following: | A. ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, at 2-M-4, is placed to OFF, AND VERIFY backup heater group A-A is OFF by indicating lights.B. ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, at 2-M-4, is placed to OFF, AND VERIFY backup heater group B-B is OFF by indicating lights. | ||
A. ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP | Date 6.6 Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test (continued) | ||
CAUTION Follow standard precautions when working around energized electrical equipment in accordance with TVA Safety Manual Procedure 1021. In addition, follow TI-300 when working around electrical equipment. | |||
NOTE The following two steps defeat the pressurizer pressure trip relay signal to both the Backup Heater Groups A-A and B-B. This will allow the backup heater groups A-A and B-B to be turned ON and remain ON when pressure is above the low pressure backup heater setpoint of 2210 psig.[26] LIFT and TAPE the wire on contact point 3 of relay PB455GXA, in 2-R-54, to defeat the pressurizer low pressure trip relay signal to the Backup Heater A-A.Cv[27] LIFT and TAPE the wire on contact point 3 of relay PB455GXB, in 2-R-55, to defeat the pressurizer low pressure trip relay signal to Backup Heater B-B.Cv[28] PERFORM the following: | |||
A. PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, at 2-M-4, to A-P AUTO, AND VERIFY backup heater group A-A is OFF by indicating lights.B. PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, at 2-M-4, to A-P AUTO, AND VERIFY backup heater group B-B is OFF by indicating lights. | |||
A. PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP | Date 6.6 Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test (continued) | ||
NOTES 1) Pressurizer heatup is limited to 100 °F/hr and cooldown is limited to 200 OF/hr.2) Backup heaters will be used to gradually increase pressurizer pressure. | |||
Limit the pressurizer pressure increase rate to 5 psi/min or less when approaching verification performance steps.3) The following step will initiate a pressurizer pressure increase. | |||
Limit | As pressurizer pressure increases above the PZR PRESS MASTER controller's setpoint of 2235 psig, the proportional heaters will de-energize and the pressurizer spray valves will begin to open. An equilibrium condition should be established with all Backup heaters ON and the spray valves modulated to a percentage of full OPEN. Pressurizer pressure should reach a plateau.[29] INCREASE pressurizer pressure by performing the following steps:[29.1] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, at 2-M-4, to the ON position, AND RELEASE to the center A-P AUTO position.[29.2] VERIFY BACKUP HEATERS A-A are ON by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, on 2-M-4.[29.3] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, at 2-M-4, to the ON position, AND RELEASE to the center A-P AUTO position.[29.4] VERIFY BACKUP HEATERS B-B are ON by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-341 D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, on 2-M-4.[29.5] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341 H, BACKUP HEATERS C, at 2-M-4, to the ON position, AND RELEASE to the center P AUTO position.[29.6] VERIFY BACKUP HEATERS C are ON by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-341 H, BACKUP HEATERS C, on 2-M-4. | ||
As pressurizer pressure increases above the PZR PRESS MASTER controller's setpoint of | Date 6.6 Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test (continued) | ||
[29.2] VERIFY BACKUP HEATERS A-A are ON by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, | [29.7] VERIFY pressurizer pressure is INCREASING by recorder 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS, on 2-M-5.NOTE Pressurizer pressure will continue to increase. | ||
[29.4] VERIFY BACKUP HEATERS B-B are ON by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-341 D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, | To limit the heatup rate, de-energize the backup heaters as necessary by placing backup heater handswitches to OFF and returning to A-P AUTO or P AUTO positions. | ||
[29.6] VERIFY BACKUP HEATERS C are ON by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-341 H, BACKUP HEATERS C, | |||
[29.7] VERIFY pressurizer pressure is INCREASING | |||
To limit the heatup rate, de-energize | |||
[30] PERFORM the following verification steps as pressurizer pressure increases to the equilibrium heater/spray condition: | [30] PERFORM the following verification steps as pressurizer pressure increases to the equilibrium heater/spray condition: | ||
[30.1] WHEN ICS point 2PC0680340E, PZR VARIABLE HTR CNTL OUTPUT, indicates 0%, THEN A. RECORD the pressurizer pressure from recorder 2-PR-68-340, PRZ PRESS, on 2-M-5.(Acc Crit 5.0[7]A)psig (2250, 2235-2265) | |||
B. RECORD the Ammeter indicator value 6 | |||
[29] ATTACH the transient plot to this instruction. | [29] ATTACH the transient plot to this instruction. | ||
Date 6.8 PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity CAUTION Ensure all unnecessary personnel are evacuated from the lower containment for the performance of this Subsection. | |||
[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6. | [1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.8 have been completed. | ||
[2] ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340A, PZR PRESS | [2] ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340A, PZR PRESS MASTER CONTROL, at 2-M-4, is in AUTO, AND VERIFY pressurizer pressure is AUTOMATICALLY controlled to approximately 2235 psig, as indicated on recorder 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, on 2-M-5.[3] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-301A, PRT VENT TO WDS VENT HDR, at 2-M-5, is placed to CLOSED, AND VERIFY 2-PCV-68-301 is CLOSED by indicating lights.[4] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, is placed to P AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, is closed by indicating lights.[5] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, is placed to P AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, is closed by indicating lights.[6] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, is placed to OPEN, AND RELEASED to the center position.[7] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-332, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is OPEN by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, at 2-M-5.[8] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, is placed to OPEN, AND RELEASED to the center position. | ||
[7] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-332, PRESSURIZER PORV | 6.8 Date PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity (continued) | ||
6. | [9] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is OPEN by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5.[10] VERIFY there is NO leakage through 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, or 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, by the following indicators: | ||
[9] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV | A. VERIFY 2-XA-55-5A/89A, PZR PORV LINE TEMP HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.B. VERIFY temperature indication on 2-TI-68-331, PORV 340A and 334 TAILPIPE TEMP, on 2-M-4, does not indicate a leaking PORV (> ambient temperature), AND RECORD the temperature indication. | ||
A. VERIFY 2-XA-55-5A/89A, PZR PORV LINE TEMP HI, | OF C. VERIFY 2-XA-55-5A/91A, PZR PORV/SAFETY OPEN, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.D. VERIFY 2-XI-68-340A, PORV, on 0-M-25, is NOT LIT.E. VERIFY 2-XI-68-334, PORV, on 0-M-25, is NOT LIT.[11] ENSURE pressure, temperature, and water level conditions of 2-TANK-68-PRT, PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK, are in accordance with 2-TOP-68-02, RCS -HFT.[12] ENSURE controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5, is in MAN control, AND ADJUST controller 2-HIC-92-93A valve demand to control pressurizer water level to approximately 50%.[13] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. 2-XA-55-5A/88D, PRT TEMP HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.B. 2-XA-55-5A/88C, PRT PRESS HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.C. 2-XA-55-5A/88B, PRT LEVEL HI/LO, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR. | |||
Date 6.8 PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity (continued) | |||
A. 2-XA-55-5A/88D, PRT TEMP HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.B. 2-XA-55-5A/88C, PRT PRESS HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.C. 2-XA-55-5A/88B, PRT LEVEL HI/LO, on 2-M-5, | [14] NOTIFY Test Director for 2-PTI-999-01 that conditions have been established for vibrations testing.[15] NOTIFY Test Director for 2-TI-85.012 that conditions have been established for MOV testing.CAUTIONS 1) Opening 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, will result in a pressurizer blowdown to the PRT. Be prepared to place 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, to the CLOSE position to close the 2-FCV-68-333A, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, and limit the pressurizer pressure decrease and PRT pressure increase.2) During pressurizer discharge, do NOT allow the pressurizer pressure to decrease less than 2015 psig or PRT pressure to exceed 50 psig.NOTES 1) The remote opening time of 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, will be measured using a data recorder.2) The remote closing time of 2-FCV-68-333A, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, will be measured using a stop watch.[16] START Data Recorder #1.[17] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, on 2-M-5, to the OPEN position, AND VERIFY 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, is OPEN by indicating lights.[18] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. 2-XA-55-5A/89A, PZR PORV LINE TEMP HI, on 2-M-5, ALARMS.B. 2-XA-55-5A/91A, PZR PORV/SAFETY OPEN, on 2-M-5, ALARMS.C. 2-XI-68-340A, PORV, on 0-M-25, is LIT. | |||
[14] NOTIFY Test Director for 2-PTI-999-01 that conditions | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 105 of 198 Date 6.8 PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity (continued) | ||
[19] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, to CLOSE, AND RECORD remote closing time using indicating lights on 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5.seconds (<20 sec)M&TE Cal Due Date[20] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, is released to the center position.[21] STOP Data Recorder #1.[22] RECORD the remote opening time of 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, from the data recorder.seconds (< 2 sec)M&TE Cal Due Date[23] VERIFY the remote opening time of 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, is less than or equal to 2 seconds.(Acc Crit 5.0[4]D)[24] VERIFY the remote closing time of 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is less than or equal to 20 seconds. (Acc Crit 5.0[2]B)[25] WHEN pressurizer pressure is greater than 2220 psig, as indicated by recorder 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, at 2-M-5, THEN PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP HEATERS C, at 2-M-4, to the OFF position, AND RELEASE to P AUTO.[26] ENSURE pressurizer pressure is automatically returned to approximately 2235 psig. | |||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 106 of 198 Date 6.8 PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity (continued) | |||
#1.[17] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, | [27] ENSURE pressurizer level is manually controlled to 50% using controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, at 2-M-5.[28] ENSURE pressure, temperature, and water level conditions for 2-TANK-68-PRT, PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK, are in accordance with 2-TOP-68-02, RCS -HFT.[29] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. 2-XA-55-5A/89A, PZR PORV LINE TEMP HI, on 2-M-5,ALARMS.B. 2-XA-55-5A/91A, PZR PORV/SAFETY OPEN, on 2-M-5,ALARMS.C. 2-XI-68-340A, PORV, on 0-M-25, is LIT. | A. 2-XA-55-5A/88D, PRT TEMP HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.B. 2-XA-55-5A/88C, PRT PRESS HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.C. 2-XA-55-5A/88B, PRT LEVEL HI/LO, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.D. 2-XA-55-5A/91A, PZR PORV/SAFETY OPEN, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.E. 2-XI-68-340A, PORV, on 0-M-25, is NOT LIT.[30] RECORD steady state baseline pressurizer and PRT data in Data Sheet 2.[31] NOTIFY Test Director for 2-PTI-999-01 that conditions have been established for vibrations testing.[32] NOTIFY Test Director for 2-TI-85.012 that conditions have been established for MOV testing. | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | Date 6.8 PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity (continued) | ||
[19] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR | CAUTIONS 1) Opening 2-FCV-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, will result in a pressurizer blowdown to the PRT. Be prepared to place 2-HS-68-340AA, PRZ PORV 340A, to the CLOSE position to close the 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, and limit the pressurizer pressure decrease and PRT pressure increase.2) The secondary objective is to discharge the pressurizer steam equal to 110 percent of the volume above the full power pressurizer water level setpoint. | ||
[21] STOP Data Recorder | The discharge time is approximately 1.5 minutes with one PORV and at the test conditions. | ||
#1.[22] RECORD the remote opening time of 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, from the data recorder. | : 3) During pressurizer discharge, do NOT allow the pressurizer pressure to decrease less than 2015 psig or PRT pressure to exceed 50 psig.NOTES 1) The remote opening time of 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, will be measured using a stop watch.2) The remote closing time of 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, will be measured using a data recorder.[33] START Data Recorder #1.[34] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, to OPEN, AND RECORD remote opening time using indicating lights on 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5.seconds (<20 sec)M&TE Cal Due Date[35] WHEN pressurizer pressure reaches 2035 psig as indicated by recorder 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, on 2-M-5, THEN PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, to CLOSE.[36] VERIFY 2-PCV-68-340A is CLOSED by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5.[37] STOP data Recorder #1 WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 108 of 198 Date 6.8 PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity (continued) | ||
seconds (< 2 sec)M&TE Cal Due Date[23] VERIFY the remote opening time of 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, is less than or equal to 2 seconds.(Acc Crit 5.0[4]D)[24] VERIFY the remote closing time of 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is less than or | |||
(Acc Crit 5.0[2]B)[25] WHEN pressurizer pressure is greater than 2220 psig, | |||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | |||
[27] ENSURE pressurizer level is manually controlled to 50% | |||
A. 2-XA-55-5A/88D, PRT TEMP HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.B. 2-XA-55-5A/88C, PRT PRESS HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.C. 2-XA-55-5A/88B, PRT LEVEL HI/LO, on 2-M-5, | |||
The discharge | |||
: 3) During pressurizer discharge, do NOT allow the pressurizer pressure to decrease | |||
[33] START Data Recorder | |||
#1.[34] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR | |||
#1 WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | |||
[38] VERIFY the following: | [38] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. 2-XA-55-5A/91A, PZR PORV/SAFETY OPEN, on 2-M-5,is CLEAR.B. 2-XA-55-5A/89A, PZR PORV LINE TEMP HI, ALARMED.C. 2-XA-55-5A/88C, PRT PRESS HI, on 2-M-5, ALARMED.D. 2-XA-55-5A/88D, PRT TEMP HI, on 2-M-5, ALARMED.[39] RECORD post discharge pressurizer and PRT data | A. 2-XA-55-5A/91A, PZR PORV/SAFETY OPEN, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.B. 2-XA-55-5A/89A, PZR PORV LINE TEMP HI, ALARMED.C. 2-XA-55-5A/88C, PRT PRESS HI, on 2-M-5, ALARMED.D. 2-XA-55-5A/88D, PRT TEMP HI, on 2-M-5, ALARMED.[39] RECORD post discharge pressurizer and PRT data in Data Sheet 2.[40] RECORD the following information. | ||
A. PRT pressure as recorded in Data Sheet 2 | A. PRT pressure as recorded in Data Sheet 2 for Step 6.8[39].psig B. PRT temperature as recorded in Data Sheet 2 for Step 6.8[39].OF[41] VERIFY PRT pressure is < 50 psig. (Acc Crit 5.0[9])[42] VERIFY PRT temperature is < 200 OF. (Acc Crit 5.0[9])[43] RECORD the remote closing time of 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, from the data recorder.seconds (_< 5 sec)M&TE Cal Due Date[44] VERIFY the remote opening time of 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is less than 20 seconds. (Acc Crit 5.0[2]B)[45] VERIFY the remote closing time of 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, is less than or equal to 5 seconds.(Acc Crit 5.0[4]E) | ||
seconds (_< 5 sec)M&TE Cal Due Date[44] VERIFY the remote opening time of 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is less than | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 109 of 198 Date 6.8 PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity (continued) | ||
(Acc Crit 5.0[2]B)[45] VERIFY the remote closing time of 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, is less than or equal to 5 seconds.(Acc Crit 5.0[4]E) | [46] WHEN pressurizer pressure is greater than 2220 psig, as indicated by recorder 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, at 2-M-5, THEN PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341 H, BACKUP HEATERS C, at 2-M-4, to the OFF position, AND RELEASE to P AUTO.[47] ENSURE pressurizer pressure is automatically returned to approximately 2235 psig.[48] ENSURE pressurizer level is manually controlled to 50% using controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, at 2-M-5.[49] ENSURE pressure, temperature, and water level conditions for 2-TANK-68-PRT, PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK, are in accordance with 2-TOP-68-02, RCS -HFT.[50] VERIFY there is NO leakage through 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, by the following indicators: | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | A. VERIFY 2-XA-55-5A/89A, PZR PORV LINE TEMP HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR. (Acc Crit 5.0[4]F)B. VERIFY temperature indication on 2-TI-68-331, PORV 340A and 334 TAILPIPE TEMP, on 2-M-4, does NOT indicate a leaking PORV (> ambient temperature), AND RECORD the temperature indication. | ||
[46] WHEN pressurizer pressure is greater than 2220 psig, | OF C. VERIFY 2-XA-55-5A/91A, PZR PORV/SAFETY OPEN, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR. (Acc Crit 5.0[4]F)D. VERIFY 2-XI-68-340A, PORV, on 0-M-25, is NOT LIT. | ||
A. VERIFY 2-XA-55-5A/89A, PZR PORV LINE TEMP HI, | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 110 of 198 Date 6.8 PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity (continued) | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | |||
[51] VERIFY the following: | [51] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. 2-XA-55-5A/88D, PRT TEMP HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.B. 2-XA-55-5A/88C, PRT PRESS HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.C. 2-XA-55-5A/88B, PRT LEVEL HI/LO, on 2-M-5, | A. 2-XA-55-5A/88D, PRT TEMP HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.B. 2-XA-55-5A/88C, PRT PRESS HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.C. 2-XA-55-5A/88B, PRT LEVEL HI/LO, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.[52] NOTIFY Test Director for 2-PTI-999-01 that conditions have been established for vibrations testing.[53] NOTIFY Test Director for 2-TI-85.012 that conditions have been established for MOV testing.CAUTIONS 1) Opening 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, will result in a pressurizer blowdown to the PRT. Be prepared to place 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, to the CLOSE position to close the 2-FCV-68-332, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, and limit the pressurizer pressure decrease and PRT pressure increase.2) During pressurizer discharge, do NOT allow the pressurizer pressure to decrease less than 2015 psig or PRT pressure to exceed 50 psig.NOTES 1) The remote opening time of 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, will be measured using a data recorder.2) The remote closing time of 2-FCV-68-332, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, will be measured using a stop watch.[54] START the Data Recorder #2.[55] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, on 2-M-5, to the OPEN position, AND VERIFY 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, is OPEN by indicating lights. | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 111 of 198 Date 6.8 PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity (continued) | |||
#2.[55] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, on 2-M-5,to the OPEN position, | |||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | |||
[56] VERIFY the following: | [56] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. 2-XA-55-5A/89A, PZR PORV LINE TEMP HI, on 2-M-5,ALARMED.B. 2-XA-55-5A/91A, PZR PORV/SAFETY OPEN, on 2-M-5,ALARMED.C. 2-XI-68-334, PORV, on 0-M-25, is LIT.[57] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR | A. 2-XA-55-5A/89A, PZR PORV LINE TEMP HI, on 2-M-5, ALARMED.B. 2-XA-55-5A/91A, PZR PORV/SAFETY OPEN, on 2-M-5, ALARMED.C. 2-XI-68-334, PORV, on 0-M-25, is LIT.[57] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, to CLOSE, AND RECORD remote opening time using indicating lights on 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, at 2-M-5.seconds (< 20 sec)M&TE Cal Due Date[58] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, is released to the center position.[59] STOP Data Recorder #2.[60] RECORD the remote opening time of 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, from the data recorder.seconds (< 2 sec)M&TE Cal Due Date[61] VERIFY the remote opening time of 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, is less than or equal to 2 seconds.(Acc Crit 5.0[3]D)[62] VERIFY the remote closing time of 2-FCV-68-332, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is less than or equal to 20 seconds. (Acc Crit 5.0[1]B) | ||
[59] STOP Data Recorder | Date 6.8 PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity (continued) | ||
#2.[60] RECORD the remote opening time of 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, from the data recorder. | [63] WHEN pressurizer pressure is greater than 2220 psig, as indicated by recorder 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, at 2-M-5, THEN PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341 H, BACKUP HEATERS C, at 2-M-4, to the OFF position, AND RELEASE to P AUTO.[64] ENSURE pressurizer pressure is automatically returned to approximately 2235 psig.[65] ENSURE pressurizer level is manually controlled to 50% using controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, at 2-M-5.[66] ENSURE pressure, temperature, and water level conditions for 2-TANK-68-PRT, PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK, are in accordance with 2-TOP-68-02, RCS -HFT.[67] VERIFY the following: | ||
seconds (< 2 sec)M&TE Cal Due Date[61] VERIFY the remote opening time of 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, is less than or equal to 2 seconds.(Acc Crit 5.0[3]D)[62] VERIFY the remote closing time of 2-FCV-68-332, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is less than or | A. 2-XA-55-5A/88D, PRT TEMP HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.B. 2-XA-55-5A/88C, PRT PRESS HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.C. 2-XA-55-5A/88B, PRT LEVEL HI/LO, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.D. 2-XA-55-5A/91A, PZR PORV/SAFETY OPEN, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.E. 2-XI-68-334, PORV, on 0-M-25, is NOT LIT.[68] RECORD steady-state pressurizer and PRT data in Data Sheet 2.[69] NOTIFY Test Director for 2-PTI-999-01 that conditions have been established for vibrations testing.[70] NOTIFY Test Director for 2-TI-85.012 that conditions have been established for MOV testing. | ||
(Acc Crit 5.0[1]B) | Date 6.8 PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity (continued) | ||
CAUTIONS 1) Opening 2-FCV-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, will result in a pressurizer blowdown to the PRT. Be prepared to place 2-HS-68-334A, PRZ PORV 334, to the CLOSE position to close the 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, and limit the pressurizer pressure decrease and PRT pressure increase.2) The secondary objective is to discharge the pressurizer steam equal to 110 percent of the volume above the full power pressurizer water level setpoint. | |||
[63] WHEN pressurizer pressure is greater than 2220 psig, | The discharge time is approximately 1.5 minutes with one PORV and at the test conditions. | ||
A. 2-XA-55-5A/88D, PRT TEMP HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.B. 2-XA-55-5A/88C, PRT PRESS HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.C. 2-XA-55-5A/88B, PRT LEVEL HI/LO, on 2-M-5, | : 3) During pressurizer discharge, do NOT allow the pressurizer pressure to decrease less than 2015 psig or PRT pressure to exceed 50 psig.NOTES 1) The remote opening time of 2-FCV-68-332, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, will be measured using a stop watch.2) The remote closing time of 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, will be measured using a data recorder.[71] START data recorder #2.[72] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, to OPEN, AND RECORD remote opening time using indicating lights on 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, at 2-M-5.seconds (20 sec)M&TE Cal Due Date[73] WHEN pressurizer pressure reaches 2035 psig as indicated by recorder 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, on 2-M-5, THEN PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, to CLOSE.[74] VERIFY 2-PCV-68-334 is CLOSED by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, at 2-M-5.[75] STOP data recorder #2. | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 114 of 198 Date 6.8 PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity (continued) | |||
The discharge | |||
: 3) During pressurizer discharge, do NOT allow the pressurizer pressure to decrease | |||
[71] START data recorder | |||
#2.[72] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR | |||
#2. | |||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | |||
[76] VERIFY the following: | [76] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. 2-XA-55-5A/91A, PZR PORV/SAFETY OPEN, on 2-M-5,is CLEAR.B. 2-XA-55-5A/89A, PZR PORV LINE TEMP HI, ALARMED.C. 2-XA-55-5A/88C, PRT PRESS HI, on 2-M-5, ALARMED.D. 2-XA-55-5A/88D, PRT TEMP HI, on 2-M-5, ALARMED.[77] RECORD pressurizer and PRT post-discharge data | A. 2-XA-55-5A/91A, PZR PORV/SAFETY OPEN, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.B. 2-XA-55-5A/89A, PZR PORV LINE TEMP HI, ALARMED.C. 2-XA-55-5A/88C, PRT PRESS HI, on 2-M-5, ALARMED.D. 2-XA-55-5A/88D, PRT TEMP HI, on 2-M-5, ALARMED.[77] RECORD pressurizer and PRT post-discharge data in Data Sheet 2.[78] RECORD the following data.A. PRT pressure recorded in Data Sheet 2 for Step 6.8[77].psig B. PRT temperature recorded in Data Sheet 2 for Step 6.8[77].OF[79] VERIFY PRT pressure is < 50 psig. (Acc Crit 5.0[9])[80] VERIFY PRT temperature is < 200 IF. (Acc Crit 5.0[9])[81] RECORD the remote closing time of 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, from the data recorder.seconds (< 5 sec)M&TE Cal Due Date[82] VERIFY the remote opening time of 2-FCV-68-332, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is less than or equal to 20 seconds. (Acc Crit 5.0[1]B)[83] VERIFY the remote closing time of 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, is less than or equal to 5 seconds.(Acc Crit 5.0[3]E) | ||
seconds (< 5 sec)M&TE Cal Due Date[82] VERIFY the remote opening time of 2-FCV-68-332, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is less than or | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 115 of 198 Date 6.8 PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity (continued) | ||
(Acc Crit 5.0[1]B)[83] VERIFY the remote closing time of 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, is less than or equal to 5 seconds.(Acc Crit 5.0[3]E) | [84] WHEN pressurizer pressure is greater than 2220 psig, as indicated by recorder 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, at 2-M-5, THEN PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP HEATERS C, at 2-M-4, to the OFF position, AND RELEASE to P AUTO.[85] ENSURE pressurizer pressure is automatically returned to approximately 2235 psig.[86] ENSURE pressurizer level is manually controlled to the no-load value of 25% using controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, at 2-M-5.[87] ENSURE pressure, temperature, and water level conditions for 2-TANK-68-PRT, PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK, are in accordance with 2-TOP-68-02, RCS -HFT.[88] VERIFY there is NO leakage through 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, by the following indicators: | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | A. VERIFY 2-XA-55-5A/89A, PZR PORV LINE TEMP HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR. (Acc Crit 5.0[3]F)B. VERIFY temperature indication on 2-TI-68-331, PORV 340A and 334 TAILPIPE TEMP, on 2-M-4, does not indicate a leaking PORV(> ambient temperature), AND RECORD the temperature indication. | ||
[84] WHEN pressurizer pressure is greater than 2220 psig, | OF C. VERIFY 2-XA-55-5A/91A, PZR PORV/SAFETY OPEN, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.(Acc Crit 5.0[3]F)D. VERIFY 2-XI-68-334, PORV, on 0-M-25, is NOT LIT. | ||
A. VERIFY 2-XA-55-5A/89A, PZR PORV LINE TEMP HI, | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 116 of 198 Date 6.8 PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity (continued) | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | |||
[89] VERIFY the following: | [89] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. 2-XA-55-5A/88D, PRT TEMP HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.B. 2-XA-55-5A/88C, PRT PRESS HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.C. 2-XA-55-5A/88B, PRT LEVEL HI/LO, on 2-M-5, | A. 2-XA-55-5A/88D, PRT TEMP HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.B. 2-XA-55-5A/88C, PRT PRESS HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.C. 2-XA-55-5A/88B, PRT LEVEL HI/LO, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.[90] RECORD the steady state pressurizer and PRT data in Data Sheet 2.[91] DISCONNECT Test Record #1 as follows:[91.1] DISCONNECT Channel 1 from Terminal Board 1-2F, Point 2-RBCP1 (+) and Terminal Board 1-2E, Point 10-RBC6 (-) in 2-L-1 1A. (PORV Actuation Signal).CV[91.2] DISCONNECT Channel 2 from Terminal Board 1-2F, Points 3-RBC2 (+) and 2-RBCN (-) in 2-L-1 1A. (PORV FULL CLOSED)CV[91.3] DISCONNECT Channel 3 from Terminal Board 1-2F, Points 5-RBC12 (+) and 2-RBCN (-) in 2-L-1 1A. (PORV FULL OPEN)CV Date 6.8 PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity (continued) | ||
[92] DISCONNECT Test Recorder | [92] DISCONNECT Test Recorder #2 as follows:[92.1] DISCONNECT Channel 1 from Terminal Board 1-2F, Point 2-RBCPI (+) and Terminal Board 1-2E, Point 10-RBC6 (-) in 2-L-1 1A. (PORV Actuation Signal).Cv[92.2] DISCONCONNECT Channel 2 from Terminal Board 1-2F, Points 3-RBC2 (+) and 2-RBCN (-) in 2-L-1 1A.(PORV FULL CLOSED)Cv[92.3] CONNECT Channel 3 from Terminal Board 1-2F, Points 5-RBC12 (+) and 2-RBCN (-) in 2-L-11A. (PORV FULL OPEN)Cv Date 6.9 Pressurizer Level Control Test CAUTION Ensure all unnecessary personnel are evacuated from the lower containment for the performance of this Subsection. | ||
#2 as follows:[92.1] DISCONNECT Channel 1 from Terminal Board 1-2F,Point 2-RBCPI (+) and Terminal Board 1-2E, Point 10-RBC6 (-) in 2-L-1 1A. (PORV Actuation Signal).Cv[92.2] DISCONCONNECT Channel 2 from Terminal Board 1-2F, Points 3-RBC2 (+) and 2-RBCN (-) in 2-L-1 1A.(PORV FULL CLOSED)Cv[92.3] CONNECT Channel 3 from Terminal Board 1-2F, | [1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.9 have been completed. | ||
(PORV | [2] ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340A, PZR PRESS MASTER CONTROL, at 2-M-4, is placed in AUTO, AND VERIFY pressurizer pressure is AUTOMATICALLY controlled to approximately 2235 psig, as indicated on recorder 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, on 2-M-5.[3] ENSURE controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5, is in MAN, AND MANUALLY control pressurizer level to approximately 25% of level span, as indicated on recorder 2-LR-68-339, PZR LEVEL-%, on 2-M-5.[4] ENSURE controller 2-LIC-68-339, CHARG FLOW/PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-4, is in MAN.[5] RECORD AUCT TAVG indication on recorder 2-TR-68-2B, TREF & AUCT TAVG -OF, on 2-M-5.OF[6] RECORD PROGRAM LEVEL indication on recorder 2-LR-68-339, PZR LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5.[7] VERIFY recorded PROGRAM LEVEL corresponds to the recorded AUCT TAVG (557 OF -588.2 OF, 25% -60%).[8] PLACE W213CP:W2PZRLVL:B80_CH to MANUAL using a Foxboro workstation. | ||
[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6. | [9] PLACE W213CP:W2PZRLVL:B80_CH to 25% level span.[10] PLACE controller 2-LIC-68-339, CHARG FLOW/PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-4, to AUTO. | ||
[2] ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340A, PZR PRESS | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 119 of 198 Date 6.9 Pressurizer Level Control Test (continued) | ||
[9] PLACE W213CP:W2PZRLVL:B80_CH to 25% level span.[10] PLACE controller 2-LIC-68-339, CHARG FLOW/PZR | [11] PLACE controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, at 2-M-5, to AUTO.[12] VERIFY pressurizer level is controlled to approximately 25%level span.NOTE Automatic pressurizer level control to an induced pressurizer level setpoint increase will be tested in the following steps.[13] RECORD the current time: Start Time[14] ADJUST W213CP:W2PZRLVL:B80_CH to 30% level span using a Foxboro I/A workstation. | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | [15] VERIFY by 2-LR-68-339, PZR LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5, that pressurizer level is controlled to 30% level span with decreasing oscillations within +/-1% of level span.(Acc Crit 5.0[10]A)[16]RECORD the current time: End Time[17] PRINT the pressurizer level transient response captured on the ICS for the time interval recorded, AND LABEL with 2-PTI-68-15, revision number, step number, date, and initial.[18] ATTACH the transient plot to this instruction. | ||
[11] PLACE controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 120 of 198 Date 6.9 Pressurizer Level Control Test (continued) | ||
[15] VERIFY by 2-LR-68-339, PZR LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5, | NOTE Automatic pressurizer level control to an induced pressurizer level setpoint decrease will be tested in the following steps.[19] RECORD the current time.Start Time[20] ADJUST W213CP:W2PZRLVL:B80_CH to 25% using a Foxboro I/A workstation. | ||
[16]RECORD the current time:End Time[17] PRINT the pressurizer level transient response captured | [21] VERIFY by 2-LR-68-339, PZR LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5, that pressurizer level is controlled to 25% level span with decreasing oscillations within +/- 1% of level span.(Acc Crit 5.0[10]B)[22] RECORD the current time.Start Time[23] PRINT the pressurizer level transient response from the ICS for the time interval recorded, AND LABEL with 2-PTI-68-15, revision number, step number, date, and initial.[24] ATTACH the transient plot to this instruction. | ||
[25] PLACE W213CP:W2PZRLVL:B80_CH to AUTOMATIC using a Foxboro I/A workstation. | |||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 121 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test[ CAUTION Ensure all unnecessary personnel are evacuated from the lower containment for the performance of this Subsection. | ||
[21] VERIFY by 2-LR-68-339, PZR LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5, | |||
[22] RECORD the current time.Start Time[23] PRINT the pressurizer level transient response from the | |||
[25] PLACE W213CP:W2PZRLVL:B80_CH to AUTOMATIC | |||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | |||
[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.10 have been completed. | [1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.10 have been completed. | ||
NOTE The operator may take manual control of pressurizer pressure, as necessary, via controller 2-PIC-68-340A, PZR PRESS MASTER CONTROL, on 2-M-4, unless otherwise noted.[2] ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340A, PZR PRESS MASTER CONTROL, at 2-M-4, is placed in AUTO, AND VERIFY pressurizer pressure is AUTOMATICALLY controlled to approximately 2235 psig, as indicated on 2-PR-68-340, PRZ PRES -PSIG, on 2-M-5.NOTE The minimum letdown orifice flow for this subsection shall be 45 GPM. A letdown orifice combination of 75 GPM or more is recommended to provide accelerated lev.el control.[3] ENSURE normal letdown orifices OPEN are greater than or equal to 45 GPM by handswitch indications on 2-M-6.[4] ENSURE controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5, is placed to MAN, AND MANUALLY CONTROL pressurizer level to approximately 25% as indicated on 2-LR-68-339, PZR LEVEL -%, at 2-M-5.[5] ENSURE controller 2-LIC-68-339, CHARG FLOW/PZR LEVEL CONTROL, at 2-M-4, is placed to MAN.[6] ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340B, LOOP 2 SPRAY CONTROL, at 2-M-4, is placed to AUTO.[7] ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340D, LOOP 1 SPRAY CONTROL, 2-M-4, is placed to AUTO. | |||
Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | |||
[8] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341 F, CONTROL HEATERS D, at 2-M-4, to the ON position, AND RELEASE to the P AUTO position.[9] VERIFY handswitch 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP HEATERS C, at 2-M-4, is in the P AUTO position.[10] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, at 2-M-4, is placed to A-P AUTO.[11] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, at 2-M-4, is placed to A-P AUTO.NOTE Reactor coolant system high auctioneered temperature should be maintained at +0 °F,-5 IF throughout this entire subsection to maintain the pressurizer program level setpoint at 25%level span.[121 ENSURE the auctioneered high Tavg, as indicated by 2-TR-68-2B, TREF & AUCT TAVG -IF, on 2-M-5, is 557 OF (+0,-5 OF) by adjusting the setpoint on 2-PIC-1-33, STM DUMP PRESS CONTROL, on 2-M-4.[13] RECORD pressurizer level steady state data in Data Sheet 3, AND VERIFY indications 2-LI-68-339, 2-LI-68-335, and 2-LI-68-320 are within 4% of each other. (Acc Crit 5.0[11 ]B)[14] VERIFY the following: | |||
[8] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341 F, CONTROL HEATERS D,at 2-M-4, to the ON position, | A. 2-XA-55-5A/92B, PZR LEVEL HI-DEVN, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.B. Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 92-B PZR LEVEL HI-DEVN, as Return to Normal. | ||
[9] VERIFY handswitch 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP HEATERS C, | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 123 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | ||
[10] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP | CAUTIONS 1) Do NOT reduce pressurizer water level below 17% of level span without the pressurizer heaters all OFF. Uncovering the pressurizer heaters in an energized state will cause heater damage.2) Do NOT allow the pressurizer vessel to be placed in a water solid condition. | ||
A. 2-XA-55-5A/92B, PZR LEVEL HI-DEVN, on 2-M-5, | NOTES 1) Pressurizer water level will be gradually increased to reach various pressurizer water level setpoints. | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | Pressurizer water level will be increased to a maximum level of 100%of span.2) Pressurizer water level will also be reduced to reach various pressurizer water level setpoints. | ||
Pressurizer water level will be reduced to 0% of span.3) A pressurizer level increase rate of 0.5-1.0 %/min is recommended when approaching verification steps.[15] ESTABLISH a gradual INCREASE in pressurizer level using controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5.NOTE PERFORM the following Step as pressurizer level approaches 30% level span.[16] WHEN 2-XA-55-5A/92B, PZR LEVEL HI-DEVN, on 2-M-5, ALARMS, THEN A. RECORD the pressurizer level indication on 2-LR-68-339, PRZ LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5.(Acc Crit 5.0[11]C)% (30%, 28-32%)B. RECORD the % DEVIATION on controller 2-LIC-68-339, CHARG FLOW/PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-4.% (5%, 3-7%)C. RECORD 2-LR-68-339A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (30%, 28-32%) | |||
Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | |||
Pressurizer water level will be increased to a maximum level of 100%of span.2) Pressurizer water level will also be reduced to reach various pressurizer water | D. RECORD 2-LR-68-335A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (30%, 28-32%)E. RECORD 2-LR-68-320, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (30%, 28-32%)F. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 92-B PZR LEVEL HI-DEVN, in ALARM.[17] MAINTAIN pressurizer level increase using 2-HIC-68-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-6, AND CONTROL pressurizer level at 60% as indicated by 2-LR-68-339, PZR LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5.[18] RECORD pressurizer data for 60% of level span in Data Sheet 3, AND VERIFY indications 2-LI-68-339A, 2-LI-68-335A, and 2-LI-68-320 are within 4% of each other. (Acc Crit 5.0[11]B). | ||
Pressurizer water level will be reduced to 0% of span.3) A pressurizer level increase rate of 0.5-1.0 %/min is recommended when approaching verification steps.[15] ESTABLISH a gradual INCREASE in pressurizer level | [19] VERIFY 2-XA-55-5A/92A, PZR LEVEL HI/LO, at 2-M-5, is CLEAR.[20] ESTABLISH a gradual INCREASE in pressurizer level using 2-HIC-68-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-6.NOTE PERFORM the following step as pressurizer level approaches 70% level span.[211 WHEN 2-XA-55-5A/92A, PZR LEVEL HI/LO, at 2-M-5, ALARMS, THEN A. RECORD pressurizer level indication on 2-LR-68-339, PZR LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5. (Acc Crit 5.0[11]C)% (70%, 68-72%)B. RECORD 2-LI-68-339A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (70%, 68-72%) | ||
% (30%, 28-32%)B. RECORD the % DEVIATION on controller 2-LIC-68-339, CHARG FLOW/PZR | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 125 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | ||
C. RECORD 2-LI-68-335A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (70%, 68-72%)D. RECORD 2-LI-68-320, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (70%, 68-72%)E. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 92A PZR LEVEL HI/LO, in ALARM.[22] VERIFY the following: | |||
D. RECORD 2-LR-68-335A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (30%, 28-32%)E. RECORD 2-LR-68-320, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (30%, 28-32%)F. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 92- | A. 2-XX-55-6A/9, PZR LEVEL HI LS-68-339, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR.B. 2-XX-55-6A/29, PZR LEVEL HI LS-68-335A, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR.C. 2-XX-55-6A/49, PZR LEVEL HI LS-68-320A, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR.D. 2-XA-55-6C/124A, PZR LEVEL HI, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR.E. 2-XX-55-L10/302A, PZR LEVEL HI, on 2-L-10, is CLEAR.F. Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 124-A PZR LEVEL HI, CLEAR. | ||
[19] VERIFY 2-XA-55-5A/92A, PZR LEVEL HI/LO, at 2-M-5, | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 126 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | ||
% (70%, 68-72%)B. RECORD 2-LI-68-339A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (70%, 68-72%) | NOTES 1) The P-7 protection permissive (Blocks low pressure reactor trip when nuclear and turbine power less than 10%) should be ARMED (LIT) during this test. If the P-7 is UNARMED (NOT LIT), the performance of this test will not be impacted.2) The first out annunciator panel 2-XA-55-4D may annunciate in the following step IF the P-7 protection permissive is UNARMED (NOT LIT). Clearing the reactor first out annunciator can be performed using handswitch 2-XS-55-4D on 2-M-4, as necessary. | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | [23] PERFORM the following when pressurizer level approaches approximately 92% of level span: A. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/9, PZR LEVEL HI LS-68-339, on 2-M-6, is in ALARM, AND RECORD pressurizer level indication on 2-LI-68-339A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.92%, 90-94%B. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/29, PZR LEVEL HI LS-68-335A, on 2-M-6, is in ALARM, AND RECORD pressurizer level indication on 2-LI-68-335A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.92%, 90-94%C. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/49, PZR LEVEL HI LS-68-320A, on 2-M-6, is in ALARM, AND RECORD pressurizer level indication on 2-LI-68-320, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.92%, 90-94%D. VERIFY 2-XA-55-6C/124A, PZR LEVEL HI, on 2-M-6, is ALARMED. (Acc Crit 5.0[11]C)E. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 124A PZR LEVEL HI, in ALARM. | ||
C. RECORD 2-LI-68-335A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (70%, 68-72%)D. RECORD 2-LI-68-320, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (70%, 68-72%)E. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 92A | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 127 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | ||
A. 2-XX-55-6A/9, PZR LEVEL HI LS-68-339, on 2-M-6, | F. VERIFY 2-XA-55-L10/302A, PZR LEVEL HI, is ALARMED, AND RECORD pressurizer level indication on 2-LI-68-326C, PZR LEVEL, on 2-L-10.92%, 90-94%CAUTION Expedite the performance of the next step to prevent the pressurizer from going water solid.NOTES 1) PERFORM the following step as pressurizer level approaches 100% of level span.2) Level Indicator 2-LI-68-321, PZR-COLD CAL LEVEL, on 2-M-4, can be used to monitor pressurizer level in addition to the normal pressurizer level indications. | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | [24] ADJUST controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, at 2-M-5, to MAINTAIN pressurizer level at or slightly below 100% of level span (99-100%). | ||
[25] RECORD pressurizer data for 100% of level span on Data Sheet 3, AND VERIFY indications 2-LI-68-339A, 2-LI-68-335A, and 2-LI-68-320 are within 4% of each other. (Acc Crit 5.0[11]B). | |||
[26] ESTABLISH a gradual DECREASE in pressurizer level using 2-HIC-68-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5. | |||
[23] PERFORM the following when pressurizer level approaches approximately 92% of level span:A. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/9, PZR LEVEL HI LS-68-339, | Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | ||
(Acc Crit 5.0[11]C) | NOTE The first out annunciator panel 2-XA-55-4D may clear in the following step. Clearing the reactor first out annunciator can be performed using handswitch 2-XS-55-4D, as necessary. | ||
E. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 124A | [27] PERFORM the following when pressurizer level approaches approximately 91% of level span: A. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/9, PZR LEVEL HI LS-68-339, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR, AND RECORD pressurizer level indication on 2-LI-68-339A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.91%, 89-93%B. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/29, PZR LEVEL HI LS-68-335A, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR, AND RECORD pressurizer level indication on 2-LI-68-335A, PZRL LEVEL, on 2-M-4.91%, 89-93%C. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/49, PZR LEVEL HI LS-68-320A, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR, AND RECORD pressurizer level indication on 2-LI-68-320, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.91%, 89-93%D. VERIFY 2-XA-55-6C/124A, PZR LEVEL HI, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR.E. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 124-A PZR LEVEL HI, CLEAR. | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 129 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | ||
F. VERIFY 2-XA-55-L10/302A, PZR LEVEL HI, | F. VERIFY 2-XA-55-10/302A, PZR LEVEL HI, on 2-L-10, is CLEAR, AND RECORD pressurizer level indication on 2-LI-68-326C, PZR LEVEL, on 2-L-10.91%, 89-93%NOTE PERFORM the following as pressurizer level approaches 69% level span.[28] WHEN 2-XA-55-5A/92A, PZR LEVEL HI/LO, at 2-M-5, CLEARS, THEN A. RECORD pressurizer level indication on 2-LR-68-339, PZR LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5.% (69%, 67-71%)B. RECORD 2-LI-68-339A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (69%, 67-71%)C. RECORD 2-LI-68-335A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (69%, 67-71%)D. RECORD 2-LI-68-320, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (69%, 67-71%)E. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 92A PZR LEVEL HI/LO, is CLEAR. | ||
[24] ADJUST controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 130 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | ||
[25] RECORD pressurizer data for 100% of level span | NOTE PERFORM the following as pressurizer level approaches 29% level span.[29] WHEN 2-XA-55-5A/92B, PZR LEVEL HI DEVN, on 2-M-5, CLEARS, THEN A. RECORD the pressurizer level indication on 2-LR-68-339, PRZ LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5.% (29%, 27-31%)B. RECORD the % DEVIATION in level on controller 2-LIC-68-339, CHARG FLOW/PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-4.% (4%, 2-6%)C. RECORD 2-LI-68-339A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (29%, 27-31%)D. RECORD 2-LI-68-335A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (29%, 27-31%)E. RECORD 2-LI-68-320, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (29%, 27-31%)F. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 92-B PZR LEVEL HI-DEVN, is CLEAR.NOTE PERFORM the following as pressurizer level reaches 25% level span[30] MAINTAIN pressurizer level at 25% of span using controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5.[31] ESTABLISH excess letdown in accordance with 2-TOP-62-02, CVCS -Startup Testing Operations. | ||
[26] ESTABLISH a gradual DECREASE in pressurizer level | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 131 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | ||
[32] ENSURE pressurizer level is maintained, with excess letdown established, at approximately 25% of span, using controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5.NOTE The following step will turn off the two backup heater groups to allow the pressurizer heater trip interlock on low pressure to be disabled.[33] PERFORM the following: | |||
A. ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, at 2-M-4, is placed to OFF, AND VERIFY backup heater group A-A is OFF by indicating lights.B. ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, at 2-M-4, is placed to OFF, AND VERIFY backup heater group B-B is OFF by indicating lights.CAUTION Follow standard precautions when working around energized electrical equipment in accordance with TVA Safety Manual Procedure 1021. In addition, follow TI-300 when working around electrical equipment. | |||
[27] PERFORM the following when pressurizer level approaches approximately 91% of level span:A. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/9, PZR LEVEL HI LS-68-339, | NOTE The following two steps defeat the pressurizer pressure trip relay signal to both the Backup Heater Groups A-A and B-B. This will allow the backup heater groups A-A and B-B to be turned on and remain ON when pressure is above the low pressure backup heater setpoint of 2210 psig.[34] LIFT and TAPE the wire on contact point 3 of relay PB455GXA, in 2-R-54, to defeat the pressurizer low pressure trip relay signal to the Backup Heater A-A.CV WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 132 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | [35] LIFT and TAPE the wire on contact point 3 of relay PB455GXB, in 2-R-55, to defeat the pressurizer low pressure trip relay signal to Backup Heater B-B.Cv[36] PERFORM the following: | ||
F. VERIFY 2-XA-55-10/302A, PZR LEVEL HI, on 2-L-10, | A. PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, at 2-M-4, to A-P AUTO, AND VERIFY backup heater group A-A is OFF by indicating lights.B. PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341 D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, at 2-M-4, to A-P AUTO, AND VERIFY backup heater group B-B is OFF by indicating lights.[37] ENSURE the following switches on 2-M-6 are placed to P AUTO: A. 2-HS-62-69A, RCS LETDOWN FRM LOOP 3 IN CNTMT B. 2-HS-62-70A, RCS LETDOWN FRM LOOP 3 IN CNTMT Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | [38] ENSURE the following handswitches on 2-M-6 are placed to A-P AUTO: A. 2-HS-62-72A, LETDOWN ORIFICE A 45 GPM CIV-0A B. 2-HS-62-73A, LETDOWN ORIFICE B 75 GPM CIV-0A C. 2-HS-62-74A, LETDOWN ORIFICE C 75 GPM CIV-0A[39] RECORD letdown valve positions by the indicating lights at the following handswitches: | ||
A. 2-HS-62-72A, LETDOWN ORIFICE A 45 GPM CIV-0A Open/Closed B. 2-HS-62-73A, LETDOWN ORIFICE B 75 GPM CIV-0A Open/Closed C. 2-HS-62-74A, LETDOWN ORIFICE C 75 GPM CIV-OA Open/Closed D. 2-HS-62-76, LETDOWN ORIFICE 5 GPM CIV-0A Open/Closed | |||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | [40] VERIFY 2-XA-55-5A/92A, PZR LEVEL HI/LO, on 2-M-5 is CLEAR.[41] ESTABLISH a gradual DECREASE in pressurizer level using controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5. | ||
[32] ENSURE pressurizer level is maintained, with excess | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 SPage 134 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | ||
[33] PERFORM the following: | NOTE PERFORM the following as pressurizer level approaches 20% level span[42] WHEN 2-XA-55-5A/92A, PZR LEVEL HI/LO, on 2-M-5, ALARMS, THEN A. RECORD the pressurizer level indication on 2-LR-68-339, PRZ LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5. (Acc Crit 5.0[11]C)% (20%, 18-22%)B. RECORD the % DEVIATION in level on controller 2-LIC-68-339, CHARG FLOW/PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-4.% (-5%, -3 to -7%)C. RECORD 2-LI-68-339A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (20%, 18-22%)D. RECORD 2-LI-68-335A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (20%, 18-22%)E. RECORD 2-LI-68-320, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (20%, 18-22%)F. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 92-A PZR LEVEL HI/LO, in ALARM.[43] CONTROL pressurizer level constant at 20% using controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5. | ||
A. ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 135 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | ||
CAUTIONS 1) Pressurizer level will be decreased to the heater cutout setpoint of 17% level span. All groups of heaters should be automatically turned off.2) Pressurizer heaters must not be operated if the water level is below the 17% level span. The pressurizer heaters will damage if operated while pressurizer heaters are uncovered. | |||
[35] LIFT and TAPE the wire on contact point 3 of | : 3) Closely monitor pressurizer pressure and heater indicating lights at control handswitches to ensure pressurizer heaters remain off while pressurizer level is decreased to the 0% span.4) Pressurizer level will isolate normal letdown at the 17% level span setpoint. | ||
A. PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP | Since a significant change in charging and letdown flow will occur, reactor coolant pump seal injection flow should be checked and adjusted if necessary. | ||
[38] ENSURE the following handswitches on 2-M-6 are placed | NOTE Automatic isolation of normal letdown will result in an increase in pressurizer level.Charging flow should be reduced to maintain pressurizer level as close to constant as possible.[44] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. 2-HS-62-72A, LETDOWN ORIFICE A 45 GPM CIV- | A. 2-XA-55-5A/92C, PZR LEVEL LO-HTRS OFF & LTDN CLOSED, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.B. Unit 2 Events Display Legend Shows 92-C PZR LEVEL LO-HTRS OFF & LTDN CLOSED, CLEAR.C. 2-XA-55-L10/302B, PZR LEVEL LO, on 2-L-10, is CLEAR.[45] RECORD the setpoint on controller 2-HIC-62-78A, LETDOWN HX OUTLET TEMP TCV-70-192 CONTROL, on 2-M-6.%/ | ||
[40] VERIFY 2-XA-55-5A/92A, PZR LEVEL HI/LO, on 2-M-5 | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 136 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | NOTES 1) Bistable 2-LS-68-335E will be placed to manual in Foxboro I/A to temporarily disable the letdown isolation signal for 2-FCV-62-69, CVCS LETDOWN ISOLATION, and the A, B, and C letdown flow orifices. | ||
Bistable 2-LS-68-339D (17% level span for heater cutout and letdown isolation) will be operating as designed and will be tested.2) Foxboro I/A workstation will be used in the following performance steps. Ensure a Foxboro I/A System Engineer or qualified individual is available for this portion of the test.[46] PLACE W212CP:W2PZRLVLA:2LS0680335E to MANUAL using a Foxboro I/A workstation. | |||
% (20%, 18-22%)B. RECORD the % DEVIATION in level on controller 2-LIC-68-339, CHARG FLOW/PZR LEVEL CONTROL, | |||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | |||
: 3) Closely monitor pressurizer pressure and heater indicating lights at | |||
Since | |||
[44] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. 2-XA-55-5A/92C, PZR LEVEL LO-HTRS OFF & | |||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | |||
Bistable 2-LS-68-339D (17% level span for | |||
[47] ENSURE W212CP:W2PZRLVLA:2LS0680335E is low (0)using a Foxboro I/A workstation. | [47] ENSURE W212CP:W2PZRLVLA:2LS0680335E is low (0)using a Foxboro I/A workstation. | ||
NOTE The low pressurizer level heater cutout and let down isolation setpoints will be tested. The pressurizer pressure will be increased above nominal setpoint to allow for heat loss after the pressurizer heaters are cutout from the pressurizer level setpoint.[48] PERFORM the following steps to increase pressurizer pressure:[48.1] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, on 2-M-4, to ON, AND RELEASE to A-P AUTO.[48.2] VERIFY Backup Heaters A-A are ON by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, on 2-M-4.[48.3] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341 D, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, on 2-M-4, to ON, AND RELEASE TO A-P AUTO.[48.4] VERIFY Backup Heaters B-B are ON by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-341 D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, on 2-M-4. | |||
[48] PERFORM the following steps to increase pressurizer pressure: | Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | ||
[48.1] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP | [48.5] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP HEATERS C, on 2-M-4, is placed ON, AND RELEASE to P AUTO.[48.6] VERIFY Backup Heaters C are ON by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP HEATERS C, on 2-M-4.[48.7] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341F, CONROL HEATERS D, on 2-M-4, to ON, AND RELEASE to P AUTO.[48.8] VERIFY Control Heaters D are ON by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-341F, CONTROL HEATERS D, on 2-M-4.[49] WHEN pressurizer pressure is greater than or equal to approximately 2250 psig, as indicated by 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, on 2-M-5, THEN ESTABLISH a gradual DECREASE in pressurizer level using controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5.NOTES 1) After normal letdown is isolated, excess letdown will provide 20-35 GPM of flow.Pressurizer level may increase due to the charging and letdown flow imbalance and may clear the hysteresis setpoint of the low level heater cutout and letdown isolation bistable. | ||
This will not result in a failure of the performance steps.2) Expedite the performance of the next step.[50] PERFORM the following as pressurizer level approaches 17%level span:[50.1] WHEN 2-XA-55-5A/92C, PZR LEVEL LO-HTRS OFF <DN CLOSED, on 2-M-5, ALARMS, THEN A. RECORD the pressurizer level indication on 2-LR-68-339, PRZ LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5.% (17%, 15-19%) | |||
[48.5] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 138 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | ||
This will not result in a failure of the performance steps.2) Expedite the performance of the next step.[50] PERFORM the following as pressurizer level approaches 17%level span:[50.1] WHEN 2-XA-55-5A/92C, PZR LEVEL LO-HTRS OFF <DN CLOSED, on 2-M-5, ALARMS, | B. RECORD 2-LI-68-339A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (17%, 15-19%)C. RECORD 2-LI-68-335A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (17%, 15-19%)D. RECORD 2-LI-68-320, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (17%, 15-19%)E. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 92-C PZR LEVEL LO-HTRS OFF & LTDN CLOSED, in ALARM.F. VERIFY Backup Heaters A-A are OFF by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, on 2-M-4. (Acc. Crit. 5.0[11]A)G. VERIFY Backup Heaters B-B are OFF by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, on 2-M-4. (Acc. Crit. 5.0[11]A)H. VERIFY Backup Heaters C are OFF by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-341 H, BACKUP HEATERS C, on 2-M-4. (Acc. Crit. 5.0[11]A)1. VERIFY Control Heaters D are OFF by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-341 F, CONTROL HEATERS D, on 2-M-4. (Acc. Crit. 5.0[11]A)J. VERIFY letdown isolation valve 2-FCV-62-69 is OPEN by indicating lights at 2-HS-62-69A, RCS LETDOWN FRM LOOP 3 IN CNTMT, on 2-M-6.K. VERIFY letdown isolation valve 2-FCV-62-70 is CLOSED by indicating lights at 2-HS-62-70A, RCS LETDOWN FRM LOOP 3 IN CNTMT, on 2-M-6.(Acc. Crit. 5.0[11]A) | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | ||
B. RECORD 2-LI-68-339A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (17%, 15-19%)C. RECORD 2-LI-68-335A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (17%, 15-19%)D. RECORD 2-LI-68-320, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (17%, 15-19%)E. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 92- | L. RECORD letdown valve positions by the indicating lights at the following handswitches: " 2-HS-62-72A, LETDOWN ORIFICE A 45 GPM CIV-OA Open/Closed | ||
G. VERIFY Backup Heaters B-B are OFF by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, | * 2-HS-62-73A, LETDOWN ORIFICE B 75 GPM CIV-0A Open/Closed | ||
H. VERIFY Backup Heaters C are OFF by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-341 H, | * 2-HS-62-74A, LETDOWN ORIFICE C 75 GPM CIV-OA Open/Closed | ||
* 2-HS-62-76, LETDOWN ORIFICE 5 GPM CIV-0A Open/Closed M. VERIFY letdown valve(s) OPEN in performance step 6.10[39] are CLOSED as indicated in performance step 6.10[50.1]L. | |||
J. VERIFY letdown isolation valve 2-FCV-62-69 | [50.2] WHEN 2-XA-55-L10/302B, PZR LEVEL LO, on 2-L-10, ALARMS, THEN RECORD pressurizer level indication 2-LI-68-325C, PZR LEVEL, on 2-L-10.% (17%, 15-19%) | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev.0000 Page 140 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | |||
L. RECORD letdown valve positions by the indicating lights at the following handswitches: | NOTE To establish normal letdown flow, control must be transferred to the auxiliary control for isolation valves and letdown orifices.[51] PLACE handswitch 2-XS-62-70, RCS LETDOWN CIV FROM LOOP 3, on 2-L-1 1A, to the AUX position, AND VERIFY 2-XA-55-6F/148B, ACR PNL 2-L-11A, on 2-M-6 is LIT.[52] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-62-70C, RCS LETDOWN ISOL FROM LOOP 3 CIV-OA, on 2-L-10 to the OPEN position, AND VERIFY by indicating lights the valve is OPEN.[53] PLACE controller 2-HIC-62-78A, LETDOWN HX OUTLET TEMP TVC-70-192 CONTROL, at 2-M-6, to MAN, AND ADJUST controller output to 20-25% open.NOTE In the following step, determine the controller output based on the orifice OPEN in Step 6.10[39].[54] PLACE controller 2-HIC-62-81A, LETDOWN PRESS CONTROL, at 2-M-6, to MAN, AND ADJUST controller output to 20-25% open IF using the 45 gpm orifice, OR ADJUST controller output to 40-50% open IF using a 75 gpm orifice. | ||
" 2-HS-62-72A, LETDOWN ORIFICE A 45 | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 141 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | ||
* 2-HS-62-73A, LETDOWN ORIFICE B 75 | CAUTION It may be necessary in the next step to adjust 2-PCV-62-81, CVCS LETDOWN HX PRESS CNTRL, using controller 2-HIC-62-81A, LETDOWN PRESS CONTROL, to maintain letdown pressure less than 600 psig. This prevents 2-RFV-62-662, CVCS LETDOWN HEADER RELIEF, from OPENING.[55] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-62-76, LETDOWN ORIFICE 5 GPM CIV-0A, at 2-M-6, to OPEN, AND RELEASE to A AUTO.[56] VERIFY 5 gpm letdown orifice is OPEN by indicating lights at 2-HS-62-76, LETDOWN ORIFICE 5 GPM CIV-0A, on 2-M-6.[57] PLACE the following handswitches on 2-L-1 1A to the AUX position: A. 2-XS-62-72, LETDOWN ORIFICE A 45 GPM.B. 2-XS-62-73, LETDOWN ORIFICE B 75 GPM C. 2-XS-62-74, LETDOWN ORIFICE C 75 GPM[58] WHEN letdown pressure and temperature stabilize, as indicated on 2-PI-62-81C, LP LETDOWN PRESSURE, and 2-TI-62-80C, LETDOWN HX OUTLET TEMP, on 2-L-10, THEN PLACE handswitch, on 2-L-10, for the OPEN valve recorded in Step 6.10[39], to OPEN, AND VERIFY by indicating lights the valve is OPEN.[59] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-62-76, LETDOWN ORIFICE 5 GPM CIV-0A, on 2-M-6, to CLOSE, AND RELEASE to A AUTO.[60] VERIFY 2-FCV-62-76 is closed by indicating lights at 2-HS-62-76, LETDOWN ORIFICE 5 GPM CIV-OA, on 2-M-6.[61] ENSURE setpoint on controller 2-HIC-62-81A, LETDOWN PRESS CONTROL, at 2-M-6, is 54% (325 psig). | ||
* 2-HS-62-74A, LETDOWN ORIFICE C 75 | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 142 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | ||
* 2-HS-62-76, LETDOWN ORIFICE 5 | [62] ADJUST controller 2-HIC-62-81A, LETDOWN PRESS CONTROL, at 2-M-6, to maintain pressure at 325 psig, AND PLACE controller 2-HIC-62-81A, LETDOWN PRESS CONTROL, at 2-M-6, to AUTO.[63] ENSURE controller 2-HIC-62-78A, LETDOWN HX OUTLET TEMP TCV-70-192 CONTROL, at 2-M-6, is set at the setpoint recorded in Step 6.10[45], AND PLACE controller 2-HIC-62-81A, LETDOWN HX OUTLET TEMP TCV-70-192 CONTROL, to AUTO.[64] ADJUST charging flow using controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5, to maintain pressurizer level at or above 20%, as indicated on 2-LR-68-339, PZR LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5.[65] PLACE handswitch 2-XS-62-70, RCS LETDOWN CIV FROM LOOP 3, on 2-L-1 1A, to NOR position, AND VERIFY 2-XA-55-6F/148B, ACR PNL 2--L-1 1A, on 2-M-6, is NOT LIT.[66] PLACE the following handswitches on 2-L-1 1A to the NOR position: A. 2-XS-62-72, LETDOWN ORIFICE A 45 GPM.B. 2-XS-62-73, LETDOWN ORIFICE B 75 GPM C. 2-XS-62-74, LETDOWN ORIFICE C 75 GPM NOTE The following step returns the letdown orifice switch to the normal configuration and does NOT close the orifice valve due to the transfer switch positions in the previous step.[67] PLACE handswitch, on 2-L-1 0, for the OPEN valve recorded in Step 6.10[39], to CLOSED. | ||
OPEN in performance step 6.10[39] | Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | ||
are CLOSED as indicated | NOTES 1) Bistable 2-LS-68-339D will be placed to manual in Foxboro I/A to temporarily disable the letdown isolation signal for 2-FCV-62-70, CVCS LETDOWN ISOLATION, and the A, B, and C letdown flow orifices. | ||
[50.2] WHEN 2-XA-55-L10/302B, PZR LEVEL LO, on 2-L-10,ALARMS, | Bistable 2-LS-68-335E (17% level span for heater cutout and letdown isolation) will be operating as designed and will be tested.2) Foxboro I/A workstation will be used in the following performance steps. Ensure a Foxboro I/A System Engineer or qualified individual is available for this portion of the test.[68] PLACE W212CP:W2PZRLVLA:2LS0680335E to AUTO using a Foxboro I/A workstation. | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | [69] PLACE W213CP:W2PZRLVL:2LS0680339D to MANUAL using a Foxboro I/A workstation. | ||
[70] ENSURE W213CP:W2PZRLVL:2LS0680339D is low (0) using a Foxboro I/A workstation. | |||
[51] PLACE handswitch 2-XS-62-70, RCS LETDOWN CIV | |||
[54] PLACE controller 2-HIC-62-81A, LETDOWN | |||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | |||
A. 2-XS-62-72, LETDOWN ORIFICE A 45 GPM.B. 2-XS-62-73, LETDOWN ORIFICE B 75 | |||
to OPEN, | |||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | |||
[62] ADJUST controller 2-HIC-62-81A, LETDOWN | |||
A. 2-XS-62-72, LETDOWN ORIFICE A 45 GPM.B. 2-XS-62-73, LETDOWN ORIFICE B 75 | |||
to CLOSED. | |||
Bistable 2-LS-68-335E (17% level span for | |||
[69] PLACE W213CP:W2PZRLVL:2LS0680339D to | |||
[70] ENSURE W213CP:W2PZRLVL:2LS0680339D is low (0) | |||
[71] VERIFY the following: | [71] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. 2-XA-55-5A/92C, PZR LEVEL LO-HTRS OFF & | A. 2-XA-55-5A/92C, PZR LEVEL LO-HTRS OFF & LTDN CLOSED, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.B. Unit 2 Events Display Legend Shows 92-C PZR LEVEL LO-HTRS OFF & LTDN CLOSED, CLEAR.NOTE The low pressurizer level heater cutout and let down isolation setpoints will be tested. The pressurizer pressure will be increased above nominal setpoint to allow for heat loss once the pressurizer heaters are cutout from the pressurizer level setpoint.[72] PERFORM the following steps to increase pressurizer pressure:[72.1] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, on 2-M-4, to ON, AND RELEASE to A-P AUTO.[72.2] VERIFY Backup Heaters A-A are ON by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, on 2-M-4. | ||
[72] PERFORM the following steps to increase pressurizer pressure: | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 144 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | ||
[72.1] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP | [72.3] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, on 2-M-4, to ON, AND RELEASE TO A-P AUTO.[72.4] VERIFY Backup Heaters B-B are ON by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-341 D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, on 2-M-4.[72.5] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP HEATERS C, on 2-M-4, is placed ON, AND RELEASE to P AUTO.[72.6] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP HEATERS C, on 2-M-4, to ON, AND RELEASE to P AUTO.[72.7] VERIFY Backup Heaters C are ON by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-341H, CONTROL HEATERS D, on 2-M-4.[72.8] VERIFY Control Heaters D are on by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-341F, CONTROL HEATERS D, on 2-M-4.NOTE A pressurizer level increase rate of 0.5-1.0 %/min is recommended when approaching verification steps.[73] WHEN pressurizer pressure is greater than or equal to approximately 2250 psig, as indicated by 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, on 2-M-5, THEN ESTABLISH a gradual DECREASE in pressurizer level using controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5. | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 145 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | ||
[72.3] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP | NOTES 1) After normal letdown is isolated, excess letdown will provide 20-35 GPM of flow.Pressurizer level may increase due to the charging and letdown flow imbalance and may clear the hysteresis setpoint of the low level heater cutout and letdown isolation bistable. | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | This will not result in a failure of the performance steps.2) Expedite the performance of the next step.3) PERFORM the following step as pressurizer level approaches 17% level span.[74] WHEN 2-XA-55-5A/92C, PZR LEVEL LO-HTRS OFF & LTDN CLOSED, on 2-M-5, ALARMS, THEN A. RECORD the pressurizer level indication on 2-LR-68-339, PRZ LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5.% (17%, 15-19%)B. RECORD 2-LI-68-339A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (17%, 15-19%)C. RECORD 2-LI-68-335A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (17%, 15-19%)D. RECORD 2-LI-68-320, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (17%, 15-19%)E. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 92-C PZR LEVEL LO-HTRS OFF & LTDN CLOSED, in ALARM.F. VERIFY Backup Heaters A-A are OFF by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, on 2-M-4. (Acc. Crit. 5.0[11]A)G. VERIFY Backup Heaters B-B are OFF by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, on 2-M-4. (Acc. Crit. 5.0[11]A)H. VERIFY Backup Heaters C are OFF by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP HEATERS C, on 2-M-4. (Acc. Crit. 5.0[11]A) | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 146 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | |||
This will not result in a failure of the performance steps.2) Expedite the performance of the next step.3) PERFORM the following step as pressurizer level approaches 17% level span.[74] WHEN 2-XA-55-5A/92C, PZR LEVEL LO-HTRS OFF & | I. VERIFY Control Heaters D are OFF by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-341F, CONTROL HEATERS D, on 2-M-4. (Acc. Crit. 5.0[11]A)J. VERIFY letdown isolation valve 2-FCV-62-69 is CLOSED by indicating lights at 2-HS-62-69A, RCS LETDOWN FRM LOOP 3 IN CNTMT, on 2-M-6. (Acc. Crit. 5.0[11]A)K. VERIFY letdown isolation valve 2-FCV-62-70 is OPEN by indicating lights at 2-HS-62-70A, RCS LETDOWN FRM LOOP 3 IN CNTMT, on 2-M-6.L. RECORD letdown valve positions by the indicating lights at the following handswitches: " 2-HS-62-72A, LETDOWN ORIFICE A 45 GPM CIV-OA Open/Close | ||
G. VERIFY Backup Heaters B-B are OFF by indicating | * 2-HS-62-73A, LETDOWN ORIFICE B 75 GPM CIV-0A Open/Close | ||
H. VERIFY Backup Heaters C are OFF by indicating lights | * 2-HS-62-74A, LETDOWN ORIFICE C 75 GPM CIV-OA Open/Close" 2-HS-62-76, LETDOWN ORIFICE 5 GPM CIV-0A Open/Close M. VERIFY letdown valve(s) OPEN in performance step 6.10[39] are CLOSED as indicated in performance step 6.10[74]L. | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 147 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | ||
I. VERIFY Control Heaters D are OFF by indicating lights | NOTE To establish normal letdown flow, control must be transferred to the auxiliary control for isolation valves and letdown orifices.[75] PLACE handswitch 2-XS-62-69, RCS LETDOWN CIV FROM LOOP 3, on 2-L-1 1A, to AUX position, AND VERIFY 2-XA-55-6F/148B, ACR PNL 2-L-11 A, on 2-M-6 is LIT.[76] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-62-69C, RCS LETDOWN ISOL FROM LOOP 3 CIV-0A, on 2-L-10, to the OPEN position, AND VERIFY by indicating lights the valve is OPEN.[77] PLACE controller 2-HIC-62-78A, LETDOWN HX OUTLET TEMP TVC-70-192 CONTROL, at 2-M-6, to MAN, AND ADJUST controller output to 20-25% open.NOTE In the following step, determine the controller output based on the orifice OPEN in Step 6.10[39].[78] PLACE controller 2-HIC-62-81A, LETDOWN PRESS CONTROL, at 2-M-6, to MAN, AND ADJUST controller output to 20-25% open, IF using the 45 gpm orifice, OR ADJUST controller output to 40-50% open, IF using a 75 gpm orifice. | ||
J. VERIFY letdown isolation valve 2-FCV-62-69 is | Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | ||
K. VERIFY letdown isolation valve 2-FCV-62-70 is OPEN | CAUTION It may be necessary in the next step to adjust 2-PCV-62-81, CVCS LETDOWN HX PRESS CNTRL, using controller 2-HIC-62-81A, LETDOWN PRESS CONTROL, to maintain letdown pressure less than 600 psig. This prevents 2-RFV-62-662, CVCS LETDOWN HEADER RELIEF, from OPENING.[79] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-62-76, LETDOWN ORIFICE 5 GPM CIV-0A, at 2-M-6, to OPEN, AND RELEASE to A AUTO.[80] VERIFY 5 gpm letdown orifice is OPEN by indicating lights at 2-HS-62-76, LETDOWN ORIFICE 5 GPM CIV-0A, on 2-M-6.[81] PLACE the following handswitches on 2-L-1 1A to the AUX position: A. 2-XS-62-72, LETDOWN ORIFICE A 45 GPM.B. 2-XS-62-73, LETDOWN ORIFICE B 75 GPM C. 2-XS-62-74, LETDOWN ORIFICE C 75 GPM[82] WHEN letdown pressure and temperature stabilize, as indicated on 2-PI-62-81C, LP LETDOWN PRESSURE, and 2-TI-62-80C, LETDOWN HX OUTLET TEMP, on 2-L-10, THEN PLACE handswitch, on 2-L-10, for the OPEN valve recorded in Step 6.10[39], to OPEN, AND VERIFY by indicating lights the valve is OPEN.[831 PLACE handswitch 2-HS-62-76, LETDOWN ORIFICE 5 GPM CIV-0A, on 2-M-6, to CLOSE, AND RELEASE to A AUTO.[84] VERIFY 2-FCV-62-76 is closed by indicating lights at 2-HS-62-76, LETDOWN ORIFICE 5 GPM CIV-0A, on 2-M-6.[85] ENSURE setpoint on controller 2-HIC-62-81A, LETDOWN PRESS CONTROL, at 2-M-6, is 54% (325 psig). | ||
" 2-HS-62-72A, LETDOWN ORIFICE A 45 GPM CIV- | Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | ||
* 2-HS-62-73A, LETDOWN ORIFICE B 75 GPM CIV- | [86] ADJUST controller 2-HIC-62-81A, LETDOWN PRESS CONTROL, at 2-M-6, to maintain pressure at 325 psig, AND PLACE controller 2-HIC-62-81A, LETDOWN PRESS CONTROL, at 2-M-6, to AUTO.[87] ENSURE controller 2-HIC-62-78A, LETDOWN HX OUTLET TEMP TCV-70-192 CONTROL, at 2-M-6, is set at the setpoint recorded in Step 6.10[45], AND PLACE controller 2-HIC-62-81A, LETDOWN HX OUTLET TEMP TCV-70-192 CONTROL, to AUTO.[88] ADJUST charging flow using controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5, to maintain pressurizer level at or above 20%, as indicated on 2-LR-68-339, PZR LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5.[89] REMOVE Excess Letdown by performing 2-TOP-62-02, CVCS-Startup Testing Operation. | ||
* 2-HS-62-74A, LETDOWN ORIFICE C 75 GPM CIV- | [90] ADJUST charging flow using controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5, to maintain pressurizer level at approximately 20%, as indicated on 2-LR-68-339, PZR LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5.NOTE The next two steps will block 2-FCV-62-69 and 2-FCV-62-70, CVCS Letdown Isolation. | ||
" 2-HS-62-76, LETDOWN ORIFICE 5 GPM CIV- | This will allow the pressurizer water level to be reduced without causing isolation of normal letdown.[91] ENSURE the following handswitches at 2-L-10 are placed to the OPEN position: A. 2-HS-62-69C, RCS LETDOWN ISOL FROM LOOP 3 CIV-0A.B. 2-HS-62-70C, RCS LETDOWN ISOL FROM LOOP 3 CIV-OA Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | ||
OPEN in performance | [92] ENSURE the following handswitches at 2-L-1 1A are placed to the AUX position.A. 2-XS-62-70, RCS LETDOWN CIV FROM LOOP 3 B. 2-XS-62-69, RCS LETDOWN CIV FROM LOOP 3[93] ENSURE W213CP:W2PZRLVL:2LS0680339D to AUTO using a Foxboro I/A workstation. | ||
are CLOSED as indicated in performance | NOTE Pressurizer pressure can be increased if necessary, prior to decreasing pressurizer level below the 17% heater cutout setpoint. | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | Charging flow can be adjusted as necessary to maintain pressurizer water level at 20%.[94] INCREASE pressurizer pressure to 2250 psig using the following steps:[94.1] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, on 2-M-4, to ON, AND RELEASE to A-P AUTO.[94.2] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, on 2-M-4, to ON, AND RELEASE to A-P AUTO.[94.3] WHEN pressurizer pressure reaches approximately 2250 psig, as indicated by 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, on 2-M-5, THEN PERFORM the following: | ||
[94.3.1] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, on 2-M-4, to OFF, AND RETURN to A-P AUTO.[94.3.2] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, on 2-M-4, to OFF, AND RETURN TO A-P AUTO. | |||
[75] PLACE handswitch 2-XS-62-69, RCS LETDOWN CIV | Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | ||
[95] ENSURE all pressurizer heaters are OFF by indicating lights at the following handswitches on 2-M-4.A. 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A B. 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B C. 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP HEATERS C D. 2-HS-68-341F, CONTROL HEATERS D[96] ESTABLISH a gradual DECREASE in pressurizer level using controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5.NOTE Level Indicator 2-LI-68-321, PZR-COLD CAL LEVEL, on 2-M-4, can be used to monitor pressurizer level in addition to the normal pressurizer level indications. | |||
[78] PLACE controller 2-HIC-62-81A, LETDOWN | [97] WHEN pressurizer level approaches 0% of level span as indicated by 2-LR-68-339, PZR LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5, THEN ADJUST controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, at 2-M-5, to MAINTAIN pressurizer level at or just above 0% of level span (0-0.5%).[98] RECORD the 0% pressurizer level baseline data on Data Sheet 3, AND VERIFY indications 2-LI-68-339A, 2-LI-68-335A, and 2-LI-68-320 are within 4% of each other. (Acc Crit 5.0[11]B). | ||
NOTE A pressurizer level increase rate of 0.5-1.0 %/min is recommended when approaching verification steps.[99] ESTABLISH a gradual INCREASE in pressurizer level using 2-HIC-68-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5. | |||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev.0000 Page 152 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | |||
A. 2-XS-62-72, LETDOWN ORIFICE A 45 GPM.B. 2-XS-62-73, LETDOWN ORIFICE B 75 | [100] PERFORM the following as pressurizer level approaches 18%of level span:[100.1] WHEN 2-XA-55-5A/92C, PZR LEVEL LO-HTRS OFF <DN CLOSED, on 2-M-5, CLEARS, THEN A. RECORD the pressurizer level indication on 2-LR-68-339, PRZ LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5.% (18%, 16-20%)B. RECORD 2-LI-68-339A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (18%, 16-20%)C. RECORD 2-LI-68-335A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (18%, 16-20%)D. RECORD 2-LI-68-320, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (18%, 16-20%)E. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 92-C PZR LEVEL LO-HTRS OFF & LTDN CLOSED, is CLEAR.[100.2] WHEN 2-XA-55-L10/302B, PZR LEVEL LO, on 2-L-10, is CLEAR, THEN RECORD the pressurizer level indication on 2-LI-68-325C, PZR LEVEL, on 2-L-10.% (18%, 16-20%)[101] PLACE the following handswitches to ON, on 2-M-4, AND RELEASE to A-P AUTO: A. 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A B. 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | ||
to OPEN, | [102] VERIFY Backup Heaters A-A and B-B are ON by indicating lights at the following handswitches on 2-M-4: A. 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A B. 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B[103] PLACE the following handswitches to OFF, on 2-M-4: A. 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A B. 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B[104] PLACE the following handswitches to ON, on 2-M-4, AND RELEASE to P AUTO: A. 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP HEATERS C B. 2-HS-68-341F, CONTROL HEATERS D[105] VERIFY Backup Heaters C and Control Heaters D are ON by indicating lights at the following handswitches on 2-M-4: A. 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP HEATERS C B. 2-HS-68-341F, CONTROL HEATERS D[106] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP HEATERS C, on 2-M-4, to OFF, AND RELEASE to P AUTO. | ||
Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | |||
[86] ADJUST controller 2-HIC-62-81A, LETDOWN | NOTE PERFORM the following step as pressurizer level approaches 20% of span.[107] WHEN 2-XA-55-5A/92A, PZR LEVEL HI/LO, on 2-M-5, CLEARS, THEN A. RECORD the pressurizer level indication on 2-LR-68-339, PRZ LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5.% (21%, 19-23%)B. RECORD the % DEVIATION in level on controller 2-LIC-68-339, CHARG FLOW/PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-4.% (-4%, -2 to -6%)C. RECORD 2-LI-68-339A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (21%, 19-23%)D. RECORD 2-LI-68-335A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (21%, 19-23%)E. RECORD 2-LI-68-320, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (21%, 19-23%)F. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 92-A PZR LEVEL HI/LO, is CLEAR.NOTE PERFORM the following step as pressurizer level approaches 25% of level span.[108] ADJUST controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, at 2-M-5, to MAINTAIN pressurizer level at 25% of level span (23-27%). | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 155 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | |||
[109] RECORD the 25% pressurizer level baseline data on Data Sheet 3, AND VERIFY indications 2-LI-68-339, 2-LI-68-335, and 2-LI-68-320 are within 4% of each other. (Acc Crit 5.0[11]B). | |||
[110] ENSURE the following handswitches at 2-L-1 1A are placed to the NOR position.A. 2-XS-62-70, RCS LETDOWN CIV FROM LOOP 3 B. 2-XS-62-69, RCS LETDOWN CIV FROM LOOP 3[111] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6F/148B, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1A, on 2-M-6 is NOT LIT.[112] ENSURE the following handswitches at 2-L-10 are placed to the CLOSE position: A. 2-HS-62-69C, RCS LETDOWN ISOL FROM LOOP 3 CIV-OA.B. 2-HS-62-70C, RCS LETDOWN ISOL FROM LOOP 3 CIV-OA[113] PLACE the following handswitches on 2-L-11A to the NOR position: A. 2-XS-62-72, LETDOWN ORIFICE A 45 GPM.B. 2-XS-62-73, LETDOWN ORIFICE B 75 GPM C. 2-XS-62-74, LETDOWN ORIFICE C 75 GPM WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev.0000 Page 156 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | |||
[90] ADJUST charging flow using controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5, | NOTE The following step will turn off the two backup heater groups to allow the pressurizer heater trip interlock on low pressure to be returned to normal.[114] PERFORM the following: | ||
This will allow the pressurizer water level to be reduced without causing isolation of | A. ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, at 2-M-4, is placed to OFF, AND VERIFY backup heater group A-A is OFF by indicating lights.B. ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, at 2-M-4, is placed to OFF, AND VERIFY backup heater group B-B is OFF by indicating lights.CAUTION Follow standard precautions when working around energized electrical equipment in accordance with TVA Safety Manual Procedure 1021. In addition, follow TI-300 when working around electrical equipment. | ||
A. 2-HS-62-69C, RCS LETDOWN ISOL FROM LOOP | [115] LAND the lifted wire on contact point 3 of relay PB455GXA, in 2-R-54, to return the pressurizer low pressure trip relay signal to the Backup Heater A-A.Cv[116] LAND the lifted wire on contact point 3 of relay PB455GXB, in 2-R-55, to return the pressurizer low pressure trip relay signal to Backup Heater B-B.Cv Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued) | ||
[92] ENSURE the following handswitches at 2-L-1 1A are placed | |||
A. 2-XS-62-70, RCS LETDOWN CIV FROM LOOP | |||
Charging flow can be adjusted as necessary | |||
[94.3.1] | |||
PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, | |||
PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, | |||
[95] ENSURE all pressurizer heaters are OFF by indicating lights | |||
[97] WHEN pressurizer level approaches 0% of level span | |||
[98] RECORD the 0% pressurizer level baseline data on | |||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | |||
[100] PERFORM the following as pressurizer level approaches 18%of level span:[100.1] WHEN 2-XA-55-5A/92C, PZR LEVEL LO-HTRS OFF <DN CLOSED, on 2-M-5, CLEARS, | |||
[102] VERIFY Backup Heaters A-A and B-B are ON by indicating lights at the following handswitches on 2-M-4:A. 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A- | |||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | |||
[109] RECORD the 25% pressurizer level baseline data on | |||
[110] ENSURE the following handswitches at 2-L-1 1A are placed | |||
A. 2-XS-62-70, RCS LETDOWN CIV FROM LOOP | |||
A. 2-HS-62-69C, RCS LETDOWN ISOL FROM LOOP | |||
A. 2-XS-62-72, LETDOWN ORIFICE A 45 GPM.B. 2-XS-62-73, LETDOWN ORIFICE B 75 | |||
A. ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP | |||
[115] LAND the lifted wire on contact point 3 of relay PB455GXA, | |||
[117] PERFORM the following: | [117] PERFORM the following: | ||
A. PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP | A. PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, at 2-M-4, to A-P AUTO, AND VERIFY backup heater group A-A is OFF by indicating lights.B. PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, at 2-M-4, to A-P AUTO, AND VERIFY backup heater group B-B is OFF by indicating lights.[118] PLACE controller 2-LIC-68-339, CHARG FLOW/PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5, to AUTO.[119] PLACE controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, at 2-M-5, to AUTO.[120] VERIFY pressurizer level is controlled to approximately 25% of level span as indicated on 2-LR-68-339, PZR LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5. | ||
7. | 7.0 Date POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY[1] ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340A, PZR PRESS MASTER CONTROL, at 2-M-4, setpoint is 67% (2236 psig).[2] ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340A, PZR PRESS MASTER CONTROL, on 2-M-4, is in AUTO.[3] ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340B, LOOP 2 SPRAY CONTROL, on 2-M-4, is in AUTO.[41 ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340D, LOOP 1 SPRAY CONTOL, on 2-M-4, is in AUTO.[5] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341 F, CONTROL HEATERS D, at 2-M-4, to the ON position, AND RELEASE to the P AUTO position.[6] ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340B, LOOP 2 SPRAY CONTROL, at 2-M-4, is placed to AUTO.[7] ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340D, LOOP 1 SPRAY CONTROL, 2-M-4, is placed to AUTO.[8] VERIFY handswitch 2-HS-68-341 H, BACKUP HEATERS C, at 2-M-4, is in the P AUTO position.[9] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, at 2-M-4, is placed to A-P AUTO.[10] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, at 2-M-4, is placed to A-P AUTO.[11] VERIFY pressurizer pressure is controlled to approximately 2235 psig as indicated by recorder 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS-PSIG, on 2-M-5.[12] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, on 2-M-5, is placed in the P AUTO position.[13] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, 2-M-5, is placed in the P AUTO position.[14] ENSURE block valve for PORV 340A is OPEN by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, on 2-M-5. | ||
[6] ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340B, LOOP 2 | Date 7.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY (continued) | ||
[9] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP | [15] ENSURE block valve for PORV 334 is OPEN by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, on 2-M-5.[16] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AD, COPS BLOCK/ARM FOR PORV 340A, on 2-M-5, is in BLOCK.[17] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-334D, COPS BLOCK/ARM FOR PORV 334, on 2-M-5, is in BLOCK.[18] ENSURE controller 2-LIC-68-339, CHARG FLOW/PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-4, is in AUTO.[19] ENSURE controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, at 2-M-5, is in AUTO.[20] VERIFY pressurizer level is controlled to approximately 25% of level span as indicated on 2-LR-68-339, PZR LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5.[21] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-62-76, LETDOWN ORIFICE 5 GPM CIV-OA, on 2-M-6, is in A AUTO.[22] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-62-72A, LETDOWN ORIFICE A 45 GPM CIV-0A, on 2-M-6, is in A-P AUTO.[23] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-62-73A, LETDOWN ORIFICE B 75 GPM CIV-OA, on 2-M-6, is in A-P AUTO.[24] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-62-74A, LETDOWN ORIFICE C 75 GPM CIV-0A, on 2-M-6, is in A-P AUTO.[25] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-62-69A, RCS LETDOWN FRM LOOP 3 IN CNTMT, on 2-M-6, is in P AUTO.[26] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-62-70A, RCS LETDOWN FRM LOOP 3 IN CNTMT, on 2-M-6, is in P AUTO. | ||
[13] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, 2-M-5,is placed in the P AUTO position. | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 160 of 198 Date 7.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY (continued) | ||
[14] ENSURE block valve for PORV 340A is OPEN by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, | [27] ENSURE the following handswitches on 2-L-1 1A are in the NOR position: A. 2-XS-62-70, RCS LETDOWN CIV FROM LOOP 3 B. 2-XS-62-69, RCS LETDOWN CIV FROM LOOP 3 C. 2-XS-62-72, LETDOWN ORIFICE A 45 GPM D. 2-XS-62-73, LETDOWN ORIFICE B 75 GPM E. 2-XS-62-74, LETDOWN ORIFICE C 75 GPM[28] ENSURE the following handswitches on 2-L-10 are in the CLOSE position: A. 2-HS-62-69C, RCS LETDOWN ISOL FROM LOOP 3 CIV-0A B. 2-HS-62-70C, RCS LETDOWN ISOL FROM LOOP 3 CIV-OA C. 2-HS-62-72C, LETDOWN ORIFICE A 45 GPM D. 2-HS-62-73C, LETDOWN ORIFICE B 75 GPM E. 2-HS-62-74C, LETDOWN ORIFICE C 75 GPM[29] ENSURE 2-XS-62-334C, PZR PORV 2-PCV-68-334, on 2-L-11B, is in the NOR position.[30] ENSURE 2-XS-62-340C, PZR PORV 2-PCV-68-340A, on 2-L-11A, is in the NOR position.[31] ENSURE the following handswitches on 2-L-10 are in the CLOSE position: A. 2-HS-68-334C, PZR PORV B. 2-HS-68-340AC, PZR PORV[32] ENSURE handswitch 2-XS-68-341A, PZR HTR BACKUP HTR A-A, on 6.9KV Shutdown Board 2A-A, Panel 20, is in the NOR position. | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 161 of 198 Date 7.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY (continued) | |||
[15] ENSURE block valve for PORV 334 is OPEN by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, | [33] ENSURE handswitch 2-XS-68-341D, PZR HTR BACKUP HTR B-B, on 2-BD-21 1-B, 6.9KV Shutdown Board 2B-B, Panel 20, is in the NOR position.[34] ENSURE handswitch 2-XS-68-341H, PZR HTR BACKUP HTR C, on 2-BD-21 1-B, 6.9KV Shutdown Board 2B-B, Panel 21, is in the NOR position.[35] ENSURE handswitch 2-XS-68-341 F, PZR HTR CONT HTR, on 2-BD-21 1-A, 6.9KV Shutdown Board 2A-A, Panel 21, is in the NOR position.[36] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341AC, RCS PZR HTR BACKUP HTR A-A, on 6.9KV Shutdown Board 2A-A, Panel 20, is in the AUTO position.[37] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341 DC, RCS PZR HTR BACKUP HTR B-B, on 2-BD-21 1-B, 6.9KV Shutdown Board 2B-B, is in the AUTO position. | ||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 162 of 198 8.0 RECORDS A. QA Records Completed Test Package (PTI)B. Non-QA None Appendix A (Page 1 of 2)TEST PROCEDURES/INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE REVIEW Date NOTES 1) Additional copies of this table may be made as necessary. | ||
[27] ENSURE the following handswitches on 2-L-1 1A are in | |||
A. 2-XS-62-70, RCS LETDOWN CIV FROM LOOP | |||
A. 2-HS-62-69C, RCS LETDOWN ISOL FROM LOOP | |||
[30] ENSURE 2-XS-62-340C, PZR PORV 2-PCV-68-340A, | |||
[31] ENSURE the following handswitches on 2-L-10 are in | |||
A. 2-HS-68-334C, PZR | |||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | |||
[33] ENSURE handswitch 2-XS-68-341D, PZR HTR BACKUP | |||
[34] ENSURE handswitch 2-XS-68-341H, PZR HTR BACKUP | |||
[35] ENSURE handswitch 2-XS-68-341 F, PZR HTR CONT HTR,on 2-BD-21 1-A, 6.9KV Shutdown Board 2A-A, Panel 21, is | |||
[36] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341AC, RCS PZR | |||
[37] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341 DC, RCS PZR | |||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | |||
: 2) Initial and date indicates review has been completed for impact.PROCEDURE/ | : 2) Initial and date indicates review has been completed for impact.PROCEDURE/ | ||
INSTROCEUCO REVISION/CHANGES INSTRUCTION FSAR 109, Table 14.2-1 Sheets 18 and 19 of 89 Sheet 77, 78, and 79 of 89 | |||
6.10[25]) | 6.10[25]) | ||
6.10[98]) | 6.10[98]) (Step 6.10[13]) | ||
( | 6.10[109]2-PI-68-342A PZR-COLD CAL PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG (2-M-5)2-PI-68-340A PZR PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG (2-M-5)2-PI-68-334 PZR PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG (2-M-5)2-PI-68-323 PZR PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG (2-M-5)2-PI-68-322 PZR PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG (2-M-5)2-TI-68-318 PZR SURGE LINE TEMP DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F (2-M-5)2-TI-68-317 LOOP 1 SPRAY TEMP DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F (2-M-5) I _III WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 195 of 198 Data Sheet 3 (Page 2 of 5)Pressurizer Level Functional Test Data Date Instrument Instrument Description Baseline Data 60% Level 100% Level 0% Level Post Test (Location) 25% Level (Step (Step (Step 25% Level (Step 6.10[18]) | ||
6.10[109] | |||
2-PI-68-342A PZR-COLD CAL PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG(2-M-5)2-PI-68-340A PZR PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG(2-M-5)2-PI-68-334 PZR PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG(2-M-5)2-PI-68-323 PZR PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG(2-M-5)2-PI-68-322 PZR PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG(2-M-5)2-TI-68-318 PZR SURGE LINE TEMP DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F(2-M-5)2-TI-68-317 LOOP 1 SPRAY TEMP DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F(2-M-5) I _III WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | |||
6.10[25]) | 6.10[25]) | ||
6.10[98]) | 6.10[98]) (Step 6.10[13]) | ||
( | 6.10[109]2-TI-68-316 LOOP 2 SPRAY TEMP DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F (2-M-5)2-PR-68-340 PZR PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG (2-M-5)2-LR-68-339 PZR LEVEL % % % % %(2-M-5)2-TI-68-2E LOOP 1 TAVG DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-5)2-TI-68-25E LOOP 2 TAVG DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-5)2-TI-68-44E LOOP 3 TAVG DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-5)2-TI-68-67E LOOP 4 TAVG DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-5) | ||
6.10[109] | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 196 of 198 Data Sheet 3 (Page 3 of 5)Pressurizer Level Functional Test Data Date Instrument Instrument Description Baseline Data 60% Level 100% Level 0% Level Post Test (Location) 25% Level (Step (Step (Step 25% Level (Step 6.10[18]) | ||
2-TI-68-316 LOOP 2 SPRAY TEMP DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F(2-M-5)2-PR-68-340 PZR PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG(2-M-5)2-LR-68-339 PZR LEVEL % % % % %(2-M-5)2-TI-68-2E LOOP 1 TAVG DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F(2-M-5)2-TI-68-25E LOOP 2 TAVG DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F(2-M-5)2-TI-68-44E LOOP 3 TAVG DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F(2-M-5)2-TI-68-67E LOOP 4 TAVG DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F(2-M-5) | |||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | |||
6.10[25]) | 6.10[25]) | ||
6.10[98]) | 6.10[98]) (Step 6.10[13]) | ||
( | 6.10[109]2-TI-68-330 SAFETY 68-563 DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-4) TAILPIPE TEMP 2-TI-68-329 SAFETY 68-564 DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-4) TAILPIPE TEMP 2-TI-68-328 SAFETY 68-565 DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-4) TAILPIPE TEMP 2-TI-68-331 PORV 340A & 334 DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-4) TAILPIPE TEMP 2-LI-68-339A PZR LEVEL % % % % %(2-M-4)2-LI-68-335A PZR LEVEL % % % % %(2-M-4)2-LI-68-320 PZR LEVEL % % % % %(2-M-4) I WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 197 of 198 Data Sheet 3 (Page 4 of 5)Pressurizer Level Functional Test Data Date Instrument Instrument Description Baseline Data 60% Level 100% Level 0% Level Post Test (Location) 25% Level (Step (Step (Step 25% Level (Step 6.10[18]) | ||
6.10[109] | |||
2-TI-68-330 SAFETY 68-563 DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F(2-M-4) TAILPIPE | |||
6.10[25]) | 6.10[25]) | ||
6.10[98]) | 6.10[98]) (Step 6.10[13]) | ||
( | 6.10[109]2-LI-68-321 PZR-COLD CAL LEVEL % % % % %(2-M-4)2-TI-68-319 PZR LIQUID TEMP DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-4)2-TI-68-324 PZR VAPOR TEMP DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-4)2-PI-68-336C RCS PZR PRESS PSIG NA PSIG PSIG PSIG (2-L-10)2-PI-68-337C RCS PZR PRESS PSIG NA PSIG PSIG PSIG (2-L-10)2-LI-68-326C PZR LEVEL % % % % %(2-L-10) | ||
6.10[109] | WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 198 of 198 Data Sheet 3 (Page 5 of 5)Pressurizer Level Functional Test Data Date Instrument Instrument Description Baseline Data 60% Level 100% Level 0% Level Post Test (Location) 25% Level (Step (Step (Step 25% Level (Step 6.10[18]) | ||
2-LI-68-321 PZR-COLD CAL LEVEL % % % % %(2-M-4)2-TI-68-319 PZR LIQUID TEMP DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F(2-M-4)2-TI-68-324 PZR VAPOR TEMP DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F(2-M-4)2-PI-68-336C RCS PZR PRESS PSIG NA PSIG PSIG PSIG(2-L-10)2-PI-68-337C RCS PZR PRESS PSIG NA PSIG PSIG PSIG(2-L-10)2-LI-68-326C PZR LEVEL % % % % %(2-L-10) | |||
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. | |||
6.10[25]) | 6.10[25]) | ||
6.10[98]) | 6.10[98]) (Step 6.10[13]) | ||
( | 6.10[109]2-LI-68-325C PZR LEVEL % % % % %(2-L-10) | ||
6.10[109] | WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 PREOPERATIONAL TEST TITLE: RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and Midloop Instruction No: 2-PTI-074-02 Revision No: 0 PREPARED BY: (2L" /'w-.LsA~ | ||
2-LI-68-325C PZR LEVEL % % % % %(2-L-10) | DATE: (O /3 /3 PRINT NAME / SIGNATURE REVIEWED BY: &// IRMA A'- / DATE: Z//o'/I" PRINT NAME I SIANATURE INSTRUCTION APPROVAL JTG MEETING No: J_3_-_-_0/ | ||
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR | |||
DATE: (O /3 / | |||
JTG CHAIRMAN: | JTG CHAIRMAN: | ||
DATE: ' | DATE: '131 APPROVED BY: DATE: TEST RESULTS APPROVAL JTG MEETING No: JTG CHAIRMAN: | ||
DATE:APPROVED BY: DATE:PREOPERATIONAL STARTUP | DATE: APPROVED BY: DATE: PREOPERATIONAL STARTUP MANAGER SMP-8.0, Administration of Preoperational Test instructions, Appendix B 12/07/2010 WBN RHR HFT HeatuplCooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 2 of 62 Revision Log Revision Affected or Change Effective Page Number Date Numbers Description of Revision/Change 0000 3 -t3- All Initial Issue -Unit 2 PTI developed from Unit 1 PTI-074-02, Revision 1 and Supplement to Revision 1. | ||
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 3 of 62 Table of Contents | |||
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. | |||
==1.0 INTRODUCTION== | ==1.0 INTRODUCTION== | ||
...................................................................................................... | ...................................................................................................... | ||
5 1.1 TEST OBJECTIVES | |||
.................................................................................................. | .................................................................................................. | ||
5 1.2 SCOPE ......................................................................................................................... | |||
5 | |||
== | ==2.0 REFERENCES== | ||
.................................................................................................... | .................................................................................................... | ||
6 2.1 Performance References | |||
.......................................................................................... | .......................................................................................... | ||
6 2.2 Developmental References | |||
...................................................................................... | ...................................................................................... | ||
6 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS | |||
....................................................................... | ....................................................................... | ||
9 4.0 PREREQUISITE ACTIONS .................................................................................... | |||
13 4.1 Preliminary Actions ..................................................................................................... | |||
13 4.2 Special Tools, M&TE, Parts, and Supplies ............................................................ | |||
............................................................ | 18 4.3 Field Preparations | ||
....................................................................................................... | ....................................................................................................... | ||
18 4.4 Approvals and Notifications | |||
.................................................................................... | .................................................................................... | ||
19 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA ...................................................................................... | |||
...................................................................................... | 20 6.0 PERFORMANCE | ||
........................................................................................................ | ........................................................................................................ | ||
22 6.1 A Train RHR Heatup During Hot Functional Testing .............................................. | |||
22 6.2 B Train RHR Heatup During Hot Functional Testing .............................................. | |||
24 6.3 A Train RHR Cooldown Following Hot Functional Testing ..................................... | |||
26 6.4 B Train RHR Cooldown Following Hot Functional Testing ...................................... | |||
28 6.5 RHR Midloop Operation | |||
.......................................................................................... | .......................................................................................... | ||
30 7.0 POST-PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES | |||
..................................................................... | ..................................................................... | ||
37 8.0 RECORDS .................................................................................................................. | |||
38 Appendix A: Test Procedures/Instructions Reference Review ............................... | |||
39 Appendix B: Tem porary Conditions Log .................................................................. | |||
40 Appendix C: Perm anent Plant Instrum entation Log ............................................... | |||
41 Appendix D: RHR A Train Heatup Performance Data ............................................. | |||
44 WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. | 44 WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 4 of 62 Appendix E: Appendix F: Appendix G: Appendix H: Appendix 1: Appendix J: Appendix K: Appendix L: Appendix M: Table of Contents (continued) | ||
RHR B Train Heatup Performance Data ............................................. | RHR B Train Heatup Performance Data ............................................. | ||
47 RHR A Train Cooldown Performance Data ......................................... | |||
50 RHR B Train Cooldown Performance Data ......................................... | |||
53 Verification Of RCS Instrument Overlap ............................................. | |||
56 RHR A Midloop Pump Operation | |||
......................................................... | ......................................................... | ||
58 RHR B Midloop Pump Operation | |||
......................................................... | ......................................................... | ||
59 RHR Heat Exchanger A Ultrasonic Flow Measurement Installation Detail ................................................................................. | |||
60 RHR Heat Exchanger B Ultrasonic Flow Measurement Installation Detail ................................................................................. | |||
61 RHR Pump Operating Flow Limits ...................................................... | |||
62 WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. | 62 WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 5 of 62 1.0 1.1 1.2 Date INTRODUCTION TEST OBJECTIVES Demonstrate the operability of the Residual Heat Removal (RHR) System and its capability to provide recirculation flows required to remove heat from the Reactor Coolant System (RCS).SCOPE A. Demonstrate the ability to moderate heat up and to cool down the RCS using the Residual Heat Removal (RHR) system in various configurations during Hot Functional Testing (HFT).B. Demonstrate RHR system operation in RCS midloop condition. | ||
C. This instruction is intended to be performed on the heat up and cool down | C. This instruction is intended to be performed on the heat up and cool down sides of HFT. | ||
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. | WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 6 of 62 Date | ||
==2.0 REFERENCES== | ==2.0 REFERENCES== | ||
2.1 Performance References A. SMP-9.0, Conduct of | 2.1 Performance References A. SMP-9.0, Conduct of Test B. GOI-7, Generic Equipment Operating Guidelines C. 2-TOP-068-06, Plant Cool down (later)D. 2-TOP-062-02, CVCS, Ltdn & Chg (later)E. 2-TOP-074-01, RHR (later)F. 2-TOP-074-02, RHR (later)G. 2-TOP-068-02, RCS (later)2.2 Developmental References A. Unit 2 Final Safety Analysis Report Amendment 109 1. Table 14.2-1 Sheet 17 of 89 Residual Heat Removal System Test Summary 2. Section 5.5.7, Residual Heat Removal System B. Drawings 1. Flow Diagrams a. 2-47W810-1, Rev 10, Residual Heat Removal System b. 2-47W811-1, Rev 19, Safety Injection System c. 2-47W809-1, Rev 13, Chemical and Volume Control System d. 2-47W812-1, Rev 14, Containment Spray System 2. Electrical | ||
: a. 45N1632-19, Rev 0, Wiring Diagrams Miscellaneous | : a. 45N1632-19, Rev 0, Wiring Diagrams Miscellaneous Control Connection Diagrams WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 7 of 62 Date 2.2 Developmental References (continued) | ||
: b. 2-45W600-74, Rev 1, Wiring Diagrams Residual Heat | : b. 2-45W600-74, Rev 1, Wiring Diagrams Residual Heat Removal System Schematic Diagrams 3. Logic/Control | ||
: a. 2-47W610-68-4, Rev 5. Electrical Control Diagram Reactor | : a. 2-47W610-68-4, Rev 5. Electrical Control Diagram Reactor Coolant System b. 2-47W610-68-5, Rev 2, Electrical Control Diagram Reactor Coolant System c. 2-47W610-68-7, Rev 4, Electrical Control Diagram Reactor Coolant System d. 2-47W610-74-1, Rev 7, Electrical Control Diagram Residual Heat Removal System 4. Mechanical | ||
: a. 47W432-1 H, Rev 0, Residual Heat Removal System | : a. 47W432-1 H, Rev 0, Residual Heat Removal System Piping b. 2-47W432-209, Rev 0, Problem N3-74-04A 074 -Discharge from RHR Pumps to SCV Penetrations | ||
: 5. Vendor | : 5. Vendor Manuals a. TVAW-03-MLMS-01, MLMS Technical Manual and MLMS Software User's Manual C. Documents 1. 2-TSD-74-2, Rev 1, Residual Heat Removal System-Heat-up and Plant Cool-down/MidLoop Operations from HFT 2. WBN2-74-4001, Rev 5, Residual Heat Removal System 3. WBN2-62-4001, Rev 1, Chemical and Volume Control System 4. WBT-D-2988, Rev 0, Watts Bar Unit 2 Precautions, Limitations, and Setpoints 5. SSD 2-L-68-399A (later)6. SSD 2-L-68-399B (later)7. 2-PTI-068-01, HFT Heat Up Cooldown (later) | ||
Date 2.2 Developmental References (continued) | |||
: 8. Attachment to WAT-D-8252 RIMS# T33 931215 809 RHR Flowrate Reduction During Midloop Operation 9. 2-PTI-999-01, Operational Vibration Testing, (later) | |||
Date 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS A. Standard precautions shall be followed for working around energized electrical equipment in accordance with TVA Safety Manual Procedure 1021.B. Steps may be repeated if all components cannot be tested in a step. However, if the test has been exited, prerequisite steps must be reverified and a Chronological Test Log (CTL) entry made.C. Discrepancies between component ID tags and the description in a procedure/instruction do not require a Test Deficiency Notice, TDN, in accordance with SMP-14.0, if the UNIDs match, exclusive of place-keeping zeros and train designators (e.g. 2-HS-31-468 vs. 2-HS-031-0468) and the noun description is sufficient to identify the component. | |||
: 8. Attachment to WAT-D-8252 RIMS# T33 931215 809 RHR | If the component label needs to be changed, a Tag Request Form (TR Card) should be processed in accordance with TI-12.14. | ||
Make an entry in the CTL and continue testing.D. All wires removed/lifted from a terminal shall be identified and taped or covered with an insulator to prevent personnel or equipment hazard and possible spurious initiations. | |||
The wires should be grouped together and labeled with the work implementing document number that required them to be lifted if left unattended. | |||
E. All open problems are to be tracked by a corrective action document and entered on the appropriate system punchlist. | |||
If the component | F. Problems identified during the test shall be annotated on the Chronological Test Log from SMP-9.0 including a description of the problem, the procedure step when/where the problem was identified, corrective action steps taken to resolve the problem, and the number of the corrective action document, if one was required.G. Observe all Radiation Protection (RP) requirements when working in or near radiological areas.H. Ensure there are no adverse effects to the operation of Unit 1 structures, systems, or components. | ||
Make an entry in the CTL and continue testing.D. All wires removed/lifted from a terminal shall be identified and taped or | : 1. Test personnel will coordinate with Unit 1 Operations when manipulating Unit 1 equipment if required. | ||
The wires should be grouped together and labeled with | Date 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (continued) | ||
E. All open problems are to be tracked by a corrective action document | J. During the performance of this procedure visual observation of piping and components is required. | ||
F. Problems identified during the test shall be annotated on the Chronological | |||
G. Observe all Radiation Protection (RP) requirements when working in or | |||
: 1. Test personnel will coordinate with Unit 1 Operations when manipulating Unit | |||
J. During the performance of this procedure visual observation of piping | |||
This includes steady state and transient operations with visual confirmation that vibration is not excessive. | This includes steady state and transient operations with visual confirmation that vibration is not excessive. | ||
K. If the vibration is determined to be excessive the Test Engineer shall initiate | K. If the vibration is determined to be excessive the Test Engineer shall initiate a Test Deficiency Notice (TDN).L. When inserting fuses with actuators, ensure the actuating rod is oriented correctly to provide for proper alarm initiation and visual indication. | ||
M. During RHR cool down, one RHR loop operation should be initiated when | M. During RHR cool down, one RHR loop operation should be initiated when heat load allows to minimize the results of a loss of suction incident.N. The RHR System should NOT be placed in service until RCS pressure is less than 370 psig and RCS temperature is less than 350°F.0. RHR operation at temperatures less than 235 0 F ensures Refueling Water Storage Tank (RWST) static head will maintain RHR suction pressure above saturation. | ||
N. The RHR System should NOT be placed in service until RCS pressure is | In the event injection flow is required, with temperature greater than 235 0 F, voiding and subsequent RHR Pump damage may occur.P. If operating RHR above 235 0 F, then the following limitations apply: 1. RHR system heatup and cooldown rate should NOT exceed 50°F per hour and must NOT exceed 100 0 F per hour (except for the initial transient when tying RHR onto hot RCS).2. If a running RHR pump trips, or is shutdown without cooling to less than 235 0 F as indicated on RHR Heat Exchanger inlet recorder, then both pumps handswitches must be placed in Pull-To-Lock, and remain in Pull-To-Lock while pumps are shutdown to preclude exceeding cooldown limits if inadvertently started.3. RHR hot leg suction line must be cooled to less than 2351F before placing RHR System in ECCS Standby Mode.Q. When RCS level is below the Pressurizer (Pzr), the RHR System should be in one-loop operation. | ||
In the event injection flow is required, with temperature greater | R. When the RHR pump(s) are in operation, the RHR Pump room cooler should be checked for cooling water flow and cooler fan operation. | ||
R. When the RHR pump(s) are in operation, the RHR Pump room cooler should | S. RHR pump casing must be vented before initial scheduled pump start and subsequent starts when RHR system temperature has changed. | ||
S. RHR pump casing must be vented before initial scheduled pump start | WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 11 of 62 Date 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (continued) | ||
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. | |||
T. RHR system must be vented after passive cooldown from hot conditions | T. RHR system must be vented after passive cooldown from hot conditions | ||
(>_235°F) if RHR system was isolated from any makeup during the cooldown. | (>_235°F) if RHR system was isolated from any makeup during the cooldown.U. Both RHR Pumps should NOT be operated together on miniflow with both letdown isolation valves (2-SPV-74-530 | ||
U. Both RHR Pumps should NOT be operated together on miniflow with | (-531), RHR HX 2A (2B) OUTLET TO CVCS) and/or both HX bypasses OPEN (2-HCV-74-36 | ||
(-531), RHR HX 2A (2B) OUTLET | (-37), RHR HEAT EXCHANGER A (B) MANUAL BYPASS). This will help prevent pump-to-pump head interaction and possible pump damage.V. System pressures should be kept well below relief valve setpoints due to industry experience of valves opening below setpoints and not reseating. | ||
(-37), RHR | (2-RFV-74-505, RHR PUMP SUCTION HDR RELIEF, is set at 450 psi;2-RFV-63-626 and 627, RHR TO COLD LEG 2 & 3 (1 & 4) INJ LINE RELIEF, are set at 600 psi.)W. During cool down, at least one Reactor Coolant Pump (RCP) shall be operated to ensure the temperature difference between the loops does not exceed 25 0 F.X. 2-FCV-74-1, 2, LOOP 4 HOT LEG TO RHR SUCTION, will NOT auto close on high RCS pressure (ALARM ONLY). The operator must manually close the valves.Y. In order to prevent inadvertent diversion of hot water to the RWST or introduction of hot water into the ECCS pump suction piping, which could cause steam voids, the following valves SHALL NOT be opened while on RHR shutdown cooling with RCS temperature greater than 2351F: 2-HCV-74-34, 2-FCV-63-8 and 11, 2-FCV-63-6 and 7.Z. Do NOT throttle Component Cooling System (CCS) flow to the RHR Heat Exchangers (HXs) in an attempt to control cool down rates. Such action can cause overheating of the CCS side of the HX.AA. At least one reactor coolant pump (RCP) should be kept running when allowed by the RCP operating requirements to maintain some flow throughout the RCS, precluding the formation of any cold water pockets.BB. Component Cooling Water supply temperature is allowed to approach 11 0°F for a maximum of four hours, during initial RHR System operations for plant cool down operations. | ||
This will help prevent pump-to-pump head interaction and possible pump damage.V. System pressures should be kept well below relief valve setpoints due | Date 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (continued) | ||
(2-RFV-74-505, RHR PUMP SUCTION HDR RELIEF, is set at 450 psi;2-RFV-63-626 and 627, RHR TO COLD LEG 2 & 3 (1 & 4) INJ LINE RELIEF,are set at 600 psi.)W. During cool down, at least one Reactor Coolant Pump (RCP) shall be | |||
CC. Reduced inventory (Midloop) operations: | CC. Reduced inventory (Midloop) operations: | ||
: 1. RCS temperature (RHR inlet) must be less than or equal to 140OF for | : 1. RCS temperature (RHR inlet) must be less than or equal to 140OF for entry into midloop operation. | ||
: 2. Level should be greater than 6" above centerline of RCS loop piping | : 2. Level should be greater than 6" above centerline of RCS loop piping for one RHR pump operation, limited to two-loop injection. | ||
: 3. Running RHR pump should be stopped BEFORE starting Standby | : 3. Running RHR pump should be stopped BEFORE starting Standby RHR pump.4. If RHR pump cavitates, RHR flow must be reduced (normal just over 2000 gpm). Continued cavitation necessitates securing the RHR pump.5. Operating band for the RHR Pump Suction during midloop operation is between Elevations 718' 6" and 719' 0".6. While in a Reduced Inventory/Mid-Loop condition, continuous indication of RCS level shall be provided by at least two level instruments. | ||
: 7. The two level instruments used shall agree to within 2 | : 7. The two level instruments used shall agree to within 2 inches 8. If RCS level is indeterminate (disagreement of more than 2 inches among indicators, uncontrolled changes, etc.), then stop any further level changes and attend the situation. | ||
Stop the RHR Pump if necessary. | Stop the RHR Pump if necessary. | ||
DD. GOI-7 should used throughout the procedure for generic operating guidelines. | DD. GOI-7 should used throughout the procedure for generic operating guidelines. | ||
It includes valves, motors, pumps, breakers, ultrasonic flowmeters, | It includes valves, motors, pumps, breakers, ultrasonic flowmeters, Foxboro controllers, and other general information. | ||
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. | WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 13 of 62 Date 4.0 PREREQUISITE ACTIONS NOTE Preliminary action steps may be performed in any order with Test Directors approval.4.1 Preliminary Actions[1] EVALUATE open items in Watts Bar Integrated Task Equipment List (WITEL), and ENSURE they will NOT adversely affect the test performance and results.[2] ENSURE changes to the references listed on Appendix A, have been reviewed, and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance. | ||
4. | [3] VERIFY current revisions and change paper for referenced drawings has been reviewed and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance, and ATTACH documentation of current drawing revision numbers and change paper that were reviewed to the data package.[4] VERIFY the test/performance copy of this Preoperational Test Instruction (PTI) is the current revision including any change notices and as needed, each test person assisting in this test has the current revision including any change notices.[5] ENSURE outstanding Design Change Notices (DCN's), Engineering Document Construction Releases (EDCR's) or Temporary Modifications (T-Mods's) do NOT adversely impact testing, and ATTACH documentation of DCN's, EDCR's and T-Mods's that were reviewed to the data package.[6] ENSURE required Component Testing has been completed prior to start of test. | ||
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 14 of 62 Date 4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued) | |||
[3] VERIFY current revisions and change paper for referenced drawings has been reviewed and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance, | [7] VERIFY System cleanness as required for the performance of this test has been completed in accordance with SMP-7.0 for piping systems.[8] ENSURE all piping supports required for testing are installed and adjusted as required.[9] ENSURE communications are available for areas where testing is to be conducted. | ||
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. | [10] VERIFY plant instruments, listed on Appendix C, Permanent Plant Instrumentation Log, are placed in service and are within their calibration interval.[11] OBTAIN copies of the applicable forms from the latest revision of SMP-9.0, and ATTACH to this PTI for use during the performance of this PTI.[12] ENSURE a review of outstanding Clearances has been coordinated with Operations for impact to the test performance, and RECORD in Appendix B, Temporary Condition Log, if required.[13] ENSURE the system has been cleaned, hydrostatically tested, and flushed.[14] ENSURE system filled and vented in accordance with 2-TOP-074-01. | ||
[7] VERIFY System cleanness as required for the performance | [15] REVIEW preventive maintenance for system/components covered by this test, and VERIFY no conditions exist that will impact test performance. | ||
[9] ENSURE communications are available for areas | Date 4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued) | ||
[10] VERIFY plant instruments, listed on Appendix C, Permanent Plant Instrumentation Log, are placed in service and are | [16] ENSURE System 55, Annunciator and Sequential Events Recording System applicable TBK switches are ON, the applicable master switches are ON, and window software input(s) are ENABLED for the following Annunciator windows.A. 2-XA-55-1B-14-D B. 2-XA-55-1B-14-E C. 2-XA-55-6A-1 13-B D. 2-XA-55-6A-1 13-C E. 2-XA-55-6C-1 26-F F. 2-XA-55-6D-131-F G. 2-XA-55-6F-149-C H. 2-XA-55-6F-1 50-C NOTE Selecting | ||
[11] OBTAIN copies of the applicable forms from the latest | 'Points' from the top menu of the ICS screen, then 'By Plant System', then 074, will show all the computer points for Step 4.1[17][17] ENSURE all Integrated Computer System (ICS) points are in scan for the RHR System, and IDENTIFY those points NOT able to be placed in scan in the CTL AND any compensatory actions required.[18] ENSURE components contained within the boundaries of this test are under the jurisdictional control of Preoperational Startup Engineering (PSE) and/or Plant Operations. | ||
[13] ENSURE the system has been cleaned, hydrostatically tested,and flushed.[14] ENSURE system filled and vented in accordance | [19] VERIFY the RWST is filled with primary grade water and is available for the test.[20] PERFORM a pretest walkdown on equipment to be tested to ensure no conditions exist that will impact test performance. | ||
[15] REVIEW preventive maintenance for system/components covered by this test, | WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 16 of 62 Date 4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued) | ||
[21] CONDUCT a pretest briefing with Test and Operations personnel in accordance with SMP-9.0.[22] VERIFY CCS Flow rate to RHR Heat Exchanger is 5000 to 6250 gpm at the following components: | |||
[16] ENSURE System 55, Annunciator and Sequential | A. 2-HTX-74-30, RHR Heat Exchanger 2A 2-FI-70-158 | ||
'Points' from the top menu of the ICS screen, then 'By Plant System', | _ gpm B. 2-HTX-74-31, RHR Heat Exchanger 2B 2-FI-70-155 | ||
then 074,will show all the computer points for Step 4.1[17][17] ENSURE all Integrated Computer System (ICS) points are | _ gpm[23] VERIFY RHR system components are aligned to support testing per 2-TOP-074-02, Residual Heat Removal System.[24] ENSURE the appropriate personnel have been notified and are available to support the test.[25] VERIFY Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) required for test performance has been (as required) filled, vented, place in service and recorded on Measuring and Test Equipment Log.Subsection 6.1 -6.4 Subsection 6.5[26] VERIFY Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) calibration due dates will support the completion of this test performance. | ||
[18] ENSURE components contained within the boundaries of | Subsection 6.1 -6.4 Subsection 6.5[27] VERIFY RCS Temperature is greater than 340°F but less than 350°F per 2-PTI-068-01. | ||
[19] VERIFY the RWST is filled with primary grade water and | Hot Functional Test (HFT).(Section 6.3, 6.4)[28] VERIFY RCS pressure is less than 370 psig but greater than 325 psig per 2-TOP-068-06, Plant Cooldown.(Section 6.3, 6.4)[29] VERIFY RHR room coolers are aligned to support RHR system testing. (Sections 6.1 -6.5) | ||
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. | WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 17 of 62 Date 4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued) | ||
[21] CONDUCT a pretest briefing with Test and Operations personnel in accordance with SMP-9.0.[22] VERIFY CCS Flow rate to RHR Heat Exchanger is 5000 | [30] ENSURE there are two independent water level indicators available for midloop operation. (Section 6.5)[31] VERIFY PZR level is between 30 and 50 percent as indicated on 2-LI-68-321, PZR LEVEL COLD CAL, 2-M-4. (Section 6.5)[32] SETUP administrative controls to ensure no other actions are taken that may perturb RCS water level prior to midloop operation. (Section 6.5)[33] VERIFY Operations crew(s) performing this PTI have received mid-loop/reduced inventory training. (Section 6.5)[34] VERIFY RCS temperature less than 140°F. (Section 6.5)[35] VERIFY/PLACE Chemical and Volume Control System (CVCS) in service per 2-TOP-062-02, CVCS Letdown and Charging to extent necessary to support RCS drain down.(Section 6.5)[36] VERIFY one holdup tank is less than 15% full. (Section 6.5) | ||
A. 2-HTX-74-30, RHR Heat Exchanger | WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 18 of 62 Date 4.2 Special Tools, M&TE, Parts, and Supplies[1] ENSURE the following M&TE or equivalent is available and within their calibration due dates, and RECORD the M&TE data on SMP-9.0, Measuring and Test equipment (M&TE) Log.* (2) Flow meters, Ultrasonic | ||
_ | (+/-3%)* Mansell Level Monitoring System, MLMS, is available.(Section 6.5)4.3 Field Preparations | ||
_ gpm[23] VERIFY RHR system components are aligned to | [1] REMOVE insulation required to support the installation of the ultrasonic flow measuring devices on the RHR A & B Heat Exchanger bypass lines. (See Appendices K & L)WO NOTE Ultrasonics should be placed in a way to ensure there are 10 pipe diameters (80 inches)upstream and 5 pipe diameters (40 inches) downstream from valves, tees, or other components that may cause turbulent flow.[2] INSTALL ULTRASONIC Flow measuring devices at the locations specified on Appendices K & L. The locations are labeled as follows:* 2-FE-RHR-A (Section 6.1, 6.3)" 2-FE-RHR-B (Section 6.2, 6.4)[3] INITIATE 2-TOP-068-02 for Mansell Level Monitor System Installation and Removal of temporary connection manifolds to support Mansell Level Monitoring System (MLMS) to be installed after RCS pressure reduction below 85 psig. | ||
Subsection 6.1 -6. | WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 19 of 62 Date 4.4 Approvals and Notifications | ||
Hot Functional Test (HFT).(Section 6.3, 6.4)[28] VERIFY RCS pressure is less than 370 psig but greater | [1] OBTAIN permission of the Preoperational Startup Manager to start the test.Preoperational Startup Manager Signature[2] OBTAIN the Unit 2 Supervisor's (US/SRO) or Shift Manager's (SM) authorization. | ||
(Section 6.3, 6.4)[29] VERIFY RHR room coolers are aligned to support RHR | Date U2 US/SRO/SM Signature Date Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA NOTES 1) During Heatup Operation, Flow to RCS will include letdown through the RHRS to the Chemical and Volume Control System (CVCS).2) RHRS/RCS Temperature and Pressure will be recorded whenever RHR System is in service. This may be as part of 2-TOP-074-02. | ||
(Sections 6.1 -6.5) | [1] Demonstrate during heatup of the RCS that the RHR System is capable of delivering at least 2500 gpm (total) to two RCS loops (RHR HTX outlet crossties 2-FCV-74-33 | ||
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. | & 35 closed), one pump operating at a time, and letdown flow to the CVCS through the RHR System can be maintained. (Step 6.1[5] & 6.2[5])[2] Demonstrate RHR Operation during Plant Cool Down that the RHR system is capable of delivering at least 2500 GPM (total) to two RCS loops (RHR HX outlet crossties 2-FCV-74-33 | ||
[30] ENSURE there are two independent water level indicators available for midloop operation. | & 35 closed), one pump operating at a time.(Step 6.3[5] & 6.4[5])[3] Demonstrate RHR Operation During Midloop Conditions A. For 2-PMP-74-10, RHR PMP 2A-A, is capable of injecting a minimum of 2000 gpm/pump to two RCS cold legs without: (Step 6.5[18])Operates without loss of pump suction when midloop level is established at 718' 6" (718' 6" to 719' 0"). (Step 6.5[23])" 2-PMP-74-10, RHR PMP 2A-A, operates without excessive pump cavitation/noise. (Step 6.5[23])* 2-PMP-74-10, RHR PMP 2A-A, operates without excessive vibration at the flow control valves or flow check valves. (Step 6.5[23]) | ||
(Section 6.5)[31] VERIFY PZR level is between 30 and 50 percent as indicated on 2-LI-68-321, PZR LEVEL COLD CAL, 2-M-4. (Section 6.5)[32] SETUP administrative controls to ensure no other actions | WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 21 of 62 Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued) | ||
(Section 6.5)[33] VERIFY Operations crew(s) performing this PTI have | B. For 2-PMP-74-20, RHR PMP 2B.-B, is capable of injecting a minimum of 2000 gpm/pump to two RCS cold legs without: (Step 6.5[261)* Operates without loss of pump suction when midloop level is established at 718' 6" (718' 6" to 719' 0"). (Step 6.5[31])* 2-PMP-74-20, RHR PMP 2B-B, operates without excessive cavitation/noise (Step 6.5131])* 2-PMP-74-20, RHR PMP 2B-B, operates without excessive vibration at the flow control valves or flow check valves. (Step 6.5[31]) | ||
(Section 6.5)[34] VERIFY RCS temperature less than 140°F. (Section 6.5)[35] VERIFY/PLACE Chemical and Volume Control System(CVCS) in service per 2-TOP-062-02, CVCS Letdown | Date 6.0 PERFORMANCE NOTES 1) Sections 6.1 and 6.2 are to be performed during the heatup portion of 2-PTI-068-01. | ||
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. | The remaining sections are to be performed following Hot Functional Testing during cooldown.2) Sections 6.1 or 6.2 can be performed in either order. Section 6.3 or 6.4 can be performed in either order after completion of Sections 6.1 and 6.2. Sections 6.5 must be performed in numerical order after completion of Sections 6.1 Thru 6.4.3) Letdown flow from RHR to CVCS may be adjusted as necessary during the test.4) Appendix M shall be used for minimum and maximum RHR pump flow rates.6.1 A Train RHR Heatup During Hot Functional Testing[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Section 6.1 have been completed. | ||
(+/-3%)* Mansell Level Monitoring System, MLMS, is available. | |||
(Section 6.5)4.3 Field Preparations | |||
[1] REMOVE insulation required to support the installation of | |||
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. | |||
[1] OBTAIN permission of the Preoperational Startup Manager | |||
[2] OBTAIN the Unit 2 Supervisor's (US/SRO) or Shift Manager's (SM) authorization. | |||
This may be as part of 2-TOP-074-02. | |||
[1] Demonstrate during heatup of the RCS that the RHR System is capable | |||
& 35 closed), | |||
one pump operating at a time, | |||
( | |||
& 35 closed), | |||
one pump operating at a time.(Step 6.3[5] & 6.4[5])[3] Demonstrate RHR Operation During Midloop Conditions A. For 2-PMP-74-10, RHR PMP 2A-A, is capable of injecting a minimum | |||
(Step 6.5[18])Operates without loss of pump suction when midloop level | |||
(Step 6.5[23])* 2-PMP-74-10, RHR PMP 2A-A, operates without excessive vibration at the flow control valves or flow check valves. (Step 6.5[23]) | |||
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. | |||
B. For 2-PMP-74-20, RHR PMP 2B.-B, is capable of injecting a minimum | |||
(Step 6.5[261)* Operates without loss of pump suction when midloop level | |||
The remaining sections are to be performed following Hot Functional Testing | |||
[2] ENSURE the following: | [2] ENSURE the following: | ||
A. RHR Train A in service in accordance | A. RHR Train A in service in accordance with 2-TOP-074-02 to Loops 2 and 3.B. 2-FCV-74-33 and 35 are CLOSED.C. 2-FI-63-91 B indicating | ||
__ 2,500 gpm flow to loops 2 & 3.D. Letdown flow from RHR to the OVOS system in service.[3] MONITOR RHR Pump Room A Cooler in service | __ 2,500 gpm flow to loops 2 & 3.D. Letdown flow from RHR to the OVOS system in service.[3] MONITOR RHR Pump Room A Cooler in service with operating fan and cooler ERCW flow. | ||
Date 6.1 A Train RHR Heatup During Hot Functional Testing (continued) | |||
NOTE The following steps should NOT be performed until the 2-HTX-74-30, RHR HEAT EXCHANGER 2A, temperature has stabilized to less than 2 0 F heat up in a 10 minute period.[4] RECORD the following: | |||
A. RCS Temperature 2-TR-68-65 | A. RCS Temperature 2-TR-68-65 OF B. Time HRS NOTE Steps 6.1[5] and 6.1[7] are to be performed concurrently. | ||
[5] ADJUST 2-HIC-74-32A, RHR HXS BYPASS | [5] ADJUST 2-HIC-74-32A, RHR HXS BYPASS FLOW CONTROL and 2-HIC-74-16A, RHR HX A FLOW CONTROL, at 2-M-6, as required to maintain less than or equal to 50°F/HR RCS heat up rate AND greater than 2,500 gpm flowrate for one hour. (Acc Crit 5.0[11])[6] ENSURE no excessive noises or vibration on A Train FCVs and check valves[7] COMPLETE Appendix D, RHR A Train Heatup Performance Data.[8] RECORD the following after one hour: A. RCS Temperature 2-TR-68-65 OF B. Time HRS[9] REVIEW the data from Appendix D, and VERIFY heatup has occurred. | ||
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. | WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 24 of 62 Date 6.2 B Train RHR Heatup During Hot Functional Testing[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Section 6.2 have been completed. | ||
[2] ENSURE the following: | [2] ENSURE the following: | ||
A. RHR Train B in service in accordance | A. RHR Train B in service in accordance with 2-TOP-074-02 to Loops 1 and 4.B. 2-FCV-74-33 and 34 are CLOSED.C. 2-FI-63-92B indicating | ||
>_ 2,500 gpm flow to loops 1 & 4.D. Letdown flow from RHR to the CVCS system in service.[3] MONITOR RHR Pump Room B Cooler in service | >_ 2,500 gpm flow to loops 1 & 4.D. Letdown flow from RHR to the CVCS system in service.[3] MONITOR RHR Pump Room B Cooler in service with operating fan and cooler ERCW flow.NOTE The following steps should NOT be performed until the 2-HTX-74-30, RHR HEAT EXCHANGER 2A, temperature has stabilized to less than 2 0 F heat up in a 10 minute period.[4] RECORD the following: | ||
A. RCS Temperature 2-TR-68-65 | A. RCS Temperature 2-TR-68-65 OF B. Time HRS Date 6.2 B Train RHR Heatup During Hot Functional Testing (continued) | ||
NOTE Steps 6.2[5] and 6.2[7] are to be performed concurrently. | |||
[5] ADJUST 2-HIC-74-32A, RHR HXS BYPASS | [5] ADJUST 2-HIC-74-32A, RHR HXS BYPASS FLOW CONTROL and 2-HIC-74-28A, RHR HX B FLOW CONTROL, at 2-M-6, as required to maintain less than or equal to 50°F/HR RCS heat up rate AND greater than 2,500 gpm flowrate for one hour. (Acc Crit 5.0[1])[6] ENSURE no excessive noises or vibration on B Train FCVs and check valves[7] COMPLETE Appendix E, RHR B Train Heat Up Performance Data.[8] RECORD the following: | ||
A. RCS Temperature 2-TR-68-65 B. | A. RCS Temperature 2-TR-68-65 B. Time HRS[9] REVIEW the data from Appendix E and VERIFY heat up has occurred. | ||
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. | WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 26 of 62 Date NOTES 1) Section 6.3 or 6.4 can be performed in either order after completion of Sections 6.1 and 6.2. Sections 6.5 must be performed in numerical order after completion of Sections 6.1 thru 6.4.2) Letdown flow from RHR to CVCS may be adjusted as necessary during the test.6.3 A Train RHR Cooldown Following Hot Functional Testing[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Section 6.3 have been completed. | ||
[2] ENSURE Train A RHR is in service in accordance | [2] ENSURE Train A RHR is in service in accordance with 2-TOP-074-02 for cooldown with RHR letdown in service.[3] MONITOR RHR Pump Room A Cooler in service with operating fan and cooler ERCW flow.NOTE The following steps should NOT be performed until the 2-HTX-74-30, RHR HEAT EXCHANGER 2A, temperature has stabilized to less than 21F heat up in a 10 minute period.[4] RECORD the following: | ||
A. RCS Temperature 2-TR-68-65 | A. RCS Temperature 2-TR-68-65 OF B. Time HRS NOTE Steps 6.3[5] and 6.3[7] are to be performed concurrently. | ||
[5] ADJUST 2-HIC-74-32A, RHR HXS BYPASS | [5] ADJUST 2-HIC-74-32A, RHR HXS BYPASS FLOW CONTROL and 2-HIC-74-16A, RHR HX A FLOW CONTROL, at 2-M-6, as required to maintain less than or equal to 50°F/HR RCS cool down rate AND greater than 2,500 gpm flowrate for one hour. (Acc Crit 5.0[2]) | ||
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. | WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 27 of 62 Date 6.3 A Train RHR Cooldown Following Hot Functional Testing (continued) | ||
[6] ENSURE no excessive noises or vibration on A Train | [6] ENSURE no excessive noises or vibration on A Train FCVs and check valves[7] COMPLETE Appendix F, RHR A Train Cool Down Performance Data.[8] RECORD the following: | ||
A. RCS Temperature 2-TR-68-65 | A. RCS Temperature 2-TR-68-65 OF B. Time HRS[9] REVIEW the data from Appendix F, and VERIFY cool down has occurred. | ||
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. | WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 28 of 62 Date 6.4 B Train RHR Cooldown Following Hot Functional Testing[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Section 6.4 have been completed. | ||
[2] ENSURE Train B RHR is in service in accordance | [2] ENSURE Train B RHR is in service in accordance with 2-TOP-074-02 for cooldown with RHR letdown in service.[3] MONITOR RHR Pump Room B Cooler in service with operating fan and cooler ERCW flow.NOTE The following steps should NOT be performed until the 2-HTX-74-31, RHR HEAT EXCHANGER 2B, temperature has stabilized to less than 2 0 F heat up in a 10 minute period.[4] RECORD the following: | ||
A. RCS Temperature 2-TR-68-65 | A. RCS Temperature 2-TR-68-65 OF B. Time HRS NOTE Steps 6.4[5] and 6.4[7] are to be performed concurrently. | ||
[5] ADJUST 2-HIC-74-32A, RHR HXS BYPASS | [5] ADJUST 2-HIC-74-32A, RHR HXS BYPASS FLOW CONTROL and 2-HIC-74-28A, RHR HX B FLOW CONTROL, at 2-M-6, as required to maintain less than or equal to 50°F/HR RCS cool down rate AND greater than 2,500 gpm flowrate for one hour. (Acc Crit 5.0[2]).[6] ENSURE NO excessive noises or vibration on B Train FCVs and check valves.[7] COMPLETE Appendix G, RHR B Train Cool Down Performance Data. | ||
Date 6.4 B Train RHR Cooldown Following Hot Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[8] RECORD the following: | [8] RECORD the following: | ||
A. RCS Temperature 2-TR-68-65 | A. RCS Temperature 2-TR-68-65 OF B. Time HRS[9] REVIEW the data from Appendix G and VERIFY cool down has occurred. | ||
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. | WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 30 of 62 Date 6.5 RHR Midloop Operation NOTES 1) This section should be performed with the head removed. The suggested time frame would be during/after Open Vessel Testing and before Hot Functional Testing.2) During the performance of this Section, piping vibration data will be collected. | ||
The suggested time | The Piping Vibration Test Engineer (TE) is responsible for performance of piping vibration activities in accordance with 2-PTI-999-01 and shall make an entry in the Chronological Test Log.3) When pulling suction from the vessel, the flow path should use 2-FCV-074-08 and 2-FCV-074-09 to provide the most limiting scenario.[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Section 6.5 have been completed. | ||
[2] VERIFY Annunciator Window 126-F, RCS MID-LOOP LEVEL HI/LO, located at Panel 2-XA-55-6C is CLEAR.[3] VERIFY/PLACE RHR A Train in service in accordance with 2-TOP-074-02, RHR with discharge lined up to RCS loops 2 and 3, 2-FCV-63-93 RHR TO CL 2 & 3, OPEN.[4] PERFORM 2-TOP 068-02, Reactor Coolant System, Draining the RCS.[5] WHEN PZR level reaches approximately 25% during the drain down, as indicated on 2-LI-68-321, PZR-COLD CAL, 2-M-4, THEN VERIFY decreasing level on 2-LI-68-399B, RCS WR LEVEL on 2-M-6.[6] COMPLETE Appendix H, Verification of RCS Instrument Overlap, for RCS Level Instruments 2-LI-68-321, PZR-COLD CAL, and 2-LI-68-399B, RCS WR LEVEL as RCS level is being reduced. | |||
[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Section 6.5 | WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 31 of 62 Date 6.5 RHR Midloop Operation (continued) | ||
[2] VERIFY Annunciator Window 126-F, RCS MID-LOOP | NOTE Annunciator Window 126-F, RCS MID-LOOP LEVEL HI/LO, at Panel 2-XA-55-6C is disabled above EL 722'.[7] VERIFY the following at approximately 722' 0" (721'4" to 722'8") on 2-LI-68-399B RCS WR LEVEL and RECORD the level: Mansell Ch I feet Mansell Ch II feet 2-LI-68-399B feet inches A. 2-LG-68-399A, RCS LEVEL GAGE, located in Reactor Building EL 716, AZ 75, indicates 722'0" (721' 11" to 722'1 ").2-LG-68-399A feet inches B. Annunciator Window 126-F, RCS MID-LOOP LEVEL HI/LO, at Panel 2-XA-55-6C in ALARM.C. Unit 2 Alarm Events Display Screen indicates 126-F RCS NR MID-LOOP LEVEL HI (LS-68-399A2) is in ALARM.[8] STOP RCS Drain down in accordance with 2-TOP-068-02, Reactor Coolant System when either channel of Mansell indicates elevation 721' or less.[9] INCREASE RCS level per 2-TOP-068-02, Reactor Coolant System, Fill and Vent Section (721' 4" to 722' 8") and VERIFY the following: | ||
A. Annunciator Window 126-F, RCS MID-LOOP LEVEL HI/LO, at Panel 2-XA-55-6C is CLEAR.B. Unit 2 Alarm Events Display Screen indicates 126-F RCS NR MID-LOOP LEVEL HI (LS-68-399A2) is CLEAR. | |||
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. | WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 32 of 62 Date 6.5 RHR Midloop Operation (continued) | ||
NOTE 126-F RCS NR MIDLOOP LEVEL HI (LS-68-399A2) will return to an ALARM condition when drain down operations reduce RCS level below approximately 722' 0".[10] CONTINUE Drain down of the Reactor Vessel in accordance with 2-TOP-068-02, Reactor Coolant System, Drain Down Section.[11] VERIFY the following at approximately 719' 5" (719' 4" to 719' 6") on 2-LI-68-399A RCS NR LEVEL and RECORD the level: Mansell Ch I Mansell Ch II 2-LI-68-399A feet feet feet inches A. Annunciator Window 126-F, RCS MID-LOOP LEVEL HI/LO, at Panel 2-XA-55-6C is CLEAR.B. 2-LG-68-399A, RCS LEVEL GAGE, located in Reactor Building EL 716, AZ 75, indicates approximately 719' 5" (719' 4" to 719' 6").2-LG-68-399A feet inches[12] WHEN 2-LI-68-399A RCS NR LEVEL, at 2-M-6, indicates 718' 6" (718' 5. to 718' 7"), THEN STOP the RCS Drain down.[13] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. Annunciator Window 126-F, RCS MID-LOOP | A. Annunciator Window 126-F, RCS MID-LOOP LEVEL HI/LO, at Panel 2-XA-55-6C in ALARM.B. Unit 2 Alarm Events Display Screen indicates 126-F RCS NR MID-LOOP LEVEL LO (LS-68-399A1) is in ALARM. | ||
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. | WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 33 of 62 Date 6.5 RHR Midloop Operation (continued) | ||
[14] RECORD the level: Mansell Ch I feet Mansell Ch II feet 2-LI-68-399A feet inches CAUTION The in-service RHR Pump should be carefully monitored for signs of cavitation. | |||
A. Annunciator Window 126-F, RCS MID-LOOP | If excessive cavitation is observed, the RHR Pump must be secured.[15] ENSURE RCS level is between 718' 6" and 719' 0" by using 2-TOP-068-02, Reactor Coolant System, Fill and Vent Section.[16] VERIFY the following: | ||
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. | A. Annunciator Window 126-F, RCS MID-LOOP LEVEL HI/LO, at Panel 2-XA-55-6C is CLEAR.B. Unit 2 Alarm Events Display Screen indicates 126-F RCS NR MID-LOOP LEVEL HI (LS-68-399A2) is CLEAR.[17] RECORD the levels at the following locations: | ||
[14] RECORD the level:Mansell Ch I | A. Mansell Level Monitor Mansell Ch I feet Mansell Ch II feet B. 2-LI-68-399A, RCS NR LEVEL 2-LI-68-399A feet inches C. 2-LG-68-399A. | ||
If excessive cavitation is observed, the RHR Pump must be secured.[15] ENSURE RCS level is between 718' 6" and 719' 0" by | RCS LEVEL GAGE 2-LG-68-399A feet inches[18] ADJUST 2-HIC-74-32A, RHR HXS BYPASS FLOW CONTROL, and 2-HIC-74-16A. | ||
A. Annunciator Window 126-F, RCS MID-LOOP | RHR HX A FLOW CONTROL, as required to maintain a 2000 (2000-2500) gpm system flow rate. (Acc Crit 5.0[3]A) | ||
A. Mansell Level | Date 6.5 RHR Midloop Operation (continued) | ||
RCS LEVEL | [19] ENSURE the TE has test equipment and personnel in place to support vibration testing.[20] NOTIFY TE responsible for 2-PTI-999-01 that conditions have been established for steady state vibration for RHR A TRAIN components. | ||
RHR HX A FLOW CONTROL,as required to maintain a 2000 (2000-2500) gpm system | NOTE Steps 6.5[21] and 6.5[22] shall be completed concurrently. | ||
[19] ENSURE the TE has test equipment and personnel in place | |||
[21] PERFORM vibration testing in accordance with 2-PTI-999-01. | [21] PERFORM vibration testing in accordance with 2-PTI-999-01. | ||
TE[22] COMPLETE Appendix I, RHR A Midloop Pump Operation. | TE[22] COMPLETE Appendix I, RHR A Midloop Pump Operation. | ||
[23] REVIEW the data from Appendix I, RHR A PUMP | [23] REVIEW the data from Appendix I, RHR A PUMP MIDLOOP OPERATION, and VERIFY the following: | ||
A. Pump operates without loss of pump suction.(Acc Crit 5.0[3]A)B. Pump operates without excessive cavitation/noise. | A. Pump operates without loss of pump suction.(Acc Crit 5.0[3]A)B. Pump operates without excessive cavitation/noise.(Acc Crit 5.0[3]A)C. Pump operates without excessive vibration at the flow control valves or flow check valves. (Acc Crit 5.0[3]A)[24] PLACE 2-HS-74-1OA, RHR PMP A (ECCS), 2-M-6, to STOP, and VERIFY the following: | ||
(Acc Crit 5.0[3]A)C. Pump operates without excessive vibration at the | A. Green light ON B. Red light OFF WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 35 of 62 Date 6.5 RHR Midloop Operation (continued) | ||
A. Green light | CAUTION The in-service RHR Pump should be carefully monitored for signs of cavitation. | ||
If excessive cavitation is observed, the RHR Pump must be secured.[25] PLACE RHR B Pump in service in accordance with 2-TOP-074-02, RHR Pump Operation during Midloop Operation. | |||
If excessive cavitation is observed, the RHR Pump must be secured.[25] PLACE RHR B Pump in service in accordance | [26] ADJUST 2-HIC-74-32A, RHR HXS BYPASS FLOW CONTROL, and 2-HIC-74-28A, RHR HX B FLOW CONTROL, as required to maintain a 2000 (2000-2500) gpm system flow rate. (Acc Crit 5.0[3]B)[27] ENSURE the TE has test equipment and personnel in place to support vibration testing.[28] NOTIFY TE responsible for 2-PTI-999-01 that conditions have been established for steady state vibration for RHR B TRAIN components. | ||
[26] ADJUST 2-HIC-74-32A, RHR HXS BYPASS | NOTE Steps 6.5[29] and 6.5[30] shall be completed concurrently. | ||
[29] PERFORM vibration testing in accordance with 2-PTI-999-01. | [29] PERFORM vibration testing in accordance with 2-PTI-999-01. | ||
[30] COMPLETE Appendix J, RHR B Midloop Pump Operation. | [30] COMPLETE Appendix J, RHR B Midloop Pump Operation. | ||
TE WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. | TE WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 36 of 62 Date 6.5 RHR Midloop Operation (continued) | ||
[31] REVIEW the data from Appendix J, RHR B PUMP | [31] REVIEW the data from Appendix J, RHR B PUMP MIDLOOP OPERATION, and, VERIFY the following: | ||
A. Pump operates without loss of pump suction.(Acc Crit 5.0[3]B)B. Pump operates without excessive cavitation/noise. | A. Pump operates without loss of pump suction.(Acc Crit 5.0[3]B)B. Pump operates without excessive cavitation/noise.(Acc Crit 5.0[3]B)C. Pump operates without excessive vibration at the flow control valves or flow check valves. (Acc Crit 5.0[3]B)[32] PLACE Hand Switch 2-HS-74-20A, RHR PMP B (ECCS), 2-M-6, to STOP position, and VERIFY the following: | ||
(Acc Crit 5.0[3]B)C. Pump operates without excessive vibration at the | A. Green Light ON B. Red Light OFF[33] ALIGN RHR to normal alignment per 2-TOP-074-02. | ||
A. Green Light | Date 7.0 POST-PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES | ||
[1] VERIFY that Post-test calibration of the M&TE used to record quantitative acceptance criteria has been satisfactorily performed, and RECORD the results on Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) Log.[2] VERIFY Post-test calibration of permanent plant instruments used to record quantitative acceptance criteria has been satisfactorily performed, and RECORD the results on Appendix C, Permanent Plant Instrumentation Log.[3] REMOVENERIFY the ultrasonic flow meters.[4] REPLACE insulation removed for ultrasonic flow meters.WO#[5] NOTIFY the Unit 2 US/SRO of the test completion and System alignment. | |||
[1] VERIFY that Post-test calibration of the M&TE used to | WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 38 of 62 Date 8.0 RECORDS A. QA Records Complete Test Package B. Non-QA Records None WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 39 of 62 Appendix A (Page 1 of 1)Test Procedures/Instructions Reference Review Date NOTE Additional copies of this table may be made as necessary. | ||
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. | |||
PROCEDURE/ | PROCEDURE/ | ||
INITIAL AND DATE.INSTRUCTION (N/A for no change)TVAW-03-MLMS-01 WBN2-62-4001 FSAR, Section 5.5.7,Section 6. | INITIAL AND DATE.INSTRUCTION (N/A for no change)TVAW-03-MLMS-01 WBN2-62-4001 FSAR, Section 5.5.7,Section 6.5 Table 14.2-1 Sheet 17 of 89 WBN2-74-4001 WAT-D-90-8252 RIMS #T33 931215 809 2-TSD-74-2 SSD 2-L-68-399A SSD 2-L-68-399B 2-PTI-068-01 2-PTI-999-01 WBT-D-2988 WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 40 of 62 Appendix B (Page 1 of 1)Temporary Conditions Log Date NOTE These steps will be N/A'd if no temporary condition existed. Additional copies of this table may be made as necessary. | ||
Additional copies of this | PERFORMED RETURNED TO NORMAL ITEM TEMPORARY CONDITION Step Performed By/Date Step Returned By/Date No. DESCRIPTION No. CV By/Date No. CV By/Date/ // I/ /_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _/ // /I I_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _/ I/ I_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _/ // /_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _/ /I // I_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _/ // /_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _/ // /I /__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _/ _ _/ | ||
PERFORMED RETURNED TO | Appendix C (Page 1 of 3)Permanent Plant Instrumentation Log Date USED FOR INSTRUMENT FILLED AND PLACED IN QUANTITATIVE OR VENTED 1 SERVICE 1 ACC CRIT POST-TEST CALIBRATION INSTRUMENT POST-TEST CAL ACCEPTABLE 2 LOOP # CAL DUE DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE YES NO DATE2 INITIAL/DATE 2-T-68-65 2-P-68-63 2-LPF-63-91A 2-LPF-63-91 B 2-LPF-63-92A 2-LPF-63-92B 2-LPF-70-151 2-LPF-70-158 2-LPT-70-155 2-LPF-70-155 2-LPF-70-152 Appendix C (Page 2 of 3)Permanent Plant Instrumentation Log Date USED FOR INSTRUMENT FILLED AND PLACED IN QUANTITATIVE OR VENTED 1 SERVICE 1 ACC CRIT POST-TEST CALIBRATION INSTRUMENT POST-TEST CAL ACCEPTABLE 2 LOOP # CAL DUE DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE YES NO DATE 2 INITIAL/DATE 2-LPT-70-154 2-LG-68-399 N/A X N/A N/A 2-L-68-399A 2-L-68-399B 2-T-74-14 2-T-74-29 2-T-74-25 2-T-74-39 2-L-68-321 1 -LPT-70-161 WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 43 of 62 Appendix C (Page 3 of 3)Permanent Plant Instrumentation Log Date USED FOR INSTRUMENT FILLED AND PLACED IN QUANTITATIVE OR VENTED 1 SERVICE 1 ACC CRIT POST-TEST CALIBRATION INSTRUMENT POST-TEST CAL ACCEPTABLE 2 LOOP # CAL DUE DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE YES NO DATE2 INITIALIDATE 2-LPT-70-161 O-LPT-70-162 2-PI-74-4 2-PI-74-22 2-LPP-74-13 2-LPP-74-26 1 These items may be initialed and dated by personnel performing the task. Instrumentation not required to be filled and vented may be identified as Not Applicable. (N/A)2 May be identified as Not Applicable (N/A) if instrument was not used to verify/record quantitative acceptance criteria data. | ||
Appendix C(Page 1 of 3)Permanent Plant Instrumentation | Appendix D (Page 1 of 3)RHR A Train Heatup Performance Data Date RHR HX A TEMP RHR HX A TOTAL RHR RHR BYPASS INLET TEMP OUTLET FLOW FLOW 2-TR-74-14 2-TR-74-14 2-FI-63-91 2-FE-RHR-A (RED) (GREEN)TIME (2-M-6) (LOCAL) (2-M-6) (2-M-6) INITIALSIDATE START /5 MIN /10 MIN /15 MIN /20 MIN /25 MIN /30 MIN /35 MIN I 40 MIN /45 MIN /50 MIN /55 MIN /60 MIN /2-FE-RHR-A M&TE Cal Due Date WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 45 of 62 Appendix D (Page 2 of 3)RHR A Train Heatup Performance Data Date CCS TEMP IN(l)CCS FLOW 0-TI-70-162, 1-TI-70-161, CCS TEMP OUT 2-FI-70-158 2-TI-70-161 2-TI-70-157 TIME (0-M-27B) | ||
(N/A)2 May be identified as Not Applicable (N/A) if instrument was not used to verify/record quantitative acceptance criteria data. | |||
Appendix D(Page 1 of 3)RHR A Train Heatup Performance | |||
(0-M-27B) | (0-M-27B) | ||
(0-M-27B) | (0-M-27B) | ||
INITIALS/DATE START /5 MIN /10 MIN /15 MIN /20 MIN /25 MIN /30 MIN /35 MIN /40 MIN /45 MIN /50 MIN /55 MIN | INITIALS/DATE START /5 MIN /10 MIN /15 MIN /20 MIN /25 MIN /30 MIN /35 MIN /40 MIN /45 MIN /50 MIN /55 MIN I 60 MIN /(1) Select the CCS Inlet Temperature dependent on CCS Status. | ||
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. | WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 46 of 62 Appendix D (Page 3 of 3)RHR A Train Heatup Performance Data Date RHR HEAT EXCHANGER flow can be determined using the following method: TOTAL RHR FLOW RHR BYPASS FLOW RHR HEAT EXCHANGER 2-FI-63-91 B 2-FE-RHR-A FLOW TOTAL RHR FLOW RHR BYPASS FLOW A RHR HEAT TIME 2-FI-63-91B MINUS 2-FE-RHR-A EQUAL EXCHANGER FLOW START 5 MIN 10 MIN 15 MIN 20 MIN 25 MIN 30 MIN 35 MIN 40 MIN 45 MIN 50 MIN 55 MIN 60 MIN Calculations Performed By Calculations Verified By Initials Date Initials Date Appendix E (Page 1 of 3)RHR B Train Heatup Performance Data Date RHR HX TEMP TOTAL RHR RHR BYPASS IN RHR HX TEMP FLOW FLOW 2-TR-74-25 OUT 2-TR-74-25 2-FI-63-92 2-FE-RHR-B (RED) (GREEN)TIME (2-M-6) (LOCAL) (2-M-6) (2-M-6) INITIALSIDATE START /5 MIN /10 MIN /15 MIN /20 MIN /25 MIN /30 MIN /35 MIN /40 MIN /45 MIN /50 MIN /55 MIN /60 MIN /2-FE-RHR-B M&TE Cal Due Date WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 48 of 62 Appendix E (Page 2 of 3)RHR B Train Heatup Performance Data Date CCS TEMP IN(l)CCS FLOW 0-TI-70-162, 1-TI-70-161, CCS TEMP OUT 2-FI-70-155 2-TI-70-161 2-TI-70-154 TIME (0-M-27B) | ||
(0-M-27B) | (0-M-27B) | ||
(0-M-27B) | (0-M-27B) | ||
INITIALSIDATE START /5 MIN | INITIALSIDATE START /5 MIN I 10 MIN /15 MIN I 20 MIN /25 MIN /30 MIN /35 MIN /40 MIN /45 MIN /50 MIN /55 MIN /60 MIN /(1) Select the CCS Inlet Temperature dependent on CCS Status. | ||
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. | WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 49 of 62 Appendix E (Page 3 of 3)RHR B Train Heatup Performance Data Date RHR HEAT EXCHANGER flow can be determined using the following method: TOTAL RHR FLOW RHR BYPASS FLOW RHR HEAT EXCHANGER 2-FI-63-92B 2-FE-RHR-B FLOW TOTAL RHR FLOW RHR BYPASS FLOW A RHR HEAT MINUS EQUALHR-TIME 2-FI-63-92B 2-FE-RHR-B EXCHANGER FLOW START =5 MIN =10 MIN =15 MIN -20 MIN 25 MIN 30 MIN 35 MIN 40 MIN 45 MIN 50 MIN 55 MIN 60 MIN Calculations Performed By Calculations Verified By Initials Date Initials Date WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 50 of 62 Appendix F (Page 1 of 3)RHR A Train Cooldown Performance Data Date RHR HX A TEMP RHR HX A TOTAL RHR RHR BYPASS INLET TEMP OUTLET FLOW FLOW 2-TR-74-14 2-TR-74-14 2-FI-63-91 2-FE-RHR-A (RED) (GREEN)TIME (2-M-6) (LOCAL) (2-M-6) (2-M-6) INITIALS/DATE START /5 MIN /10 MIN /15 MIN /20 MIN /25 MIN /30 MIN /35 MIN /40 MIN /45 MIN /50 MIN I 55 MIN /60 MIN /2-FE-RHR-A M&TE Cal Due Date WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 51 of 62 Appendix F (Page 2 of 3)RHR A Train Cooldown Performance Data Date CCS TEMP IN(l)CCS FLOW 0-TI-70-162, 1-TI-70-161, CCS TEMP OUT 2-FI-70-158 2-TI-70-161 2-TI-70-157 TIME (0-M-27B) | ||
(0-M-27B) | (0-M-27B) | ||
(0-M-27B) | (0-M-27B) | ||
INITIALS/DATE START /5 MIN | INITIALS/DATE START /5 MIN I 10 MIN /15 MIN /20 MIN /25 MIN /30 MIN /35 MIN /40 MIN /45 MIN I 50 MIN /55 MIN /60 MIN /(1) Select the CCS Inlet Temperature dependent on CCS Status. | ||
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. | WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 52 of 62 Appendix F (Page 3 of 3)RHR A Train Cooldown Performance Data Date RHR HEAT EXCHANGER flow can be determined using the following method: TOTAL RHR FLOW RHR BYPASS FLOW RHR HEAT EXCHANGER 2-FI-63-91B 2-FE-RHR-A FLOW TOTAL RHR FLOW MINUS RHR BYPASS FLOW EQUAL A RHR HEAT TIME 2-FI-63-91B 2-FE-RHR-A EXCHANGER FLOW START =5 MIN -10 MIN =15 MIN -20 MIN 25 MIN 30 MIN 35 MIN 40 MIN 45 MIN 50 MIN 55 MIN 60 MIN Calculations Performed By Calculations Verified By Initials Date Initials Date WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 53 of 62 Appendix G (Page 1 of 3)RHR B Train Cooldown Performance Data Date RHR HX TEMP TOTAL RHR RHR BYPASS IN RHR HX TEMP FLOW FLOW 2-TR-74-25 OUT 2-TR-74-25 2-FI-63-92 2-FE-RHR-B (RED) (GREEN)TIME (2-M-6) (LOCAL) (2-M-6) (2-M-6) INITIALS/DATE START /5 MIN /10 MIN /15 MIN /20 MIN /25 MIN , 30 MIN /35 MIN /40 MIN /45 MIN /50 MIN /55 MIN /60 MIN /2-FE-RHR-B M&TE Cal Due Date WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev.0000 Page 54 of 62 Appendix G (Page 2 of 3)RHR B Train Cooldown Performance Data Date CCS TEMP IN(l)CCS FLOW 0-TI-70-162, 1-TI-70-161, CCS TEMP OUT 2-FI-70-155 2-TI-70-161 2-TI-70-154 TIME (0-M-27B) | ||
(0-M-27B) | (0-M-27B) | ||
(0-M-27B) | (0-M-27B) | ||
INITIALSIDATE START /5 MIN /10 MIN /15 MIN /20 MIN /25 MIN /30 MIN | INITIALSIDATE START /5 MIN /10 MIN /15 MIN /20 MIN /25 MIN /30 MIN I 35 MIN I 40 MIN I 45 MIN I 50 MIN /55 MIN I 60 MIN /(1) Select the CCS Inlet Temperature dependent on CCS Status. | ||
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. | WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 55 of 62 Appendix G (Page 3 of 3)RHR B Train Cooldown Performance Data Date RHR HEAT EXCHANGER flow can be determined using the following method: TOTAL RHR FLOW RHR BYPASS FLOW RHR HEAT EXCHANGER 2-FI-63-92B 2-FE-RHR-B FLOW Calculations Performed By Initials Date Calculations Verified By Initials Date WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 56 of 62 Appendix H (Page 1 of 2)Verification Of RCS Instrument Overlap Date NOTES 1) Each change in 2-LI-68-321, PZR COLD CAL LEVEL of 1 % is equal to approximately 5" on 2-LI-68-399B, RCS WR LEVEL.2) RCS level shall be provided by at least two level instruments. | ||
: 3) 2-LI-68-399B and Mansell (all inservice channels) shall agree to within 2 | : 3) 2-LI-68-399B and Mansell (all inservice channels) shall agree to within 2 inches WHEN 2-LI-68-321, PZR-COLD CAL, level indicates the percent readings in the table, THEN RECORD level indication for in-service Mansell channels and 2-LI-68-399B, RCS WR LEVEL, in feet and inches.(Step 6.5[6])2-LI-68-321 (2-M-4) 2-LI-68-399B (2-M-6) MANSELL LEVEL INDICATION' INITIALS/DATE PZR COLD CAL RCS WIDE RANGE LEVEL INSTRUMENT LEVEL INSTRUMENT CH I CH II 25% ft in ft in ft in /20% ft in ft in ft in /15% ft in ft in ft in /10% ft in ft in ft in /5% ft in ft in ft in /0% ft in ft in ft in /(1) N/A if not able to place in service. | ||
Appendix H(Page 2 of 2)Verification Of RCS Instrument | Appendix H (Page 2 of 2)Verification Of RCS Instrument Overlap Date PLAN'lT ELEVA71O.'?J 783'778" 773" 768'- --763' --758'-753.748'743'738'733-728'723" -718*713'AUO LWEVL WA TCH14 ".M lala'.-ILT-8-3*8 (JFR)LIauldd Lov.I G-WJ.IEl 0uo 7,43*-G" 7 011.21%I ~ZLT48-399A tNRI 91. 10 ,ito, 6'I-Ultrasonic Installation IAW N-UT-72 -Measurin; Fluid Lovels On Numbet 4 Hot MIOLOOP 2-M46 LIQUID LEVEL OAU0E I COLD CAL MANSELL LEVEL MONITOR I & II Appendix I (Page 1 of 1)RHR A Midloop Pump Operation Date SUCTION DISCHARGE EXCESSIVE EXCESSIVE PRESSURE PRESSURE FLOW RATE CAVITATION NOISE 2-PI-74-4 2-PI-74-13 2-FI-63-91A INITIALS/(2-L1-12) | ||
(2-L1-12) | (2-M-6) (2-M-6) YES NO YES NO TIME DATE START 5 MIN 10 MIN 15 MIN 20 MIN 25 MIN 30 MIN 35 MIN 40 MIN 45 MIN 50 MIN 55 MIN 60 MIN VERIFY the following conditions do NOT exist during RHR MIDLOOP pump operation: | ||
(2-M-6) (2-M-6) YES NO YES NO TIME | |||
* Excessive Cavitation during MIDLOOP operation. | * Excessive Cavitation during MIDLOOP operation. | ||
* Excessive Noise during MIDLOOP operation. | * Excessive Noise during MIDLOOP operation. | ||
* Loss of RHR Pump suction. | * Loss of RHR Pump suction. | ||
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. | WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 59 of 62 Appendix J (Page 1 of 1)RHR B Midloop Pump Operation Date SUCTION DISCHARGE EXCESSIVE EXCESSIVE PRESSURE PRESSURE FLOW RATE CAVITATION NOISE 2-PI-74-22 2-PI-74-26 2-FI-63-92A INITIALS/(2-L1-13) | ||
(2-L1-13) | (2-M-6) (2-M-6) YES NO YES NO TIME DATE START 5 MIN 10 MIN 15 MIN 20 MIN 25 MIN 30 MIN 35 MIN 40 MIN 45 MIN 50 MIN 55 MIN 60 MIN VERIFY the following conditions do NOT exist during RHR MIDLOOP pump operation: | ||
(2-M-6) (2-M-6) YES NO YES NO TIME | |||
* Excessive Cavitation during MIDLOOP operation. | * Excessive Cavitation during MIDLOOP operation. | ||
* Excessive Noise during MIDLOOP operation. | * Excessive Noise during MIDLOOP operation. | ||
0 Loss of RHR Pump suction. | 0 Loss of RHR Pump suction. | ||
Appendix K(Page 1 of 1)RHR Heat Exchanger A Ultrasonic Flow Measurement Installation | Appendix K (Page 1 of 1)RHR Heat Exchanger A Ultrasonic Flow Measurement Installation Detail Date rE7 7 74-22RR--R3 | ||
/I 7R.-2.RIR-R-29I | /I 7R.-2.RIR-R-29I KR E77 012I8 4E8 k()742'ZR"R'.57 | ||
,,.' ") | ,,.' ") r 7 7I 74-2RHR-R40 107 L t, " IIE70.,-, E563-07-I E7 /K E87 NOTE: Mount Transducers to flow device to the 8 inch pipe 40 inches from welded connection of valve. | ||
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. | WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 61 of 62 Appendix L (Page 1 of 1)RHR Heat Exchanger B Ultrasonic Flow Measurement Installation Detail Date-I I | ||
* 2 HR R Q | * 2 HR R Q E 030A 0023 RR11 21A, D21 74- 201JR-R7 I HOL 21 02 R--ON , DISE9 1 ,1 02 R oa "-. ..05 15E NOTE: Mount Transducers to flow device to the 8 inch pipe 40 inches from welded connection of valve. | ||
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. | WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 62 of 62 Appendix M (Page 1 of 1)RHR Pump Operating Flow Limits Date 4000 -r---------------------------- | ||
i | i i Mode 6 with>23 ft above vessel flange.See P & L T & U.3000 ,---------------------- | ||
2500 RHR Pump flow rate GPM 2000 Per Pump 1400 750 0..I.Mode 6 with<23 ft above vessel flange.See P &L T & U.Minimize Operation in this Range***I ,--:**Mini flow Operation Reduced Inventory/ | |||
midloop(One pump only)FCV-74-1 | midloop (One pump only)FCV-74-1 &-2 Flow path (2 pumps running)---- OR----FCV-74-8 & 9 Flowpath (One pump only)FCV-74-1 & 2 Flow path (One pump only)}} | ||
&- | |||
& | |||
& | |||
Revision as of 02:53, 14 July 2018
| ML13196A376 | |
| Person / Time | |
|---|---|
| Site: | Watts Bar  |
| Issue date: | 07/09/2013 |
| From: | Hruby R A Tennessee Valley Authority |
| To: | Document Control Desk, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation |
| References | |
| 2-PTI-068-15, Rev 0, 2-PTI-074-02, Rev 0 | |
| Download: ML13196A376 (262) | |
Text
Tennessee Valley Authority, Post Office Box 2000, Spring City, Tennessee 37381-2000 July 9, 2013 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission ATTN: Document Control Desk Washington, D.C. 20555-0001 Watts Bar Nuclear Plant, Unit 2 NRC Docket No. 50-391
Subject:
Watts Bar Nuclear Plant (WBN) Unit 2 -Submittal of Pre-op Test Instructions The following approved WBN Unit 2 Pre-op Test Instructions (PTIs) are enclosed: PTI NUMBER Rev. TITLE 2-PTI-068-15 0 Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-074-02 0 RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and Midloop If you have any questions, please contact Nick Welch at (423) 365-7820.Respectfully, Raymond A. Hruby, Jr.General Manager, Technical Services Watts Bar Unit 2 Enclosures
_ A U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Page 2 July 9, 2013 cc (Enclosures):
U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Region II Marquis One Tower 245 Peachtree Center Ave., NE Suite 1200 Atlanta, Georgia 30303-1257 NRC Resident Inspector Unit 2 Watts Bar Nuclear Plant 1260 Nuclear Plant Road Spring City, Tennessee 37381 WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 PREOPERATIONAL TEST TITLE: Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control Instruction No: 2-PTI-068-15 Revision No: 0000 PREPARED BY: M-J~~C j/c.I ZL ý DATE: O ~&/PRINT NAME / StGNATURE REVIEWED BY: Be v. 7 A, -c .l(" AW-1/ DATE: 31 ./?PRINT NAME / SIGNATURE INSTRUCTION APPROVAL JTG MEETING No: A "/ 3 " 0 I ,_JTG CHAIRMAN:
A-DATE: APPROVED BY: gDATE: Pa cOPE RA'I'O NALSTA-RTU P MANAGER TEST RESULTS APPROVAL JTG MEETING No: JTG CHAIRMAN:
DATE: APPROVED BY : DATE: PREOPERATIONAL STARTUP MANAGER SMP-8.0, Administration of Preoperational Test instructions, Appendix B 12/07/2010 WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 2 of 198 Revision Log Revision Affected or Change Effective Page Number Date Numbers Description of RevisionlChange 0000 ALL Based on PTI-68-15 and PTI-68-15 supplement no. 1 as performed for Unit 1.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 3 of 198 Table of Contents
1.0 INTRODUCTION
.....................................................................................................
5 1.1 Test Objectives
........................................................................................................
5 1 .2 S c o p e ............................................................................................................................
5
2.0 REFERENCES
........................................................................................................
6 2.1 Performance References
..........................................................................................
6 2.2 Developmental References
......................................................................................
6 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
....................................................................
13 4.0 PREREQUISITE ACTIONS ....................................................................................
16 4.1 Preliminary Actions .................................................................................................
16 4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies ......................
20 4.3 Field Preparations
..................................................................................................
21 4.3.1 Field Preparations for Subsections 6.6 through 6.10 ...............................
21 4.3.2 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.1 (Block Valve for PORV 340A) ........................................................................................................
23 4.3.3 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.2 (Block Valve for PORV 334) ...........................................................................................................
24 4.3.4 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.3 (PORV 340A) ...............................
24 4.3.5 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.4 (PORV 334) ..................................
25 4.3.6 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.5 (COMS) ..........................
...................
26 4.3.7 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.6 (Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test) ........................................................................................
26 4.3.8 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.7 (Pressurizer Pressure Control Test) .............................................................................................
26 4.3.9 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.8 (PORV Leakage and Stroke Test) ............................................................................................
27 4.3.10 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.9 (Pressurizer Level Control Test) .............................................................................................
29 4.3.11 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.10 (Pressurizer Level Functional Test) ........................................................................................
30 4.4 Approvals and Notifications
...................................................................................
30 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA ....................................................................................
31 6.0 PERFORMANCE
....................................................................................................
35 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 6.8 6.9 6.10 7.0 8.0 Table of Contents (continued) 2-FCV-68-333, PZR PORV Block Valve, Logic Checks ..........................................
35 2-FCV-68-332, PZR PORV Block Valve, Logic Checks .........................................
44 2-PCV-68-340A, PZR PORV, Logic Checks ...........................................................
53 2-PCV-68-334, PRZ PORV, Logic Checks .............................................................
61 Cold Overpressure Protection Functional Test ......................................................
69 Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test ....................................................................
70 Pressurizer Pressure Control Test .........................................................................
98 PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity
...............................................................
102 Pressurizer Level Control Test ..................................................................................
118 Pressurizer Level Functional Test .............................................................................
121 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY ..........................................................................
158 RECORDS ................................................................................................................
162 Appendix A: Appendix B: Appendix C: Appendix D: Appendix E: Table 1: Table 2: Table 3: Figure 1: Figure 2: Data Sheet 1: Data Sheet 2: Data Sheet 3: TEST PROCEDURES/INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE R E V IEW ...................................................................................................
163 TEMPORARY CONDITION LOG .............................................................
165 PERMANENT PLANT INSTRUMENTATION LOG ..................................
166 MEASURING AND TEST EQUIPMENT LOG ..........................................
170 SW ITC H LIN EU P .....................................................................................
171 B reaker Lineup ........................................................................................
173 Fuse Lineup .............................................................................................
175 Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control and Protection S etpo ints .................................................................................................
178 Pressurizer Pressure Setpoints
.............................................................
182 Pressurizer Level Setpoints
...................................................................
183 Pressurizer Pressure Steady-State Data ..............................................
184 PORV Dynam ic Testing Data .................................................................
189 Pressurizer Level Functional Test Data ................................................
194 WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 5 of 198
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Test Objectives The purpose of this test is to verify the controls and operation of the Pressurizer (PZR) pressure and level control system at Hot Functional Test (HFT) conditions.
The control logic for the PZR Power Operated Relief Valves (PORV), PZR PORV Block Valves, and Cold Overpressure Mitigation System (COMS) will be tested as a prerequisite to HFT conditions.
The stroke times of the PORV and PORV Block Valves will be verified prior to and at HFT conditions.
Functionality of the PZR Pressure control system to control pressure transients and maintain pressure within operating range will be verified.
The functionality of the PZR Level Control System to automatically control induced level and maintain system inventory within controller operating range will be verified.
Lastly, the operational acceptability of the PZR Relief Tank (PRT) will be demonstrated.
1.2 Scope This test procedure verifies operability of the PZR Pressure and Level Control System by the following scope: A. Demonstration of the controls and interlocks for 2-FCV-68-333, PZR PORV Block Valve B. Demonstration of the controls and interlocks for 2-FCV-68-332, PZR PORV Block Valve C. Demonstration of the controls and interlocks for 2-PCV-68-340A, PZR PORV D. Demonstration of the controls and interlocks for 2-PCV-68-334, PZR PORV E. Demonstration of the controls, interlocks, and setpoints of COMS F. Demonstration of the capability of the PZR Pressure Control System to automatically control induced pressure transients G. Demonstration of the capability of the PZR Pressure Control System to maintain pressure within controller operating range H. Demonstration of the stroke time of the PORVs and PORV Block Valves and the operational acceptability of the PRT 1. Demonstration of the capability of the PZR Level Control System to automatically control induced level transients J. Demonstration of the capability of the PZR Level Control System to maintain system inventory within controller operating range.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 6 of 198
2.0 REFERENCES
2.1 Performance References A. SMP-9.0, Conduct of Test B. 2-PTI-68-01, Hot Functional Test -Heatup & Cooldown (LATER)C. 2-PTI-68-03, Pressurizer Heater and Spray Control D. 2-SI-68-92, 18 Month Channel Calibration of PORV 2-PCV-68-340A Cold Overpressure Mitigation System Actuation Channel (LATER)E. 2-SI-68-93, 18 Month Channel Calibration of PORV 2-PCV-68-334 Cold Overpressure Mitigation System Actuation Channel (LATER)F. 2-TOP-68-02, RCS -HFT (LATER)G. 2-TOP-62-02, CVCS -Startup Testing Operation (LATER)2.2 Developmental References A. Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR), Amendment 109 1. Chapter 5, Section 5.2.2, Overpressurization Protection
- 2. Chapter 5, Section 5.5.10, Pressurizer
- 3. Chapter 5, Section 5.5.11, Pressurizer Relief Tank 4. Chapter 7, Section 7.2.1.1.2(3), Reactor Coolant System Pressurizer Pressure and Water Level Trips 5. Chapter 7, Section 7.7.1.5, Pressurizer Pressure Control 6. Chapter 7, Section 7.7.1.6, Pressurizer Water Level Control 7. Chapter 14, Table 14.2-1, Sheets 18 and 19 of 89, Chemical and Volume Control System Test Summary 8. Chapter 14, Table 14.2-1, Sheet 77, 78, and 79 of 89, Integrated Hot Functional Tests Test Summary 9. Chapter 14, Table 14.2-1, Sheet 88 of 89, Pressurizer Safety and Relief Valves Test Summary 2.2 Developmental References (continued)
B. Drawings 1. Electrical
- a. 2-45W760-68-3, Rev. 3, Wiring Diagram Reactor Coolant System Schematic Diagrams b. 2-45W760-68-4, Rev. 3, Wiring Diagram Reactor Coolant System Schematic Diagrams c. 2-45W600-55-9, Rev. 2, Wiring Diagram Annunciator System Key Diagram Panel 4A d. 2-45W600-55-13, Rev. 2, Wiring Diagram Annunciator System Key Diagram Panel 5A e. 2-45W600-55-40, Rev. 2, Wiring Diagram Annunciator System Key Diagram f. 2-45W600-57-7, Rev. 4, Wiring Diagram Separation
& Misc Aux Relays Schematic Diagrams g. 2-45W600-57-15, Rev. 1, Wiring Diagram Separation
& Misc Aux Relays Schematic Diagrams h. 2-45W600-57-14, Rev. 3, Wiring Diagram Separation
& Misc Aux Relays Schematic Diagrams i. 2-45W600-57-25, Rev. 3, Wiring Diagram Separation
& Misc Aux Relays Schematic Diagrams j. 2-45W760-68-5, Rev. 3, Wiring Diagram Reactor Coolant System Schematic Diagrams k. 2-45W600-68-1, Rev. 5, Wiring Diagram Reactor Coolant System Schematic Diagrams 1. 2-45W600-62-1, Rev. 2, Wiring Diagrams Chemical & Volume Control Sys Schematic Diagrams m. 2-45W600-62-5, Rev. 2, Wiring Diagrams Chemical & Volume Control Sys Schematic Diagrams n. 2-45W600-62-2, Rev. 3, Wiring Diagrams Chemical & Volume Control Sys Schematic Diagrams o. 2-47W610-62-2, Rev. 7, Electrical Control Diagram Chemical and Volume Control Sys 2.2 Developmental References (continued)
- p. 2-47W610-68-5, Rev. 1, Electrical Control Diagram Reactor Coolant System q. 2-47W610-68-6, Rev. 2, Electrical Control Diagram Reactor Coolant System r. 2-47W610-68-4, Rev. 4, Electrical Control Diagram Reactor Coolant System s. 2-47W610-68-5A, Rev. 1, Electrical Control Diagram Reactor Coolant System t. 2-45B2766-6D, Rev. 0, Wiring Diagram 480V Reactor MOV BD 2A1-A Conn Diag -Compt 6D u. 2-45W760-270-2, Rev. 2, Wiring Diagram Miscellaneous System Schematic Diagram v. 2-45B2768-5E, Rev. 0, Wiring Diagram 480V Reactor MOV BD 2B1-B Conn Diag -Compt 5E w. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2402-1, Rev. 0, Electrical
-Loop 1 & 2 Hot and Cold Leg Temperature Validation, Conversion
- x. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2402-3, Rev. 0, Electrical Pressurizer PORV Interlocks
- y. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2403-1, Rev. 0, Electrical
-Loop 3 & 4 Hot and Cold Leg Temperature Validation, Conversion
- z. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2403-3, Rev. 0, Electrical Pressurizer PORV Interlock aa. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2400-1, Rev. 0, Electrical Pressurizer Pressure Signal Validation bb. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2400-3, Rev. 0, Electrical
-Pressurizer Pressure Signal Validation cc. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2401-1, Rev. 2, Electrical Pressurizer Pressure Control dd. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2401-3, Rev. 2, Electrical Pressurizer Pressure Controls ee. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2401-4, Rev. 4, Electrical
-Pressurizer Pressure Master H/A Hand Station Interface Faceplate Layout 2.2 Developmental References (continued) ff. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2401-5, Rev. 0, Electrical Pressurizer Pressure Controls gg. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2401-6, Rev. 0, Electrical Pressurizer Pressure Controls hh. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2401-8, Rev. 0, Electrical
-Pressurizer LP2 Spray Valve H/A Hand Station Interface ii. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2401-10, Rev. 0, Electrical
-Pressurizer LP1 Spray Valve H/A Hand Station Interface jj. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2401
-11, Rev. 0, Electrical
-Pressurizer Pressure LP1 & LP2 Spray Valves Hand Station Interface Faceplate Layout kk. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2401-12, Rev. 0, Electrical
-Pressurizer Pressure LP2 Spray Valve Hand Station Interface I1. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2404-1, Rev. 0, Electrical Pressurizer Level Signal Input/Validation mm. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2404-6, Rev. 0, Electrical Pressurizer Level Control To Charging Flow nn. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2605-1, Rev. 0, Electrical CVCS Charging Flow To Pressurizer oo. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2404-8, Rev. 0, Electrical
-Pressurizer Level Control To Charging Flow H/A Hand Station Interface pp. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2404-9, Rev. 0, Electrical
-Pressurizer Level Control To Charging Flow H/A Hand Station Interface Faceplate Layout qq. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2404-10, Rev. 1, Electrical Pressurizer Level Recorder Selection rr. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2608-1, Rev. 0, Electrical CVCS Letdown HX Temperature Outlet ss. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2608-5, Rev. 0, Electrical
-CVCS Ltdn HX Temp Outlet Hand Station Interface Faceplate Layout tt. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2607-5, Rev. 0, Electrical
-CVCS Letdown Heat Exchanger Hand Sta Interface Faceplate Layout WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 10 of 198 2.2 Developmental References (continued) uu. 2-69247-08F802403-FD-2607-1, Rev. 0, Electrical
-CVCS Letdown Heat Exchanger Pressure vv. 2-45B655-5A, Rev. 0, Main Control Room Annunciator Inputs Window Box XA-55-5A ww. 2-45B655-6C, Rev. 0, Main Control Room Annunciator Inputs Window Box XA-55-6C xx. 2-45B655-4A, Rev. 0, Main Control Room Annunciator Inputs Window Box XA-55-4A yy. 2-45B655-4D, Rev. 0, Main Control Room Annunciator Inputs Window Box XA-55-4D zz. 2-45B655-6F, Rev. 0, Main Control Room Annunciator Inputs Window Box XA-55-6F aaa. 2-45B655-E5A, Rev. 0, Electrical Annunciator Window Box XA-55-5A Engraving bbb. 2-45B655-E6C, Rev. 0, Electrical Annunciator Window Box XA-55-6C Engraving ccc. 2-45B655-E4A, Rev. 0, Electrical Annunciator Window Box XA-55-4A Engraving ddd. 2-45B655-E4D, Rev. 0, Electrical Annunciator Window Box XA-55-4D Engraving eee. 2-45B655-E6F, Rev. 0, Electrical Annunciator Window Box XA-55-6F Engraving fff. 2-45W751-8, Rev. 3, Wiring Diagrams 480V Reac MOV BDS 2B1-B Single Line Sh-2 ggg. 2-45W751-3, Rev. 3, Wiring Diagrams 480V Reac MOV BD 2A1-A Single Line Sh-3 hhh. 1-45W703-3, Rev. 46, Wiring Diagrams 125V Vital Battery Board III Single Line -Sheet 3 iii. 1-45W703-4, Rev. 39, Wiring Diagrams 125V Vital Battery Board IV Single Line -Sheet 4 jjj. 2-45W706-3, Rev. 0, Wiring Diagrams 120V AC Vital Inst Pwr Bds 1-111 & 2-111 Connection Diagram -Sh 3 WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 11 of 198 2.2 Developmental References (continued) kkk. 2-45W706-4, Rev. 0, Wiring Diagram 120V Vital Inst Pwr Bds 1-IV &2-IV Connection Diagrams I1l. 2-45N2638-3, Rev. 4, Wiring Diagrams Aux Control Board Panel 2-L-1 1A Connection Diagram Sh-3 mmm. 2-45N2639-3, Rev. E, Wiring Diagrams Aux Control Board Panel 2-L-1 1 B Connection Diagram Sh-3 2. Logic/Control
- a. 2-47W611-68-1, Rev. 2, Electrical Logic Diagram Reactor Coolant System b. 2-47W611-68-2, Rev. 2, Electrical Logic Diagram Reactor Coolant System c. 2-47W611-68-3, Rev. 3, Electrical Logic Diagram Reactor Coolant System d. 2-54114-1-5655D87-1 1, Rev. 0 (ANT), DRA 52328-750, SSPS Functional Diagrams Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control e. 2-54114-1-5655D87-12, Rev. 0 (ANT), DRA 52338-751, SSPS Functional Diagrams Pressurizer Heater Control 3. Vendor Drawings a. none 4. Vendor Manuals a. VD-W351-0763, Pressurizer Instructions Tech Manual C. Documents 1. WBN2-62-4001, Rev. 1, Chemical and Volume Control System 2. WBN2-68-4001, Rev. 2, Reactor Coolant System 3. 2-TSD-68-15, Rev. 1, Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 4. 2-P-68-340, Rev. 0, NE Setpoint and Scaling Document Pressurizer Pressure 5. 2-P-68-334, Rev. 0, NE Setpoint and Scaling Document Pressurizer Pressure WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 12 of 198 2.2 Developmental References (continued)
- 6. 2-P-68-323, Rev. 0, NE Setpoint and Scaling Document Pressurizer Pressure 7. 2-P-68-322, Rev. 0, NE Setpoint and Scaling Document Pressurizer Pressure 8. 2-L-68-339, Rev. 0, NE Setpoint and Scaling Document Pressurizer Level 9. 2-L-68-335, Rev. 0, NE Setpoint and Scaling Document Pressurizer Level 10. 2-L-68-320, Rev. 0, NE Setpoint and Scaling Document Pressurizer Level 11. 2-LPP-68-340A, Rev. 0, Scaling and Setpoint Document Pressurizer Pressure Control (LATER)12. 2-LPL-68-339A, Rev. 0, Scaling and Setpoint Document Pressurizer Level Control (LATER)13. 2-LPP-68-336C, Rev. 0, Scaling and Setpoint Document Pressurizer Pressure (Narrow Range) (LATER)14. 2-LPP-68-337C, Rev. 0, Scaling and Setpoint Document Pressurizer Pressure (Narrow Range) (LATER)15. 2-LPL-68-325C, Rev. 0, Scaling and Setpoint Document Pressurizer Narrow Range Level (LATER)16. 2-LPL-68-326C, Rev. 0, Scaling and Setpoint Document Pressurizer Narrow Range Level (LATER)
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 13 of 198 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS A. Standard precautions shall be followed for working around energized electrical equipment in accordance with TVA Safety Manual Procedure 1021. In addition, follow TI-300 when working around electrical equipment.
B. Steps may be repeated if all components cannot be tested in a step. However, if the test has been exited, prerequisite steps must be re-verified and a Chronological Test Log (CTL) entry made.C. Discrepancies between component ID tags and the description in a procedure/instruction do not require a Test Deficiency Notice (TDN) in accordance with SMP-14.0, if the UNIDs match, exclusive of place-keeping zeros and train designators (e.g. 2-HS-31-468 vs. 2-HS-031-0468) and the noun description is sufficient to identify the component.
If the component label needs to be changed, a Tag Request Form (TR Card) should be processed in accordance with TI-12.14.
Make an entry in the CTL and continue testing.D. All wires removed/lifted from a terminal shall be identified and taped or covered with an insulator to prevent personnel or equipment hazard and possible spurious initiations.
The wires should be grouped together and labeled with the work implementing document number that required them to be lifted if left unattended.
E. All open problems are to be tracked by a corrective action document and entered on the appropriate system punchlist.
F. Problems identified during the test shall be annotated on the CTL from SMP-9.0 including a description of the problem, the procedure step when/where the problem was identified, corrective action steps taken to resolve the problem, and the number of the corrective action document, if one was required.G. Observe all Radiation Protection (RP) requirements when working in or near radiological areas.H. Ensure there are no adverse effects to the operation of Unit 1 structures, systems, or components.
- 1. The Pressurizer precautions and limitations in the Technical Specifications and the Pressurizer Technical Manual must be observed.J. Prior to each plant heatup, verification that the pressurizer safety valves are not gagged should be made.K. Continuous flow should be maintained in the pressurizer spray lines to protect the lines from thermal shock and help maintain uniform water chemistry in the pressurizer.
Low temperature alarms are provided to indicate insufficient bypass flow.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 14 of 198 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (continued)
L. Spray flow normally should not be initiated if the temperature difference between the pressurizer and the spray fluid is greater than about 1 00°F although higher AT's are acceptable for a few number of cycles in the life of the plant. Auxiliary spray flow from the charging pump should be initiated slowly.M. Prior to each plant heatup, verification that the PRT rupture disk is in place should be made.N. If the PRT water temperature alarm is activated, the contents of the tank should be cooled by spraying with reactor makeup water. The alarm could indicate leakage or lifting of a relief valve and the cause should be determined.
- 0. The level in the PRT should be maintained in the normal operating range between the high and low alarm setpoints.
P. When maintenance inside the PRT is required, it shall first be purged with air.The gas in the tank shall then be sampled to ensure personnel safety.Q. A nitrogen gas blanket should be maintained in the PRT to exclude air and prevent the formation of an explosive hydrogen-oxygen mixture.R. The gases in the PRT tank must be sampled routinely.
The oxygen concentration must be maintained less than 5% by volume and the hydrogen concentration less than 4%.S. The plant conditions required for each Subsection are as follows: 1. Subsections 6.1 through 6.5 -Tested prior to pressurizing the Reactor Coolant System (RCS) as a prerequisite to 2-PTI-68-01 (Hot Functional Test (HFT)).2. Subsection 6.6 through 6.10 -HFT conditions equivalent to no-load temperature, pressure, and inventory conditions.
T. Avoid placing backup heater banks A-A and B-B on when the pressurizer level is less than 17% of level span. This is to avoid damaging the heaters when they are uncovered.
The pressurizer heaters are uncovered at approximately 14% of level span. The pressurizer backup heaters can be manually turned ON at any pressurizer level; however, once the backup heater handswitches are released to the center A-P AUTO position, the backup heaters will trip OFF on low pressurizer level.U. Do not exceed a pressurizer pressure of 2400 psig to avoid challenging the Pressurizer Code Safety Valve setpoint of 2485 psig.V. Do not exceed the Pressurizer heatup rate of 100 OF per hour or the Pressurizer cooldown rate of 200 OF per hour.
3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (continued)
W. Be prepared to stop the Reactor Coolant Pumps (RCP) if the Reactor Coolant Pressure falls below 1300 psig (saturation pressure at 557 OF plus 200 psi of subcooled margin) to ensure adequate RCP Net Positive Suction Head.X. Ensure all unnecessary personnel are evacuated from the lower containment for the performance of Subsections 6.6 through 6.10.Y. The operator may operate the pressurizer pressure control system in MANUAL as deemed necessary by the Shift Manager or Test Director.Z. The operator may operate the pressurizer level control system in MANUAL as deemed necessary by the Shift Manager or Test Director.AA. The initial test temperature should be as close as possible to the no-load value of 557 OF for Subsections 6.6 -6.10. Once temperature is established for a test activity, it should not vary more than +/-5 OF.BB. System water chemistry is within system specifiable parameters especially for fluids supplied from external sources.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 16 of 198 Date 4.0 PREREQUISITE ACTIONS 4.1 Preliminary Actions[1] EVALUATE open items in Watts Bar Integrated Task Equipment List (WITEL), AND ENSURE they will NOT adversely affect the test performance and results.[2] ENSURE changes to the references listed on Appendix A, have been reviewed, and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance.
[3] VERIFY current revisions and change paper for referenced drawings has been reviewed and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance, AND ATTACH documentation of current drawing revision numbers and change paper that were reviewed to the data package.[4] VERIFY the test/performance copy of this Preoperational Test Instruction (PTI) is the current revision including any change notices and as needed, each test person assisting in this test has the current revision including any change notices.[5] ENSURE outstanding Design Change Notices (DCN's), Engineering Document Construction Releases (EDCR's) or Temporary Modifications (T-Mods) do NOT adversely impact testing, AND ATTACH documentation of DCN's, EDCR's and T-Mods's that were reviewed to the data package.[6] ENSURE required Component Testing has been completed prior to start of test.[7] CONDUCT a pretest briefing with Test and Operations personnel in accordance with SMP-9.0.[8] ENSURE communications are available for Main Control Room, Auxiliary Control Room, Auxiliary Instrumentation Room, 480 Reactor MOV Boards Room, and at the Pressurizer Vessel in Containment.
4.1 Date Preliminary Actions (continued)
[9] VERIFY plant instruments, listed on Appendix C, Permanent Plant Instrumentation Log, are placed in service and are within their calibration interval.Subsection 6.6 Subsection 6.7 Subsection 6.8 Subsection 6.9 Subsection 6.10[10] ENSURE System 55, Annunciator and Sequential Events Recording System applicable TBK switches are ON, the applicable Master Switches are ON, and window software input (s) are ENABLED for the following Annunciator windows.A. 2-XA-55-6F/149C (Subsection 6.1)B. 2-XA-55-6F/150C (Subsection 6.2)C. 2-XA-55-5A/90D (Subsection 6.3)D. 2-XA-55-6F/148B (Subsection 6.3)E. 2-XA-55-LI0/301A (Subsection 6.3)F. 2-XA-55-5A/91 D (Subsection 6.4)G. 2-XA-55-6F/148C (Subsection 6.4)H. 2-XA-55-5A/90A (Subsection 6.6)I. 2-XA-55-6C/124B (Subsection 6.6)J. 2-XA-55-6C/124C (Subsection 6.6)K. 2-XA-55-6C/124D (Subsection 6.6)L. 2-XA-55-5A/90B (Subsection 6.6)M. 2-XA-55-L1 0/301 B (Subsection 6.6)N. 2-XA-55-4A/69A (Subsection 6.6)
Date 4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued)
- 0. 2-XA-55-4A/70D (Subsection 6.6)P. 2-XA-55-4A/69B (Subsection 6.6)Q. 2-XA-55-5A/89A (Subsection 6.8)R. 2-XA-55-5A/88D (Subsection 6.8)S. 2-XA-55-5A/88C (Subsection 6.8)T. 2-XA-55-5A/88B (Subsection 6.8)U. 2-XA-55-5A/91A (Subsection 6.8)V. 2-XA-55-5A/92B (Subsection 6.10)W. 2-XA-55-5A/92A (Subsection 6.10)X. 2-XA-55-6C/124A (Subsection 6.10)Y. 2-XA-55-5A/92C (Subsection 6.10)
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 19 of 198 Date 4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued)
[11] ENSURE the following Integrated Computer System (ICS)points are in scan: A. FD2038, PZR RELIEF ISO POS B. FD2039, PZR RELIEF ISO POS C. PD2000, PZR RELIEF VALVE POS D. PD2001, PZR RELIEF VALVE POS E. P0480A, PZR 1 PRESSURE F. P0481A, PZR 2 PRESSURE G. P0482A, PZR 3 PRESSURE H. P0483A, PZR 4 PRESSURE I. L0480A, PZR 1 LEVEL J. L0481A, PZR 2 LEVEL K. L0482A, PZR 3 LEVEL L. 2PC0680340E
[12] ENSURE components contained within the boundaries of this test are under the jurisdictional control of Preoperational Startup Engineering (PSE) and/or Plant Operations.
[13] ENSURE a review of outstanding Clearances has been coordinated with Operations for impact to the test performance, AND RECORD in Appendix B, Temporary Condition Log if required.[14] OBTAIN copies of the applicable forms from the latest revision of SMP-9.0, AND ATTACH to this PTI for use during the performance of this PTI.[15] PERFORM a pretest walkdown on equipment to be tested to ensure no conditions exist that will impact test performance.
Date 4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued)
[16) REVIEW preventive maintenance for system/components covered by this test, AND VERIFY NO conditions exist that will impact test performance.
[17] ENSURE a Foxboro I/A system engineer or qualified individual is available for all performance sections.[18] ENSURE Surveillance Instruction 2-SI-68-92 has been submitted to JTG for concurrence that it adequately satisfies the requirements of this procedure.
[19] ENSURE surveillance Instruction 2-SI-68-93 has been submitted to JTG for concurrence that it adequately satisfies the requirements of this procedure.
4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies[1] ENSURE Jumpers (Sections 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, and 6.4) are available.
[2] ENSURE the following Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) or equivalent is available and within their calibration due dates, if applicable, AND RECORD the M&TE data on Appendix D, Measuring and Test equipment (M&TE) Log." Two Digital Stopwatches, accuracy +/- 0.1 sec (Recommend Micronta) (Subsections 6.1, 6.2, and 6.8)* Two Recorders (3 channel), accuracy +/- 0.1 sec (Subsection 6.8)
Date 4.3 4.3.1 Field Preparations Field Preparations for Subsections 6.6 through 6.10[1] ENSURE the plant is at the 557 OF plateau in accordance with 2-PTI-68-01, Hot Functional Test (HFT).Section 6.6 Section 6.7 Section 6.8 Section 6.9 Section 6.10[2] ENSURE 2-TANK-68-PRT, Pressurizer Relief Tank, is in the normal operating conditions per TOP-68-02, RCS -HFT.Section 6.6 Section 6.7 Section 6.8 Section 6.9 Section 6.10[3] ENSURE all four RCPs are operating.
Section 6.6 Section 6.7 Section 6.8 Section 6.9 Section 6.10 4.3.1 Date Field Preparations for Subsections 6.6 through 6.10 (continued)
[4] ENSURE the pressurizer heater controls have been tested per 2-PTI-68-03, Pressurizer Heater and Spray Control.Section 6.6 Section 6.7 Section 6.8 Section 6.9 Section 6.10[5] ENSURE the following systems are available to support this test: A. System 68 -PRT, PORV Discharge Line, Pressurizer Heaters and Sprays, and RCPs Section 6.6 Section 6.7 Section 6.8 Section 6.9 Section 6.10 B. Foxboro I/A -Pressurizer Level and Pressure Controls, Auxiliary Pressurizer Level and Pressure Controls Section 6.6 Section 6.7 Section 6.8 Section 6.9 Section 6.10 WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 23 of 198 Date 4.3.1 Field Preparations for Subsections 6.6 through 6.10 (continued)
C. System 99 -Eagle 21 for Reactor Trip and Process Signals Section 6.6 Section 6.7 Section 6.8 Section 6.9 Section 6.10 D. System 62 -Chemical and Volume Control System (CVCS) -Normal Letdown, Normal Charging, and Excessive Letdown Section 6.6 Section 6.7 Section 6.8 Section 6.9 Section 6.10[6] ENSURE breaker lineup in Table 1.Section 6.6 Section 6.7 Section 6.8 Section 6.9 Section 6.10 4.3.2 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.1 (Block Valve for PORV 340A)[1] ENSURE breaker 2-BKR-68-333, PRESSURIZER RELIEF (2-FCV-68-333), at 2-MCC-213-Al, 480V Reactor Motor Operated Valve (MOV) Board 2A1-A, compartment 6D, is OPEN.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 24 of 198 Date 4.3.2 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.1 (Block Valve for PORV 340A) (continued)
[2] ENSURE Fuse Lineup listed in Table 2, for Subsection 6.1 fuses, is performed.
[3] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-333C, on 480V Reactor MOV Board 2A1-A, compartment 6D, is in the NORMAL position.[4] ENSURE handswitch 2-XS-68-333, on 480V Reactor MOV Board 2A1-A, compartment 6D, is in the NORMAL position.[5] CLOSE breaker 2-BKR-68-333, PRESSURIZER RELIEF (2-FCV-68-333), at 2-MCC-213-Al, 480V Reactor MOV Board 2A1-A, compartment 6D.4.3.3 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.2 (Block Valve for PORV 334)[1] ENSURE breaker 2-BKR-68-332, PRESSURIZER RELIEF (2-FCV-68-332), at 2-MCC-213-Bl, 480V Reactor MOV Board 2B1-B, compartment 5E, is OPEN.[2] ENSURE Fuse Lineup listed in Table 2, for Subsection 6.2 fuses, is performed.
[3] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-332C, on 480V Reactor MOV Board 2B1-B, compartment 5E, is in the NORMAL position.[4] ENSURE handswitch 2-XS-68-332-B, on 480V Reactor MOV Board 2B1-B, compartment 5E, is in the NORMAL position.[5] CLOSE breaker 2-BKR-68-332, PRESSURIZER RELIEF (2-FCV-68-332), at 2-MCC-213-B1, 480V Reactor MOV Board 2B1-B, compartment 5E.4.3.4 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.3 (PORV 340A)[1] ENSURE the following breakers located on O-BD-236-3/4, 125V VITAL BATTERY BOARD Ill, Panel 4, are OPEN: A. 2-BKR-236-3/310 B. 2-BKR-236-3/311
[2] ENSURE fuse lineup listed in Table 2, for Subsection 6.3 fuses, is performed.
Date 4.3.4 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.3 (PORV 340A) (continued)
[3] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, on 2-M-5, is in the CLOSE position.[4] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AD, COPS BLOCK/ARM FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, is in the BLOCK position.[5] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AC, PZR PORV, at 2-L-10, is in the CLOSED position.[6] ENSURE handswitch 2-XS-68-340C, PZR PORV 2-PCV-68-340A, at 2-L-1 1A, is in the NOR position.[7] CLOSE the following breakers located on O-BD-236-3/4, 125V VITAL BATTERY BOARD Ill, Panel 4: A. 2-BKR-236-3/310 B. 2-BKR-236-3/311 4.3.5 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.4 (PORV 334)[1] ENSURE the following breakers located on 0-BD-236-4/4, 125V VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV, Panel 4, are OPEN: A. 2-BKR-236-4/310 B. 2-BKR-236-4/311
[2] ENSURE fuse lineup listed in Table 2, for Subsection 6.4 fuses, is performed.
[3] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, on 2-M-5, is in the CLOSE position.[4] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-334D, COPS BLOCK/ARM FOR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, is in the BLOCK position.[5] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-334C, PZR PORV, at 2-L-10, is in the CLOSED position.[6] ENSURE handswitch 2-XS-68-334C, PZR PORV 2-PCV-68-334, at 2-L-1 1 B, is in the NORMAL position.
Date 4.3.5 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.4 (PORV 334) (continued)
[7] CLOSE the following breakers located on 0-BD-236-4/4, 125V VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV, Panel 4: A. 2-BKR-236-4/310 B. 2-BKR-236-4/311 4.3.6 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.5 (COMS)None 4.3.7 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.6 (Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test)[1] VERIFY that Relief Valves 2-RFV-68-563, -564, and -565, PRESSURIZER SAFETY VALVE, are not gagged.4.3.8 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.7 (Pressurizer Pressure Control Test)[1] ENSURE switch lineup in Appendix E.[2] PREPARE the following computer points at an ICS workstation for the recording of transient data: P0480A, 2-PT-68-340 P0481 A, 2-PT-68-334 P0482A, 2-PT-68-323 P0483A, 2-PT-68-322 WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 27 of 198 Date 4.3.8 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.7 (Pressurizer Pressure Control Test) (continued)
[3] ENSURE the following components of System 62, CVCS, are available during this test section: A. Auto Reactor Makeup -To automatically add CVCS inventory if Volume Control Tank (VCT) level drops below 13%.B. Auto Divert to Hold Up Tank -To automatically discharge CVCS inventory if VCT level rises to 63%.C. Auto Transfer to Refueling Water Storage Tank (RWST) -To automatically add CVCS inventory if VCT level drops below 7%.4.3.9 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.8 (PORV Leakage and Stroke Test)[1] ENSURE all personnel are evacuated from both the lower containment and the pressurizer compartment.
[2] NOTIFY Test Director of 2-PTI-999-01, Piping Vibration Test, of this performance test section.[3] NOTIFY Test Director of 2-TI-85.012, Dynamic Test of Motor Operated Valves Providing PORV and RCP Seal Return Isolation, of this performance test section.[4] ENSURE the following sub-systems of System 62, CVCS, are available during this test section: A. Auto Reactor Makeup -To automatically add CVCS inventory if VCT level drops below 13%.B. Auto Divert to Hold Up Tank -To automatically discharge CVCS inventory if VCT level rises to 63%.C. Auto Transfer to RWST -To automatically add CVCS inventory if VCT level drops below 7%.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 28 of 198 Date 4.3.9 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.8 (PORV Leakage and Stroke Test) (continued)
[5] INSTALL Test Recorder #1 (at least 3 channel) to RECORD 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, stroke time, as follows:[5.1] CONNECT Channel 1 to Terminal Board 2-2F, Point 1-RBCP1 (+) and Terminal Board 2-2E, Point 10-RBC6 (-) in 2-L-1 1A. (PORV Actuation Signal).CV[5.2] CONNECT Channel 2 to Terminal Board 2-2F, Points 3-RBC2 (+) and 11-RBCN1 (-) in 2-L-11A. (PORV FULL CLOSED)CV[5.3] CONNECT Channel 3 to Terminal Board 2-2F, Points 5-RBC12 (+) and 11-RBCN1 (-) in 2-L-1 1A. (PORV FULL OPEN)CV WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 29 of 198 Date 4.3.9 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.8 (PORV Leakage and Stroke Test) (continued)
[6] INSTALL Test Recorder #2 (at least 3 channel) to RECORD 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, stroke time, as follows:[6.1] CONNECT Channel 1 to Terminal Board 1-2D, Point 1-RBDP1 (+) and Terminal Board 1-2C, Point 1O-RBD6 (-)in 2-L-1 1B. (PORV Actuation Signal).CV[6.2] CONNECT Channel 2 to Terminal Board 1-2D, Points 3-RBD2 (+) and 11-RBDN1 (-) in 2-L-11B. (PORV FULL CLOSED)CV[6.3] CONNECT Channel 3 to Terminal Board 1-2D, Points 5-RBD12 (+) and 11-RBDN1 (-) in 2-L-11B. (PORV FULL OPEN)CV[7] ENSURE 2-XX-68-363, PZR VALVES ACOUSTIC MONITOR, at 0-M-25, is AVAILABLE, AND POWERED by the following indicators:
A. All four power voltage lights LIT B. ALARM light NOT LIT.4.3.10 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.9 (Pressurizer Level Control Test)[1] PREPARE the following computer points at an ICS workstation for the recording of pressurizer level transient data: L0480A, 2-LT-68-339 L0481 A, 2-LT-68-335 L0482A, 2-LT-68-320 Date 4.3.10 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.9 (Pressurizer Level Control Test) (continued)
[2] ENSURE the following sub-systems of System 62, CVCS, are available during this test section: A. Auto Reactor Makeup -To automatically add CVCS inventory if VCT level drops below 13%.B. Auto Divert to Hold Up Tank -To automatically discharge CVCS inventory if VCT level rises to 63%.C. Auto Transfer to RWST -To automatically add CVCS inventory if VCT level drops below 7%.4.3.11 Field Preparations for Subsection 6.10 (Pressurizer Level Functional Test)[1] ENSURE the following sub-systems of System 62, CVCS, are available during this test section: A. Auto Reactor Makeup -To automatically add CVCS inventory if VCT level drops below 13%.B. Auto Divert to Hold Up Tank -To automatically discharge CVCS inventory if VCT level rises to 63%.C. Auto Transfer to RWST -To automatically add CVCS inventory if VCT level drops below 7%.4.4 Approvals and Notifications
[1] OBTAIN permission of the Preoperational Startup Manager to start the test.Preoperational Startup Manager Date Signature[2] OBTAIN the Unit 2 Supervisor's (US/SRO) or Shift Manager's (SM) authorization.
U2 US/SRO/SM Signature Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA[1] 2-FCV-68-332, PZR PORV Block Valve A. Can be opened and closed by 2-HS-68-332A, located in the MCR and by 2-HS-68-332C located on 2-MCC-213-B1, 480V Reactor MOV Board 2B1-B. (Steps 6.2[5]A, 6.2[10]A, 6.2[17]A, 6.2[22]B)B. Valve will stroke open/closed within 20 seconds. (Steps 6.8[62] and 6.8[82])C. Valve will operate with the thermal overload protective device bypass in effect. (Step 6.2[38])D. Valve will be inoperable with the thermal overload protective device reset. (Step 6.2[35])E. All applicable indicating lights, annunciators, and status monitoring inputs are functioning correctly. (Step 6.2[45])[2] 2-FCV-68-333, PZR PORV Block Valve A. Can be opened and closed by 2-HS-68-333A, located in the MCR and by 2-HS-68-333C located on 2-MCC-213-Al, 480V Reactor MOV Board 2A1 -A. (Steps 6.1[5]A, 6.1[10]A, 6.1[17]A, and 6.1[22]B)B. Valve will stroke open/closed within 20 seconds. (Steps 6.8[24] and 6.8[44])C. Valve will operate with the thermal overload protective device bypass in effect. (Step 6.1[38]D. Valve will be inoperable with the thermal overload protective device reset. (Step 6.1 [35])E. All applicable indicating lights, annunciators, and status monitoring inputs are functioning correctly. (Step 6.1[45])
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 32 of 198 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)
[3] 2-PCV-68-334, PZR PORV Train B A. Can be opened and closed by 2-HS-68-334A in the MCR and 2-HS-68-334C located in the Auxiliary Control Room. (Steps 6.4[2]A, 6.4[3]A, 6.4[33]A, and 6.4[34]A)B. Opens when 2-HS-68-334D is in the ARM position and there is output from 2-PS-68-68G/H. (Step 6.4[22]B)C. Will not open if 2-HS-68-334D is in the BLOCK position and there is an output from 2-PS-68-68G/H. (Step 6.4[21])D. Opens within 2 seconds. (Step 6.8[61])E. Closes within 5.0 seconds. (Step 6.8[83])F. No detectable leakage at operating conditions. (Steps 6.8[88]A and 6.8[88]C)G. All applicable indicating lights, annunciators, and status monitoring inputs are functioning correctly. (Step 6.4[41])[4] 2-PCV-68-340A, PZR PORV Train A A. Can be opened and closed by 2-HS-68-340AA in the MCR and 2-HS-68-340AC located in the Auxiliary Control Room. (Steps 6.3[2]A, 6.3[3]A, 6.3[33]A, and 6.3[34]A)B. Opens when 2-HS-68-340AD is in the ARM position and there is output from 2-PS-68-66G/H. (Step 6.3[22]B)C. Will not open if 2-HS-340AD is in the BLOCK position and there is an output from 2-PS-68-66G/H. (Step 6.3[21])D. Opens within 2 seconds. (Step 6.8[23])E. Closes within 5.0 seconds. (Step 6.8[45])F. No detectable leakage at operating conditions. (Steps 6.8[50]A and 6.8[50]C)G. All applicable indicating lights, annunciators, and status monitoring inputs are functioning correctly. (Step 6.3[45])[5] The COMS is armed/blocked with 2-HS-68-340AD and 2-HS-68-334D, located in the MCR. (Steps 6.3[21], 6.3[22]B, 6.4[21], and 6.4[22]B)
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 33 of 198 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)
[6] Verify the COMS temperature vs. pressure setpoints (Steps 6.5[2] and 6.5[3])Temperature 2-PCV-68-334 2-PCV-68-340A (IF) Setpoint (psig) Setpoint (psig)60 435 395 120 435 395 130 500 460 170 500 460 195 735 670 250 735 670 300 735 670 350 735 670 450 2335 2335[7] Pressurizer pressure control, indication and protection function as designed: A. Pressurizer heaters, sprays, and PORVs function properly. (Steps 6.6[30.1]A, 6.6[30.2]A, 6.6[30.2]B, 6.6[40]A, 6.6[40]B, and 6.6[58]A)B. Pressurizer pressure Indications 2-PI-68-340, 2-PI-68-334, 2-PI-68-323, and 2-PI-68-322 to agree within 15 psig of each other. (Steps 6.6[22], 6.6[43], 6.6[69], and 6.6[80])C. Protection logic and Alarms function properly. (Steps 6.6[39]A, 6.6[41]E, 6.6[61]E, 6.6[61]J, and 6.6[67]D)[8] The pressurizer pressure control system automatically controls pressurizer pressure following an induced pressure transient as demonstrated by: A. The pressurizer pressure control system automatically controls pressurizer pressure with decreasing oscillations to 2292 psig +/- 10 psig.(Step 6.7[20])B. The pressurizer pressure control system automatically controls pressurizer pressure with decreasing oscillations to 2236 psig +/- 10 psig.(Step 6.7[26])[9] The PRT quenches a steam discharge from the PORVs and maintains temperature less than or equal to 200 'F and pressure less than or equal to 50 psig. (Steps 6.8[41], 6.8[42], 6.8[79], and 6.8[80])
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 34 of 198 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)
[10] The pressurizer level control system automatically controls pressurizer level following an induced pressure transient as demonstrated by: A. The pressurizer level control system automatically controls pressurizer level with decreasing oscillations to 30% +/- 1% of level span.(Step 6.9[15])B. The pressurizer level control system automatically controls pressurizer level with decreasing oscillations to 25% +/- 1% of level span.(Step 6.9[21])[11] Pressurizer level control, indication, and protection functions operate as designed: A. Normal letdown is isolated and heaters are de-energized on low pressurizer level setpoint. (Steps 6.10[50.1]F, 6.10[50.1]G, 6.10[50.1]H, 6.10150.111, 6.10150.1]K, 6.10[74]F, 6.10[74]G, 6.10[74]H, 6.10[7411, and 6.10[74]J)
B. Pressurizer level indications 2-LI-68-339, 2-LI-68-335, and 2-LI-68-320 to agree within 4% of each other. (Steps 6.10[13], 6.10[18], 6.10125], 6.10198], and 6.10[109])
C. Protection logic and Alarms function properly. (Steps 6.10116]A, 6.10[21]A, 6.10[23]D, and 6.10[42]A)
Date 6.0 PERFORMANCE NOTES 1) Sections 6.1 through 6.5 shall be performed first and can be performed in any order.2) Sections 6.6 through 6.10 shall be performed in order.3) The Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control and Protection Setpoints are listed in Figure 1, Figure 2, and Table 3.6.1 2-FCV-68-333, PZR PORV Block Valve, Logic Checks NOTES 1) 2-FCV-68-333, PZR PORV Block Valve, is located at the top of the pressurizer vessel inside the pressurizer dog house.2) 2-MCC-213-A1, 480V Reactor MOV Board, 2A1-A will be called out as 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.1 have been completed.
[2] ENSURE 2-FCV-68-333 is CLOSED by the following indications:
A. Indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5 B. 2-FCV-68-333 CLOSED locally.NOTE The following two steps require visual confirmation of indicating lights on the main control panel during valve stroking.
The stroke time for 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is less than or equal 20 seconds.[3] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, to OPEN, AND RELEASE 2-HS-68-333A to the center position.[4] VERIFY the Green and Red Lights, at 2-HS-68-333A, on 2-M-5, are LIT while 2-FCV-68-333 is stroking.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 36 of 198 Date 6.1 2-FCV-68-333, PZR PORV Block Valve, Logic Checks (continued)
[5] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is OPEN by: A. 2-FCV-68-333 is OPEN locally (Acc Crit 5.0[2]A)B. Red light at 2-HS-68-333A, 2-M-5, is LIT.C. Green light at 2-HS-68-333A, 2-M-5, is NOT LIT.D. Red VALVE OPEN light at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, is LIT.E. Green VALVE CLOSED light at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, is NOT LIT.F. Integrated Computer System (ICS) point FD2038, PZR RELIEF ISO POS, is OPEN.[6] PLACE 2-HS-68-333C at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1 -A, compartment 6D, to CLOSE, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, remains OPEN by indicating lights at 2-M-5.[7] PLACE 2-HS-68-333C at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1 -A, compartment 6D, to NORMAL.NOTE The following step requires visual confirmation of indicating lights on the main control panel during valve stroking.
The stroke time for 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is less than or equal to 20 seconds.[8] PLACE 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, to CLOSE, AND RELEASE 2-HS-68-333A to the center position.[9] VERIFY the Green and Red Light, at 2-HS-68-333A, on 2-M-5, are LIT while 2-FCV-68-333 is stroking.
Date 6.1 2-FCV-68-333, PZR PORV Block Valve, Logic Checks (continued)
[10] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is CLOSED by: A. 2-FCV-68-333 is CLOSED locally. (Acc Crit 5.0[2]A)B. Red light at 2-HS-68-333A, 2-M-5, is NOT LIT.C. Green light at 2-HS-68-333A, 2-M-5, is LIT.D. Red VALVE OPEN light at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1 -A, compartment 6D, is NOT LIT.E. Green VALVE CLOSED light at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, is LIT.F. ICS point FD2038, PZR RELIEF ISO POS, is NOT OPE.[11] PLACE 2-HS-68-333C at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, to OPEN, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, remains CLOSED by indicating lights at 2-M-5.[12] PLACE 2-HS-68-333C at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1 -A, compartment 6D, to NORMAL.[13] PLACE handswitch 2-XS-68-333 at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, to AUX, AND VERIFY the following:
A. Green VALVE CLOSED light at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, is LIT.B. Red VALVE OPEN light at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, is NOT LIT.C. Green light at 2-HS-68-333A, on 2-M-5, is NOT LIT.D. Red light at 2-HS-68-333A, on 2-M-5, is NOT LIT.E. 2-XA-55-6F/149C, 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A/2A2-A, at 2-M-6, ALARMS.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 38 of 198 Date 6.1 2-FCV-68-333, PZR PORV Block Valve, Logic Checks (continued)
[14] PLACE 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, to OPEN, AND RELEASE to the center position.[15] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333 does NOT OPEN by indicating lights on 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D.NOTE The following step requires visual confirmation of indicating lights on the main control panel during valve stroking.
The stroke time for 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is less than or equal to 20 seconds.[16] PLACE 2-HS-68-333C at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, to OPEN, AND VERIFY the Green and Red Lights at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, are LIT while 2-FCV-68-333 is stroking.[17] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is OPEN by: A. Red VALVE OPEN light at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, is LIT. (Acc Crit 5.0[2]A)B. Green VALVE CLOSED light at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, is NOT LIT.[18] PLACE 2-HS-68-333C at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, to NORMAL.[19] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, to CLOSE, AND RELEASE to the center position.[20] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333 does NOT CLOSE by indicating lights at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D.
Date 6.1 2-FCV-68-333, PZR PORV Block Valve, Logic Checks (continued)
NOTE The following step requires visual confirmation of indicating lights on the main control panel during valve stroking.
The stroke time for 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is less than or equal to 20 seconds.[21] PLACE 2-HS-68-333C, at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, to CLOSE, AND VERIFY the Green and Red Lights at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, are LIT while 2-FCV-68-333 is stroking.[22] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is CLOSED by: A. Red VALVE OPEN light at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, is NOT LIT.B. Green VALVE CLOSED light at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, is LIT. (Acc Crit 5.0[2]A)[23] PLACE 2-HS-68-333C, at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, to NORMAL.[24] PLACE 2-XS-68-333, at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D, to NORMAL, AND VERIFY the 2-XA-55-6F/149C, 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A/2A2-A, at 2-M-6, CLEARS.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev.0000 Page 40 of 198 Date 6.1 2-FCV-68-333, PZR PORV Block Valve, Logic Checks (continued)
NOTES 1) The following steps require valve stroke timing locally at the valve and remotely at the Control switch in both the Open and Close directions.
2-FCV-68-333 stroke time is 20 seconds or less.2) Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement.
Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change.[25] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, to OPEN, AND RELEASE to the center position.[26] RECORD the following:
A. Remote opening time using indicating lights at 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, 2-M-5.seconds M&TE Cal Due Date B. Local opening time at 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE.seconds M&TE Cal Due Date[27] VERIFY the remote and local opening times are < 20 seconds.
6.1 Date 2-FCV-68-333, PZR PORV Block Valve, Logic Checks (continued)
[28] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, to CLOSE, AND RELEASE to the center position.[29] RECORD the following:
A. Remote closing time using indicating lights at 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, 2-M-5.seconds M&TE Cal Due Date B. Local closing time at 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE.seconds M&TE Cal Due Date[30] VERIFY the remote and local closing times are < 20 seconds.[31] OPEN Breaker 2-BKR-68-333, PRESSURIZER RELIEF (2-FCV-68-333), at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D.NOTE The following step manually trips the Thermal Overload circuit to allow testing of the Thermal Overload Bypass circuit.[32] MANUALLY TRIP the thermal overload for 2-BKR-68-333, PRESSURIZER RELIEF (2-FCV-68-333), at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D.[33] CLOSE Breaker 2-BKR-68-333, PRESSURIZER RELIEF (2-FCV-68-333), at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D.
Date 6.1 2-FCV-68-333, PZR PORV Block Valve, Logic Checks (continued)
[34] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, to OPEN, AND RELEASE to the center position.[35] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333 does NOT OPEN by indicating lights at 2-M-5. (Acc Crit 5.0[2]D)NOTE The following step connects the Thermal Overload Bypass circuit.[36] PLACE a jumper across Terminal Points 6D4 and 6DY in the rear of 480V RX MOV BD 2A1 -A, compartment 6D.Cv[37] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, to OPEN, AND RELEASE to the center position.[38] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333 OPENS by indicating lights at 2-M-5.(Acc Crit 5.0[2]C)[39] REMOVE jumper across Terminal Points 6D4 and 6DY in the rear of 480V MOV BD 2A1 -A, compartment 6D.Cv[40] OPEN Breaker 2-BKR-68-333, PRESSURIZER RELIEF (2-FCV-68-333), at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D.[41] RESET the thermal overload for 2-BKR-68-333, PRESSURIZER RELIEF (2-FCV-68-333), at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D.[42] CLOSE Breaker 2-BKR-68-333, PRESSURIZER RELIEF (2-FCV-68-333), at 480V RX MOV BD 2A1-A, compartment 6D.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 43 of 198 Date 6.1 2-FCV-68-333, PZR PORV Block Valve, Logic Checks (continued)
[43] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, to CLOSE, AND RELEASE to the center position.[44] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333 CLOSES by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, on 2-M-5.[45] VERIFY all applicable indicating lights, annunciators, and status monitoring inputs are functioning correctly for 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, by successful completion of this Subsection. (Acc. Crit 5.0[2]E)
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 44 of 198 Date 6.2 2-FCV-68-332, PZR PORV Block Valve, Logic Checks NOTES 1) 2-FCV-68-332, PZR PORV Block Valve, is located at the top of the pressurizer vessel inside the pressurizer dog house.2) 2-MCC-213-B1, 480V Reactor MOV Board, 2B1-B, will be called out as 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B.[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.2 have been completed.
[2] ENSURE 2-FCV-68-332 is CLOSED by the following indications:
A. Indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, at 2-M-5 B. 2-FCV-68-332 CLOSED locally.NOTE The following step requires visual confirmation of indicating lights on the main control panel during valve stroking.
The stroke time for 2-FCV-68-332, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is less than or equal to 20 seconds.[3] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, to OPEN, AND RELEASE 2-HS-68-332A to the center position.[4] VERIFY the Green and Red Lights, at 2-HS-68-332A, on 2-M-5, are LIT while 2-FCV-68-332 is stroking.
(Date 6.2 2-FCV-68-332, PZR PORV Block Valve, Logic Checks (continued)
[5] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-332, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is OPEN by: A. 2-FCV-68-332 is OPEN locally. (Acc Crit 5.0[1]A)B. Red light at 2-HS-68-332A, 2-M-5, is LIT.C. Green light at 2-HS-68-332A, 2-M-5, is NOT LIT.D. Red VALVE OPEN light at 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B, compartment 5E, is LIT.E. Green VALVE CLOSED light at 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B, compartment 5E, is NOT LIT.F. Integrated Computer System (ICS) point FD2039, PZR RELIEF ISO POS, is OPEN.[6] PLACE 2-HS-68-332C at 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B, compartment 5E, to CLOSE, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-68-332, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, remains OPEN by indicating lights at 2-M-5.[7] PLACE 2-HS-68-332C at 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B, compartment 5E, to NORMAL.NOTE The following step requires visual confirmation of indicating lights on the main control panel during valve stroking.
The stroke time for 2-FCV-68-332, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is less than or equal to 20 seconds.[8] PLACE 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, to CLOSE, AND RELEASE 2-HS-68-332A to the center position.[9] VERIFY the Green and Red Light, at 2-HS-68-332A, on 2-M-5, are LIT while 2-FCV-68-332 is stroking.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 46 of 198 Date 6.2 2-FCV-68-332, PZR PORV Block Valve, Logic Checks (continued)
[10] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-332, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is CLOSED by: A. 2-FCV-68-332 is CLOSED locally. (Acc Crit 5.0[1]A)B. Red light at 2-HS-68-332A, 2-M-5, is NOT LIT.C. Green light at 2-HS-68-332A, 2-M-5, is LIT.D. Red VALVE OPEN light at 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B, compartment 5E, is NOT LIT.E. Green VALVE CLOSED light at 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B, compartment 5E, is LIT.F. ICS point FD2039, PZR RELIEF ISO POS, is NOT OPE.[11] PLACE 2-HS-68-332C at 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B, compartment 5E, to OPEN, AND VERIFY 2-FCV-68-332, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, remains CLOSED by indicating lights at 2-M-5.[12] PLACE 2-HS-68-332C at 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B, compartment 5E, to NORMAL.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 47 of 198 6.2 Date 2-FCV-68-332, PZR PORV Block Valve, Logic Checks (continued)
[13] PLACE handswitch 2-XS-68-332-B at 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B, compartment 5E, to AUX, AND VERIFY the following:
A. Green VALVE CLOSED light at 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B, compartment 5E, is LIT.B. Red VALVE OPEN light at 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B, compartment 5E, is NOT LIT.C. Green light at 2-HS-68-332A, on 2-M-5, is NOT LIT.D. Red light at 2-HS-68-332A, on 2-M-5, is NOT LIT.E. 2-XA-55-6F/150C, 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B1/2B2-B, at 2-M-6, ALARMS.[14] PLACE 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, to OPEN, AND RELEASE to the center position.[15] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-332 does NOT OPEN by indicating lights on 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B, compartment 5E.NOTE The following step requires visual confirmation of indicating lights on the main control panel during valve stroking.
The stroke time for 2-FCV-68-332, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is less than or equal to 20 seconds.[16] PLACE 2-HS-68-332C at 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B, compartment 5E, to OPEN, AND VERIFY the Green and Red Lights at 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B, compartment 5E, are LIT while 2-FCV-68-332 is stroking.
Date 6.2 2-FCV-68-332, PZR PORV Block Valve, Logic Checks (continued)
[17] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-332, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is OPEN by: A. Red VALVE OPEN light at 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B, compartment 5E, is LIT. (Acc Crit 5.0[1 ]A)B. Green VALVE CLOSED light at 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B, compartment 5E, is NOT LIT.[18] PLACE 2-HS-68-332C at 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B, compartment 5E, to NORMAL.[19] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, to CLOSE, AND RELEASE to the center position.[20] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-332 does NOT CLOSE by indicating lights at 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B, compartment 5E.NOTE The following step requires visual confirmation of indicating lights on the main control panel during valve stroking.
The stroke time for 2-FCV-68-332, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is less than or equal to 20 seconds.[21] PLACE 2-HS-68-332C, at 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B, compartment 5E, to CLOSE, AND VERIFY the Green and Red Lights at 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B, compartment 5E, are LIT while 2-FCV-68-332 is stroking.[22] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-332, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is CLOSED by: A. Red VALVE OPEN light at 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B, compartment 5E, is NOT LIT.B. Green VALVE CLOSED light at 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B, compartment 5E, is LIT. (Acc Crit 5.0[1]A)[23] PLACE 2-HS-68-332C, at480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B, compartment 5E, to NORMAL.
6.2 Date 2-FCV-68-332, PZR PORV Block Valve, Logic Checks (continued)
[24] PLACE 2-XS-68-332-B, at 480V RX MOV BD 2B13-B, compartment 5E, to NORMAL, AND VERIFY the 2-XA-55-6F/1 50C, 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B/2B2-B, at 2-M-6, CLEARS.NOTES 1) The following steps require valve stroke timing locally at the valve and remotely at the Control switch in both the Open and Close directions.
2-FCV-68-332 stroke time is 20 seconds or less.2) Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement.
Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change.[251 PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, to OPEN, AND RELEASE to the center position.[26] RECORD the following:
A. Remote opening time using indicating lights at 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, 2-M-5.seconds M&TE Cal Due Date B. Local opening time at 2-FCV-68-332, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE.seconds M&TE Cal Due Date[27] VERIFY the remote and local opening times are < 20 seconds.
6.2 Date 2-FCV-68-332, PZR PORV Block Valve, Logic Checks (continued)
[28] PLACE Handswitch 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, to CLOSE, AND RELEASE to the center position.[29] RECORD the following A. Remote closing time using indicating lights at 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, 2-M-5.seconds M&TE Cal Due Date B. Local closing time at 2-FCV-68-332, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE.seconds M&TE Cal Due Date[30] VERIFY the remote and local closing times are < 20 seconds.[31] OPEN Breaker 2-BKR-68-332, PRESSURIZER RELIEF (2-FCV-68-332), at 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B, compartment 5E.NOTE The following step manually trips the Thermal Overload circuit to allow testing of the Thermal Overload Bypass circuit.[32] MANUALLY TRIP the thermal overload for 2-BKR-68-332, PRESSURIZER RELIEF (2-FCV-68-332), at 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B, compartment 5E.[33] CLOSE Breaker 2-BKR-68-332, PRESSURIZER RELIEF (2-FCV-68-332), at 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B, compartment 5E.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 51 of 198 Date 6.2 2-FCV-68-332, PZR PORV Block Valve, Logic Checks (continued)
[34] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, to OPEN, AND RELEASE to the center position.[35] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-332 does NOT OPEN by indicating lights at 2-M-5. (Acc Crit 5.0[1]D)NOTE The following step connects the Thermal Overload Bypass circuit.[36] PLACE a jumper across Terminal Points 5E4 and 5EY in the rear of 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B, compartment 5E.Cv[37] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, to OPEN, AND RELEASE to the center position.[38] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-332 OPENS by indicating lights at 2-M-5 (Acc Crit 5.0[1]C).[39] REMOVE jumper across Terminal Points 5E4 and 5EY in the rear of 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B, compartment 5E.Cv[40] OPEN Breaker 2-BKR-68-332, PRESSURIZER RELIEF (2-FCV-68-332), at 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B, compartment 5E.[41] RESET the thermal overload for 2-BKR-68-332, PRESSURIZER RELIEF (2-FCV-68-332), at 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B, compartment 5E.[42] CLOSE Breaker 2-BKR-68-332, PRESSURIZER RELIEF (2-FCV-68-332), at 480V RX MOV BD 2B1-B, compartment 5E.
Date 6.2 2-FCV-68-332, PZR PORV Block Valve, Logic Checks (continued)
[43] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, to CLOSE, AND RELEASE to the center position.[44] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-332 CLOSES by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, on 2-M-5.[45] VERIFY all applicable indicating lights, annunciators, and status monitoring inputs are functioning correctly for 2-FCV-68-332, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, by successful completion of this Subsection. (Acc. Crit 5.0[1]E)
Date 6.3 2-PCV-68-340A, PZR PORV, Logic Checks NOTE 2-PCV-68-340A, PZR PORV, is located at the top of the pressurizer vessel inside the pressurizer dog house.[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.3 have been completed.
[2] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, to OPEN, AND VERIFY the following:
A. 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, OPENS locally.(Acc Crit 5.0[4]A)B. Red light on 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, is LIT.C. Green light on 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, is NOT LIT.D. Red light on 2-HS-68-340AC, PZR PORV, at 2-L-10, is NOT LIT.E. Green light on 2-HS-68-340AC, PZR PORV, at 2-L-10, is NOT LIT.F. ICS point PD2000, PZR RELIEF VALVE POS, is OPEN.
Date 6.3 2.PCV-68-340A, PZR PORV, Logic Checks (continued)
[3] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, to CLOSE, AND VERIFY the following:
A. 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, CLOSES locally.(Acc Crit 5.0[4]A)B. Red light on 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, is NOT LIT.C. Green light on 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, is LIT.D. Red light on 2-HS-68-340AC, PZR PORV, at 2-L-10, is NOT LIT.E. Green light on 2-HS-68-340AC, PZR PORV, at 2-L-10, is NOT LIT.F. ICS point PD2000, PZR RELIEF VALVE POS, is NOT OPE.[4] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AC, PRZ PORV, at 2-L-10, to OPEN, AND VERIFY 2-PCV-68-340A does NOT OPEN by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, on 2-M-5.[5] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AC, PZR PORV, at 2-L-10, to P AUTO.NOTE The following step simulates a high pressure signal from loop 2-LPP-68-336C.
[6] PLACE a jumper across Terminal Block 106 Points 8 (wire RBC1) and 9 (wire RBC4), at 2-L-11A, AND VERIFY 2-PCV-68-340A does NOT OPEN by indicating lights at 2-M-5.CV Date 6.3 2-PCV-68-340A, PZR PORV, Logic Checks (continued)
[7] REMOVE jumper across Terminal Block 106 Points 8 (wire RBC1) and 9 (wire RBC4), at 2-L-1 1A.Cv[8] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AC, PZR PORV, at 2-L-10, to CLOSE.NOTE Foxboro I/A workstations will be used to perform the follow steps. Ensure Foxboro I/A System Engineer or a qualified individual is available for this portion of the test.[9] PLACE W212CP:W2PZRA:2PS0680340H to MANUAL in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
[10] ENSURE W212CP:W2PZRA:2PS0680340H is 0 (LOW) in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
[11] PLACE W213CP:W2PRZB:2PS0680322B to MANUAL in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
[12] ENSURE W213CP:W2PRZB:2PS0680322B is 0 (LOW) in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
[13] PLACE W213CP:W2PZRB:2PS0680066G to MANUAL in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
[14] ENSURE W213CP:W2PZRB:2PS0680066G is 0 (LOW) in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
[15] PLACE W212CP:W2PRZA:2PS0680340H to 1 (HIGH) in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
[16] VERIFY 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, does NOT OPEN by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, on 2-M-5.[17] PLACE W213CP:W2PZRB:2PS0680322B to 1 (HIGH) in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
[18] VERIFY 2-PCV-68-340A does NOT OPEN by indicating lights at 2-M-5.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 56 of 198 Date 6.3 2-PCV-68-340A, PZR PORV, Logic Checks (continued)
[19] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, to the P AUTO position, AND VERIFY 2-PCV-68-340A, PZR PORV, OPENS by indicating lights on 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, on 2-M-5.[20] PLACE W212CP:W2PZRA:2PS0680340H to 0 (LOW) in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation, AND VERIFY 2-PCV-68-340A, PZR PORV, CLOSES by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, on 2-M-5.[21] PLACE W213CP:W2PZRB:2PS0680066G to 1 (HIGH) in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation, AND VERIFY 2-PCV-68-340A, PZR PORV, does NOT OPEN by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, on 2-M-5. (Acc Crit 5.0[4]C and 5.0[5])[22] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AD, COPS BLOCK/ARM FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, to the ARM position, AND VERIFY the following:
A. White light at 2-HS-68-340AD is LIT.B. 2-PCV-68-340A, PZR PORV, OPENS by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, on 2-M-5.(Acc Crit 5.0[4]B and 5.0[5])C. 2-XA-55-5A/90D, COPS PORV-340A ACTUATE (PS-68-66G/H), ALARMS.[23] PLACE W213CP:W2PZRB:2PS0680066G to 0 (LOW) in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation, AND VERIFY the following:
A. 2-PCV-68-340A, PZR PORV, CLOSES by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, on 2-M-5.B. 2-XA-55-5A/90D, COPS PORV-340A ACTUATE (PS-68-66G/H), CLEARS.
Date 6.3 2-PCV-68-340A, PZR PORV, Logic Checks (continued)
[24] PLACE handswitch 2-XS-68-340C, PZR PORV 2-PCV-68-340A, at 2-L-1 1A, to the AUX position, AND VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-6F/148B, ACR PNL 2-L-11A, at 2-M-6, ALARMS.B. White light at 2-HS-68-340AD, COPS BLOCK/ARM for PORV, at 2-M-5, is NOT LIT.[25] PLACE handswitch 2-XS-68-340C, PZR PORV 2-PCV-68-340A, at 2-L-1 1A, to the NORMAL position, AND VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-6F/148B, ACR PNL 2-L-11A, at 2-M-6, CLEARS.B. White light at 2-HS-68-340AD, COPS BLOCK/ARM for PORV, at 2-M-5, is LIT.[26] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AD, COPS BLOCK/ARM FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, to the BLOCK position, AND VERIFY white light at 2-HS-68-340AD, COPS BLOCK/ARM for PORV, is NOT LIT.[27] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, to the CLOSED Position.[28] PLACE W213CP:W2PZRB:2PS0680322B to AUTOMATIC in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
[29] PLACE W212CP:W2PZRA:2PS0680340H to AUTOMATIC in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
[30] PLACE W213CP:W2PZRB:2PS0680066G to AUTOMATIC in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
Date 6.3 2-PCV-68-340A, PZR PORV, Logic Checks (continued)
[31] PLACE handswitch 2-XS-68-340C, PZR PORV 2-PCV-68-340A, at 2-L-1 1A to AUX, AND VERIFY the following:
A. Red light at 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, is NOT LIT.B. Green light at 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, is NOT LIT.C. Red light at 2-HS-68-340AC, PZR PORV, at 2-L-1 0, is NOT LIT.D. Green light at 2-HS-68-340AC, PZR PORV, at 2-L-10, is LIT.[32] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AC, PZR PORV, at 2-L-1 0, to the P AUTO position, AND VERIFY 2-PCV-68-340A remains CLOSED by the indicating lights at 2-HS-68-340AC, PZR PORV, on 2-L-10.[33] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AC, PZR PORV, at 2-L-10, to the OPEN position, AND VERIFY the following:
A. 2-PCV-68-340A, PZR PORV, is OPEN locally.(Acc Crit 5.0[4]A)B. Red light at 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, is NOT LIT.C. Green light at 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, is NOT LIT.D. Red light at 2-HS-68-340AC, PZR PORV, at 2-L-10, is LIT.E. Green light at 2-HS-68-340AC, PZR PORV, at 2-L-1 0, is NOT LIT.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 59 of 198 Date 6.3 2-PCV-68-340A, PZR PORV, Logic Checks (continued)
[34] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AC, PRZ PORV, at 2-L-10, to the CLOSED position, AND VERIFY the following:
A. 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, is CLOSED locally. (Acc Crit 5.0[4]A)B. Red light at 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, is NOT LIT.C. Green light at 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, is NOT LIT.D. Red light at 2-HS-68-340AC, PZR PORV, at 2-L-1 0, is NOT LIT.E. Green light at 2-HS-68-340AC, PZR PORV, at 2-L-10, is LIT.[35] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AC, PZR PORV, at 2-L-10, to the P AUTO position.[36] PLACE W214CP:W2ACR1 MISC68:2PS0680336CB to MANUAL in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
[37] PLACE W214CP:W2ACR1MISC68:2PS0680336CB to 1 (HIGH) in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation, AND VERIFY 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, OPENS by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-340AC, PZR PORV, on 2-L-10.[38] PLACE W214CP:W2ACR1MISC68:2PS0680336CB to 0 (LOW) in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation, AND VERIFY 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, CLOSES by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-340AC, PZR PORV, on 2-L-1 0.[39] PLACE W214CP:W2ACR1 MISC68:2PS0680336CB to AUTOMATIC in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
[40] PLACE W214CP:W2ACR1 MISC68:2PS0680336CA to MANUAL in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
Date 6.3 2-PCV-68-340A, PZR PORV, Logic Checks (continued)
[41] PLACE W214CP:W2ACR1 MISC68:2PS0680336CA to 1 (HIGH) in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation, AND VERIFY 2-XA-55-L10/301A, PRZR PRESS HI, at 2-L-10, is in ALARM.[42] PLACE W214CP:W2ACR1 MISC68:2PS0680336CA to 0 (LOW) in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation, AND VERIFY 2-XA-55-Ll0/301A, PRZR PRESS HI, at 2-L-10, is CLEAR.[43] PLACE W214CP:W2ACR1 MISC68:2PS0680336CA to AUTOMATIC in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
[44] PLACE handswitch 2-XS-68-340C, PZR PORV 2-PCV-68-340A, at 2-L-1 IA, to the NOR position.[45] VERIFY all applicable indicating lights, annunciators, and status monitoring inputs are functioning correctly for 2-PCV-68-340A, PZR PORV, by successful completion of this Subsection. (Acc. Crit 5.0[4]G)
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 61 of 198 Date 6.4 2-PCV-68-334, PRZ PORV, Logic Checks NOTE 2-PCV-68-334, PZR PORV, is located at the top of the pressurizer vessel inside the pressurizer dog house.[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.4 have been completed.
[2] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, to OPEN, AND VERIFY the following:
A. 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, OPENS locally.(Acc Crit 5.0[3]A)B. Red light on 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, is LIT.C. Green light on 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, is NOT LIT.D. Red light on 2-HS-68-334C, PZR PORV, at 2-L-10, is NOT LIT.E. Green light on 2-HS-68-334C, PZR PORV, at 2-L-10, is NOT LIT.F. ICS point PD2001, PZR RELIEF VALVE POS, is OPEN.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 62 of 198 Date 6.4 2-PCV-68-334, PRZ PORV, Logic Checks (continued)
[3] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, to CLOSE, AND VERIFY the following:
A. 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, CLOSES locally.(Acc Crit 5.0[3]A)B. Red light on 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, is NOT LIT.C. Green light on 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, is LIT.D. Red light on 2-HS-68-334C, PZR PORV, at 2-L-10, is NOT LIT.E. Green light on 2-HS-68-334C, PZR PORV, at 2-L-10, is NOT LIT.F. ICS point PD2001, PZR RELIEF VALVE POS, is NOT OPE.[4] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-334C, PRZ PORV, at 2-L-10, to OPEN, AND VERIFY 2-PCV-68-334 does NOT OPEN by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, on 2-M-5.[5] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-334C, PZR PORV, at 2-L-10, to P-AUTO.NOTE The following step simulates a high pressure signal from loop 2-LPP-68-337C.
[6] PLACE a jumper across Terminal Block 106 Points 8 (wire RBC1) and 9 (wire RBC4), at 2-L-1 1 B, AND VERIFY 2-PCV-68-334 does NOT OPEN by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, on 2-M-5.CV WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 63 of 198 Date 6.4 2-PCV-68-334, PRZ PORV, Logic Checks (continued)
[7] REMOVE jumper across Terminal Block 106 Points 8 (wire RBC1) and 9 (wire RBC4), at 2-L-1 1 B.Cv[8] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-334C, PZR PORV, at 2-L-10, to CLOSE.NOTE Foxboro I/A workstations will be used to perform the follow steps. Ensure Foxboro I/A System Engineer or a qualified individual is available for this portion of the test.[9] PLACE W213CP:W2PZRB:2PS0680334G to MANUAL in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
[10] ENSURE W213CP:W2PZRB:2PS0680334G is 0 (LOW) in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
[11] PLACE W212CP:W2PRZA:2PS0680323F to MANUAL in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
[12] ENSURE W212CP:W2PRZA:2PS0680323F is 0 (LOW) in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
[13] PLACE W212CP:W2PZRA:2PS0680068G to MANUAL in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
[14] ENSURE W212CP:W2PZRA:2PS0680068G is 0 (LOW) in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
[15] PLACE W213CP:W2PZRB:2PS0680334G to 1 (HIGH) in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
[16] VERIFY 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, does NOT OPEN by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, on 2-M-5.[17] PLACE W212CP:W2PZRA:2PS0680323F to 1 (HIGH) in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
[18] VERIFY 2-PCV-68-334 does NOT OPEN by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, at 2-M-5.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 64 of 198 Date 6.4 2-PCV-68-334, PRZ PORV, Logic Checks (continued)
[19] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, to the P AUTO position, AND VERIFY 2-PCV-68-334, PZR PORV, OPENS by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, on 2-M-5.[20] PLACE W213CP:W2PZRB:2PS0680334G to 0 (LOW) in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation, AND VERIFY 2-PCV-68-334, PZR PORV, CLOSES by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, on 2-M-5.[21] PLACE W212CP:W2PZRA:2PS0680068G to 1 (HIGH) in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation, AND VERIFY 2-PCV-68-334, PZR PORV, does NOT OPEN by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, on 2-M-5.(Acc Crit 5.0[3]C and 5.0[5])[22] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-334D, COPS BLOCK/ARM FOR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, to the ARM position, AND VERIFY the following:
A. White light at 2-HS-68-334D is LIT.B. 2-PCV-68-334, PZR PORV, OPENS by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, on 2-M-5.(Acc Crit 5.0[3]B and 5.0[5])C. 2-XA-55-5A/91 D, COPS PORV-334 ACTUATE, ALARMS.[23] PLACE W212CP:W2PZRA:2PS0680068G to 0 (LOW) in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation, AND VERIFY the following:
A. 2-PCV-68-334, PZR PORV, CLOSES by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, on 2-M-5.B. 2-XA-55-5A/91 D, COPS PORV-334 ACTUATE, CLEARS.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 65 of 198 Date 6.4 2-PCV-68-334, PRZ PORV, Logic Checks (continued)
[24] PLACE handswitch 2-XS-68-334C, PZR PORV 2-PCV-68-334, at 2-L-1 1 B, to the AUX position, AND VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-6F/148C, ACR PNL 2-L-11B, at 2-M-6, ALARMS.B. White light at 2-HS-68-334D, COPS BLOCK/ARM for PORV 334, at 2-M-5, is NOT LIT.[25] PLACE handswitch 2-XS-68-334C, PZR PORV 2-PCV-68-334, at 2-L-1 1 B, to the NOR position, AND VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-6F/148C, ACR PNL 2-L-11B, at 2-M-6, CLEARS.B. White light at 2-HS-68-334D, COPS BLOCK/ARM for PORV 334, at 2-M-5, is LIT.[26] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-334D, COPS BLOCK/ARM FOR PORV 334, to the BLOCK position, AND VERIFY white light at 2-HS-68-334D, COPS BLOCK/ARM for PORV 334, is NOT LIT.[27] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, to the CLOSED Position.[28] PLACE W212CP:W2PZRA:2PS0680323F to AUTOMATIC in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
[29] PLACE W213CP:W2PZRB:2PS0680334G to AUTOMATIC in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
[30] PLACE W212CP:W2PZRA:2PS0680068G to AUTOMATIC in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
Date 6.4 2-PCV-68-334, PRZ PORV, Logic Checks (continued)
[31] PLACE handswitch 2-XS-68-334C, PZR PORV 2-PCV-68-334, at 2-L-1 1 B to AUX, AND VERIFY the following:
A. Red light at 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, is NOT LIT.B. Green light at 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, is NOT LIT.C. Red light at 2-HS-68-334C, PZR PORV, at 2-L-10, is NOT LIT.D. Green light at 2-HS-68-334C, PZR PORV, at 2-L-10, is LIT.[32] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-334C, PZR PORV, at 2-L-10, to the P-AUTO position, AND VERIFY 2-PCV-68-334 remains CLOSED by the indicating lights at 2-L-10.[33] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-334C, PZR PORV, at 2-L-10, to the OPEN position, AND VERIFY the following:
A. 2-PCV-68-334, PZR PORV, is OPEN locally.(Acc Crit 5.0[3]A)B. Red light at 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, is NOT LIT.C. Green light at 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, is NOT LIT.D. Red light at 2-HS-68-334C, PZR PORV, at 2-L-10, is LIT.E. Green light at 2-HS-68-340AC, PZR PORV, at 2-L-10, is NOT LIT.
Date 6.4 2-PCV-68-334, PRZ PORV, Logic Checks (continued)
[34] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-334C, PRZ PORV, at 2-L-10, to the CLOSED position, AND VERIFY the following:
A. 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, is CLOSED locally. (Acc Crit 5.0[3]A)B. Red light at 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, is NOT LIT.C. Green light at 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, is NOT LIT.D. Red light at 2-HS-68-334C, PZR PORV, at 2-L-10, is NOT LIT.E. Green light at 2-HS-68-334C, PRZ PORV, at 2-L-10, is LIT.[35] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-334C, PZR PORV, at 2-L-10, to the P-AUTO position.[36] PLACE W215CP:W2ACR2MISC68:2PS0680337CA to MANUAL in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
[37] PLACE W215CP:W2ACR2MISC68:2PS0680337CA to 1 (HIGH) in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation, AND VERIFY 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, OPENS by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-334C, PZR PORV, on 2-L-10.[38] PLACE W215CP:W2ACR2MISC68:2PS0680337CA to 0 (LOW) in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation, AND VERIFY 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, CLOSES by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-334C, PZR PORV, on 2-L-10.[39] PLACE W215CP:W2ACR2MISC68:2PS0680337CA to AUTOMATIC in FoxSelect using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
[40] PLACE handswitch 2-XS-68-334C, PZR PORV 2-PCV-68-334, at 2-L1 1 B, to the NOR position.
Date 6.4 2-PCV-68-334, PRZ PORV, Logic Checks (continued)
[41] VERIFY all applicable indicating lights, annunciators, and status monitoring inputs are functioning correctly for 2-PCV-68-334, PZR PORV, by successful completion of this Subsection. (Acc. Crit 5.0[3]G)
Date 6.5 Cold Overpressure Protection Functional Test NOTE The COMS portion of the PORV logic has been tested in Sections 6.3 and 6.4. The channel Surveillance Instructions will complete the remaining COMS functional testing.[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.5 have been completed.
[2] ENSURE Surveillance Instruction, 2-SI-68-92, has been completed, AND ATTACH the completed instruction to this procedure.(Acc Crit 5.0[6])WO#[3] ENSURE Surveillance Instruction, 2-SI-68-93, has been completed, AND ATTACH the completed instruction to this procedure.(Acc Crit 5.0[6])WO#
Date 6.6 Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test CAUTION Ensure all unnecessary personnel are evacuated from the lower containment for the performance of this Subsection.
[1] ENSURE prerequisites for Section 6.6 in Section 4.0 are completed.
CAUTIONS 1) Do NOT allow pressurizer level to go below 20% of level span for the purpose of this performance subsection.
- 2) Do NOT operate the pressurizer heaters when pressurizer level is less than 17% of level span. Operating the heaters below 17% of level span can damage the pressurizer heaters.[2] ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340A, PZR PRESS MASTER CONTROL, at 2-M-4, is in MAN, AND MANUALLY control pressurizer pressure to approximately 2235 psig, as indicated on recorder 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS-PSIG, on 2-M-5.[3] ENSURE controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5, is in MAN, AND MANUALLY control pressurizer level to approximately 25% of level span, as indicated on recorder 2-LR-68-339, PZR LEVEL-%, on 2-M-5.[4] ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340A, PZR PRESS MASTER CONTROL, at 2-M-4, setpoint is 67% (2236 psig).[5] PLACE controller 2-PIC-68-340A, PZR PRESS MASTER CONTROL, at 2-M-4, is placed to AUTO.[6] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341F, CONTROL HEATERS D, at 2-M-4, to the ON position, AND RELEASE to the P AUTO position.[7] ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340B, LOOP 2 SPRAY CONTROL, at 2-M-5, is placed to AUTO.
Date 6.6 Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test (continued)
[8] ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340D, LOOP 1 SPRAY CONTROL, 2-M-5, is placed to AUTO.[9] VERIFY handswitch 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP HEATERS C, at 2-M-4, is in the P AUTO position.[10] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, at 2-M-4, is placed to A-P AUTO.[11] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, at 2-M-4, is placed to A-P AUTO.[12] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-62-84, AUX SPRAY TO PZR, on 2-M-6, is in the CLOSE position.[13] ENSURE handswitch 2-XS-62-84, AUX SPRAY FCV TO PZR, on 2-L-1 1A, is in the NOR position.[14] VERIFY pressurizer pressure is controlled to approximately 2235 psig (2225-2245 psig) as indicated by recorder 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, on 2-M-5.[15] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, is placed in the P AUTO position.[16] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, PZR PORV 334, is placed in the P AUTO position.[17] VERIFY the following:
A. Pressurizer heater group D is ON by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-341F, CONTROL HEATERS D, at 2-M-4.B. Pressurizer heater group C is OFF by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP HEATERS C, at 2-M-4.C. Pressurizer heater group B is OFF by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, at 2-M-4.D. Pressurizer heater group A is OFF by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, at 2-M-4.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 72 of 198 Date 6.6 Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test (continued)
E. Loop 2 pressurizer spray valve is CLOSED by indicating lights at 2-XI-68-340B, PZR SPRAY LOOP 2, at 2-M-4.F. Loop 1 pressurizer spray valve is CLOSED by indicating lights at 2-XI-68-340D, PZR SPRAY LOOP 1, at 2-M-4.G. PORV 340A is CLOSED by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5.H. PORV 334 is CLOSED by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, at 2-M-5.NOTE If the PORV block valves are not already OPEN, watch for PORV leaks upon opening the PORV block valves.[18] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, is placed to OPEN, AND RELEASE to the center position.[19] VERIFY block valve for PORV 340A is OPEN by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, on 2-M-4.[20] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, is placed to OPEN, AND RELEASE to the center position.[21] VERIFY block valve for PORV 334 is OPEN by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, on 2-M-4.[22] RECORD the steady state plant data for the 2235 psig pressure data point in Data Sheet 1, AND VERIFY indications 2-PI-68-340A, 334, 323, and 322 are within 15 psig of each other. (Acc Crit 5.0[7]B)
Date 6.6 Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test (continued)
[23] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-5A/90A, PZR PRESS HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.B. 2-XX-55-6A/1 1, PZR PRESS HI RX TRIP PS-68-340A, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR C. 2-XX-55-6A/31, PZR PRESS HI RX TRIP PS-68-334A, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR.D. 2-XX-55-6A/51, PZR PRESS HI RX TRIP PS-68-323A, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR.E. 2-XX-55-6A/71, PZR PRESS HI RX TRIP PS-68-322A, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR.F. 2-XA-55-L10/301A, PZR PRESS HI, in 2-L-10, is CLEAR.[24] TREND the following ICS Point 2PC0680340E, PZR VARIABLE HTR CNTL OUTPUT, on the plant computer in the MCR.NOTE The following step will turn off the two backup heater groups to allow the pressurizer heater trip interlock on low pressure to be disabled.[25] PERFORM the following:
A. ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, at 2-M-4, is placed to OFF, AND VERIFY backup heater group A-A is OFF by indicating lights.B. ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, at 2-M-4, is placed to OFF, AND VERIFY backup heater group B-B is OFF by indicating lights.
Date 6.6 Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test (continued)
CAUTION Follow standard precautions when working around energized electrical equipment in accordance with TVA Safety Manual Procedure 1021. In addition, follow TI-300 when working around electrical equipment.
NOTE The following two steps defeat the pressurizer pressure trip relay signal to both the Backup Heater Groups A-A and B-B. This will allow the backup heater groups A-A and B-B to be turned ON and remain ON when pressure is above the low pressure backup heater setpoint of 2210 psig.[26] LIFT and TAPE the wire on contact point 3 of relay PB455GXA, in 2-R-54, to defeat the pressurizer low pressure trip relay signal to the Backup Heater A-A.Cv[27] LIFT and TAPE the wire on contact point 3 of relay PB455GXB, in 2-R-55, to defeat the pressurizer low pressure trip relay signal to Backup Heater B-B.Cv[28] PERFORM the following:
A. PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, at 2-M-4, to A-P AUTO, AND VERIFY backup heater group A-A is OFF by indicating lights.B. PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, at 2-M-4, to A-P AUTO, AND VERIFY backup heater group B-B is OFF by indicating lights.
Date 6.6 Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test (continued)
NOTES 1) Pressurizer heatup is limited to 100 °F/hr and cooldown is limited to 200 OF/hr.2) Backup heaters will be used to gradually increase pressurizer pressure.
Limit the pressurizer pressure increase rate to 5 psi/min or less when approaching verification performance steps.3) The following step will initiate a pressurizer pressure increase.
As pressurizer pressure increases above the PZR PRESS MASTER controller's setpoint of 2235 psig, the proportional heaters will de-energize and the pressurizer spray valves will begin to open. An equilibrium condition should be established with all Backup heaters ON and the spray valves modulated to a percentage of full OPEN. Pressurizer pressure should reach a plateau.[29] INCREASE pressurizer pressure by performing the following steps:[29.1] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, at 2-M-4, to the ON position, AND RELEASE to the center A-P AUTO position.[29.2] VERIFY BACKUP HEATERS A-A are ON by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, on 2-M-4.[29.3] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, at 2-M-4, to the ON position, AND RELEASE to the center A-P AUTO position.[29.4] VERIFY BACKUP HEATERS B-B are ON by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-341 D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, on 2-M-4.[29.5] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341 H, BACKUP HEATERS C, at 2-M-4, to the ON position, AND RELEASE to the center P AUTO position.[29.6] VERIFY BACKUP HEATERS C are ON by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-341 H, BACKUP HEATERS C, on 2-M-4.
Date 6.6 Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test (continued)
[29.7] VERIFY pressurizer pressure is INCREASING by recorder 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS, on 2-M-5.NOTE Pressurizer pressure will continue to increase.
To limit the heatup rate, de-energize the backup heaters as necessary by placing backup heater handswitches to OFF and returning to A-P AUTO or P AUTO positions.
[30] PERFORM the following verification steps as pressurizer pressure increases to the equilibrium heater/spray condition:
[30.1] WHEN ICS point 2PC0680340E, PZR VARIABLE HTR CNTL OUTPUT, indicates 0%, THEN A. RECORD the pressurizer pressure from recorder 2-PR-68-340, PRZ PRESS, on 2-M-5.(Acc Crit 5.0[7]A)psig (2250, 2235-2265)
B. RECORD the Ammeter indicator value 6.9kV Shutdown Board 2A-A, Panel 21, PZR CONTROL HTG GRP 2D.amps (0, 0-1)[30.2] WHEN indications 2-XI-68-340B, PZR SPRAY LOOP 2, and 2-XI-68-340D, PZR SPRAY LOOP 1, at 2-M-4, indicate the spray valves open, THEN A. RECORD the pressurizer pressure corresponding to 2-XI-68-340B, PZR SPRAY LOOP 2, on 2-M-4, OPEN from recorder 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS, on 2-M-5. (Acc Crit 5.0[7]A)psig (2260, 2245-2275)
B. RECORD the pressurizer pressure corresponding to 2-XI-68-340D, PZR SPRAY LOOP 1, on 2-M-4, OPEN from recorder 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS, on 2-M-5. (Acc Crit 5.0[7]A)psig (2260, 2245-2275)
Date 6.6 Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test (continued)
NOTE The next step shall be performed with all backup heaters energized.
[31] WHEN an equilibrium heater/spray condition is reached and pressurizer pressure stops increasing, THEN RECORD steady-state plant data for the equilibrium heater/spray condition in Data Sheet 1.[32] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-5A/90A, PZR PRESS HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.B. 2-XX-55-6A/1 1, PZR PRESS HI RX TRIP PS-68-340A, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR C. 2-XX-55-6A/31, PZR PRESS HI RX TRIP PS-68-334A, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR.D. 2-XX-55-6A/51, PZR PRESS HI RX TRIP PS-68-323A, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR.E. 2-XX-55-6A/71, PZR PRESS HI RX TRIP PS-68-322A, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR.F. 2-XA-55-L10/301A, PZR PRESS HI, in 2-L-10, is CLEAR.IDo not exceed a Pressurizer Pressure of 2400 psig to minimize the possibility of I i~nadvertently lifting the Pressurizer Safety Relief Valves".I NOTE Closing 2-FCV-68-333 and 2-FCV-68-332, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVES isolates 2-PCV-6-340A and 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORVs.[33] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, to CLOSE, AND RELEASE to the center position.
Date 6.6 Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test (continued)
[34] VERIFY the 2-FCV-68-333 CLOSES by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, on 2-M-5.[35] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV for PORV 332A, at 2-M-5, to CLOSE, AND RELEASE to the center position.[36] VERIFY the 2-FCV-68-332 CLOSES by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, on 2-M-5.[37] PLACE the following controllers to MAN (MANUAL).A. 2-PIC-68-340B, LOOP 2 SPRAY CONTROL, at 2-M-4 B. 2-PIC-68-340D, LOOP 1 SPRAY CONTROL, at 2-M-4 NOTES 1) Pressurizer heatup is limited to 100 °F/hr and cooldown is limited to 200 IF/hr.2) A reduction in pressurizer sprays will be used to gradually increase pressurizer pressure.
Limit the pressurizer pressure increase rate to 5 psi/min or less when approaching verification performance steps.[38] GRADUALLY increase pressurizer pressure by decreasing Loop 2 and Loop 1 Spray using controllers 2-PIC-68-340B, Loop 2 Spray Control, and 2-PIC-68-340D, Loop 1 Spray Control, on 2-M-4.NOTE Pressurizer Pressure will continue to increase.
To limit the heatup rate, use the spray valves or de-energize the backup heaters.[39] PERFORM the following when pressurizer pressure approaches approximately 2310 psig: A. VERIFY 2-XA-55-5A/90A, PZR PRESS HI, on 2-M-5, is in ALARM, AND RECORD Pressurizer Pressure from 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, on 2-M-5. (Acc Crit 5.0[7]C)(2310 psig, 2300-2320 psig)
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 79 of 198 Date 6.6 Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test (continued)
B. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 90-A PRZ PRESS HI, in ALARM.C. VERIFY 2-XA-55-L10/301A, PZR PRESS HI, on 2-L-10, is in ALARM, AND RECORD Pressurizer Pressure from 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, on 2-M-5.(2310 psig, 2300-2320 psig)D. VERIFY the following:
- 2-XX-55-6A/1 1, PZR PRESS HI RX TRIP PS-68-340A, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR." 2-XX-55-6A/31, PZR PRESS HI RX TRIP PS-68-334A, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR.* 2-XX-55-6A/51, PZR PRESS HI RX TRIP PS-68-323A, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR.* 2-XX-55-6A/71, PZR PRESS HI RX TRIP PS-68-322A, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR.* 2-XA-55-6C/124B, PZR LEVEL HI, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR.* Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 124-B PZR LEVEL HI, CLEAR.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 80 of 198 Date 6.6 Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test (continued)
NOTE Pressurizer pressure will continue to increase.
To limit the heatup rate, use the spray valves or de-energize the backup heaters.[40] PERFORM the following when pressurizer pressure approaches 2335 psig: A. VERIFY 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, is OPEN by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, AND RECORD the pressurizer pressure indicated on 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, at 2-M-5.(Acc Crit 5.0[7]A)(2335 psig, 2325-2345 psig)B. VERIFY 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, is OPEN by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, AND RECORD the pressurizer pressure indicated on 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, at 2-M-5.(Acc Crit 5.0[7]A)(2335 psig, 2325-2345 psig)
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 81 of 198 Date 6.6 Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test (continued)
CAUTION Do NOT exceed a pressurizer pressure of 2400 psig to minimize the possibility of inadvertently lifting the Pressurizer Safety Relief Valves.NOTES 1) Pressurizer Pressure will continue to increase.
To limit the heatup rate, use the spray valves or de-energize the backup heaters.2) The first out annunciator panel 2-XA-55-4D will annunciate in the following step.Clearing the reactor first out annunciator can be performed using handswitch 2-XS-55-4D on 2-M-4, as necessary.
[41] PERFORM the following when pressurizer pressure reaches approximately 2385 psig: A. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/1 1, PZR PRESS HI RX TRIP PS-68-340A, on 2-M-6, is in ALARM, AND RECORD pressure indicated on 2-PI-68-340A, PZR PRESS, on 2-M-5.(2385 psig, 2375-2395 psig)B. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/31, PZR PRESS HI RX TRIP PS-68-334A, on 2-M-6, is in ALARM, AND RECORD pressurizer indication on 2-PI-68-334, PZR PRESS, on 2-M-5.(2385 psig, 2375-2395 psig)C. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/51, PZR PRESS HI RX TRIP PS-68-323A, on 2-M-6, is in ALARM, AND RECORD pressurizer indication on 2-PI-68-323, PZR PRESS, on 2-M-5.(2385 psig, 2375-2395 psig)
Date 6.6 Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test (continued)
D. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/71, PZR PRESS HI RX TRIP PS-68-322A, on 2-M-6, is in ALARM, AND RECORD pressurizer indication on 2-PI-68-322, PZR PRESS, on 2-M-5.(2385 psig, 2375-2395 psig)E. VERIFY 2-XA-55-6C/124B, PZR PRESS HI, on 2-M-6, is in ALARM. (Acc Crit 5.0[7]C)F. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 124-B PZR PRESS HI, in ALARM.G. VERIFY 2-XA-55-4D/77C, PZR PRESS HI, on 2-M-4, is in ALARM.[42] CONTROL pressurizer pressure at approximately 2385 psig by manually adjusting the spray flow using controllers 2-PIC-68-340B, LOOP 2 SPRAY CONTROL, and 2-PIC-68-340D, LOOP 1 SPRAY CONTROL.[43] RECORD steady-state plant data for the 2385 psig condition in Data Sheet 1, AND VERIFY indications 2-PI-68-340A, 334, 332, and 322 are within 15 psig of each other. (Acc Crit 5.0[7]B)[44] ENSURE a gradual DECREASE in pressurizer pressure by manually adjusting the spray flow using the 2-PIC-68-340B, LOOP 2 SPRAY CONTROL, and 2-PIC-68-340D, LOOP 1 SPRAY CONTROL.
Date 6.6 Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test (continued)
NOTE The first out annunciator panel 2-XA-55-4D will clear in the following step. Reset of the annunciator window will be performed below but can also be performed as necessary.
[45] PERFORM the following as pressurizer pressure decreases to approximately 2377 psig: A. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/1 1, PZR PRESS HI RX TRIP PS-68-340A, on 2-M-6, CLEARS.B. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/31, PZR PRESS HI RX TRIP PS-68-334A, on 2-M-6, CLEARS.C. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/51, PZR PRESS HI RX TRIP PS-68-323A, on 2-M-6, CLEARS.D. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/71, PZR PRESS HI RX TRIP PS-68-322A, on 2-M-6, CLEARS.E. VERIFY 2-XA-55-6C/124B, PZR PRESS HI, on 2-M-6, CLEARS.F. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 124-B PZR PRESS HI, CLEAR.[46] PLACE handswitch 2-XS-55-4D, ANNUNCIATOR RESET-ACK-TEST, on 2-M-5 to RESET, AND RELEASE to the neutral position.[47] VERIFY 2-XX-55-4D/77C, PZR PRESS HI, on 2-M-4, CLEARS.[48] PERFORM the following as pressurizer pressure decreases to approximately 2315 psig: A. VERIFY 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, is CLOSED by indicating lights on 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, AND RECORD pressurizer pressure indication on 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, on 2-M-5.(2315 psig, 2300-2330 psig)
Date 6.6 Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test (continued)
B. VERIFY 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, is CLOSED by indicating lights on 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, AND RECORD pressurizer pressure indication on 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, on 2-M-5.(2315 psig, 2300-2330 psig)[49] PERFORM the following as pressurizer pressure decreases to approximately 2302 psig: A. VERIFY 2-XA-55-5A/90A, PZR PRESS HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR, AND RECORD Pressurizer Pressure from 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, on 2-M-5.(2302 psig, 2287-2317 psig)B. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 90-A PRZ PRESS HI, CLEAR.C. VERIFY 2-XA-55-L10/301A, PZR PRESS HI, on 2-L-10, is CLEAR, AND RECORD Pressurizer Pressure from 2-PI-68-336C, PZR PRESS, on 2-L-10.(2302 psig, 2292-2312 psig)D. PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, to OPEN, AND RELEASE to the center position.E. VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is OPEN by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-333A.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 85 of 198 Date 6.6 Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test (continued)
F. PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, to OPEN, AND RELEASE to the center position.G. VERIFY 2-FCV-68-332, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is OPEN by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-332A.
NOTE The following step will turn off the two backup heater groups to allow the pressurizer heater trip interlock on low pressure to be returned to normal. Continue to use the pressurizer heater group C and sprays to gradually decrease pressurizer pressure.[50] PERFORM the following:
A. ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, at 2-M-4, is placed to OFF, AND VERIFY backup heater group A-A is OFF by indicating lights.B. ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, at 2-M-4, is placed to OFF, AND VERIFY backup heater group B-B is OFF by indicating lights.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 86 of 198 Date 6.6 Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test (continued)
CAUTION Follow standard precautions when working around energized electrical equipment in accordance with TVA Safety Manual Procedure 1021. In addition, follow TI-300 when working around electrical equipment.
NOTE The following two steps connect the pressurizer pressure trip relay signal to both the Backup Heater Groups A-A and B-B. This will allow the testing of the low pressure backup heater setpoint of 2210 psig.[51] LAND the lifted wire on contact point 3 of relay PB455GXA, in 2-R-54, to return the pressurizer low pressure trip relay signal to the Backup Heater A-A.Cv[52] LAND the lifted wire on contact point 3 of relay PB455GXB, in 2-R-55, to return the pressurizer low pressure trip relay signal to Backup Heater B-B.Cv[53] PERFORM the following:
A. PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, at 2-M-4, to A-P AUTO, AND VERIFY backup heater group A-A is OFF by indicating lights.B. PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, at 2-M-4, to A-P AUTO, AND VERIFY backup heater group B-B is OFF by indicating lights.[54] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP HEATERS C, on 2-M-4, to OFF, AND RELEASE to P AUTO.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-1 5 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 87 of 198 Date 6.6 Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test (continued)
[55] VERIFY backup heater group C is OFF by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP HEATERS C, on 2-M-4.[56] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55/90B, PZR PRESS LO-DEVN BACKUP HTRS ON, at 2-M-5, is CLEAR.B. 2-XA-55-LlO/301B, PZR PRESS LO, on 2-L-10, is CLEAR.NOTE PERFORM the following as pressurizer pressure decreases to approximately 2220 psig.[57] VERIFY ICS Point 2PC0680340E, PZR VARIABLE HTR CNTL OUTPUT, is 100%, AND RECORD pressurizer pressure indication on 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, on 2-M-5.(2220 psig, 2205-2235 psig)[58] PERFORM the following as pressurizer pressure decreases to 2210 psig: A. VERIFY Backup heater group A-A is ON by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, at 2-M-4, AND RECORD pressurizer pressure indication on 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, on 2-M-5.(Acc Crit 5.0[7]A)(2210 psig, 2195-2225 psig)B. VERIFY Backup heater group B-B is ON by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, at 2-M-4.C. VERIFY Backup heater group C is ON by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP HEATERS C, at 2-M-4.D. VERIFY 2-XA-55-5A/90B, PZR PRESS LO-DEVN BACKUP HTRS ON, on 2-M-5, ALARMS.
Date 6.6 1 ) Co spr 2) Ba de 3) Ba de-Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test (continued)
E. VERIFY 2-XA-55-L1O/301B, PZR PRESS LO, on 2-L-10, ALARMS, AND RECORD pressurizer pressure indication on 2-PI-68-337C, PZR PRESS, on 2-L-10.(2210 psig, 2200-2220 psig)NOTES ntinue decreasing pressurizer pressure gradually using the backup he ray valves.ckup heater groups A-A and B-B can be de-energized to increase the crease rate.ckup heater group C will continue to be energized and cannot be man-energized when less than the low pressure setpoint of 2210 psig.[59] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XX-55-6A/14, PZR PRESS HI >P11 PS-68-340B, on 2-M-6, is LIT.B. 2-XX-55-6A/34, PZR PRESS HI >P1 1 PS-68-334B, on 2-M-6, is LIT.C. 2-XX-55-6A/54, PZR PRESS HI >P1 1 PS-68-323B, on 2-M-6, is LIT.D. 2-XX-55-6A/10, PZR PRESS LO RX TRIP PS-68-340E, on 2-M-6, is NOT LIT.E. 2-XX-55-6A/30, PZR PRESS LO RX TRIP PS-68-334E, on 2-M-6, is NOT LIT.F. 2-XX-55-6A/50, PZR PRESS LO RX TRIP PS-68-323E, on 2-M-6, is NOT LIT.G. 2-XX-55-6A/70, PZR PRESS LO RX TRIP PS-68-322E, on 2-M-6, is NOT LIT.H. 2-XA-55-6C/124C, PZR PRESS LO, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR.1. 2-XA-55-4A/69A, P-11 PZR PRESS PZR/STM PRESS SI BLOCK PERMISSIVE, on 2-M-4, is CLEAR.aters and pressure ually WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 89 of 198 Date 6.6 Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test (continued)
NOTE The P-7 protection permissive (Blocks low pressure reactor trip when nuclear and turbine power less than 10%) should be ARMED (LIT) during this test. If the P-7 is UNARMED (NOT LIT), the performance of this test will not be impacted.[60] RECORD the status of 2-XA-55-4A/70D, P-7 LO POWER TRIPS BLOCKED.(LIT / NOT LIT)NOTES 1) The Pressurizer Pressure Low Reactor Trip and the Manual Block SI Pressure Bistables are set to the same value. Be vigilant to capture the required data in the next step.2) The first out annunciator panel 2-XA-55-4D may annunciate in the following step IF the P-7 protection permissive is unarmed. Clearing the reactor first out annunciator can be performed using handswitch 2-XS-55-4D on 2-M-4, as necessary.
[61] PERFORM the following as pressurizer pressure approaches 1970 psig: A. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/10, PZR PRESS LO RX TRIP PS-68-340E, on 2-M-6, is LIT, AND RECORD pressurizer pressure indication on 2-PI-68-340A, PZR PRESS, on 2-M-5.(1970 psig, 1960-1980 psig)B. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/30, PZR PRESS LO RX TRIP PS-68-334E, on 2-M-6, is LIT, AND RECORD pressurizer pressure indication on 2-PI-68-334, PZR PRESS, on 2-M-5.(1970 psig, 1960-1980 psig)
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 90 of 198 Date 6.6 Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test (continued)
C. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/50, PZR PRESS LO RX TRIP PS-68-323E, on 2-M-6, is LIT, AND RECORD pressurizer pressure indication on 2-PI-68-323, PZR PRESS, on 2-M-5.(1970 psig, 1960-1980 psig)D. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/70, PZR PRESS LO RX TRIP PS-68-322E, on 2-M-6, is LIT, AND RECORD pressurizer pressure indication on 2-PI-68-322, PZR PRESS, on 2-M-5.(1970 psig, 1960-1980 psig)E. VERIFY 2-XA-55-6C/1 24C, PZR PRESS LO, on 2-M-6, ALARMS. (Acc Crit 5.0[7]C)F. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display shows 124-C PZR PRESS LO, in ALARM.G. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/14, PZR PRESS HI >P1 1 PS-68-340B, on 2-M-6, is NOT LIT, AND RECORD pressurizer pressure indication on 2-PI-68-340A, PZR PRESS, on 2-M-5.(1970 psig, 1960-1980 psig)H. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/34, PZR PRESS HI >P1 1 PS-68-334B, on 2-M-6, is NOT LIT, AND RECORD pressurizer pressure indication on 2-PI-68-334, PZR PRESS, on 2-M-5.(1970 psig, 1960-1980 psig)
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 91 of 198 Date 6.6 Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test (continued)
I. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/54, PZR PRESS HI >P11 PS-68-323B, on 2-M-6, is NOT LIT, AND RECORD pressurizer pressure indication on 2-PI-68-334, PZR PRESS, on 2-M-5.(1970 psig, 1960-1980 psig)J. VERIFY 2-XA-55-4A/69A, P-11 PZR PRESS PZR/STM PRESS SI BLOCK PERMISSIVE, on 2-M-4, ALARMS.(Acc Crit 5.0[7]C)[62] CONTROL pressurizer pressure at approximately 1945 psig (1940 -1950 psig) using 2-PIC-68-340B, LOOP 2 SPRAY CONTROL, and 2-PIC-68-340D, LOOP 1 SPRAY CONTROL.[63] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-63-136A, LO PZR PRESS SI BLOCK P-1 1, on 2-M-4, to BLOCK, AND RELEASE to the normal position.[64] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-63-136B, LO PZR PRESS SI BLOCK P-1 1, on 2-M-4, to BLOCK, AND RELEASE to the normal position.[65] VERIFY 2-XA-55-4A/69B, PZR PRESS SI BLOCKED, on 2-M-4, is in ALARM.NOTES 1) Pressurizer heatup is limited to 100 °F/hr and cooldown is limited to 200 OF/hr.2) An increase in pressurizer sprays will be used to gradually decrease pressurizer pressure.
Limit the pressurizer pressure increase rate to 5 psi/min or less when approaching verification performance steps.[66] ENSURE a GRADUAL decrease in pressurizer pressure by manually adjusting the spray flow using the 2-PIC-68-340B, LOOP 2 SPRAY CONTROL, and 2-PIC-68-340D, LOOP 1 SPRAY CONTROL.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 92 of 198 Date 6.6 Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test (continued)
[67] PERFORM the following as pressurizer pressure decreases to 1870 psig: A. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/13, PZR PRESS LO SI PS-68-340D, on 2-M-6, ALARMS, AND RECORD pressurizer pressure indication on 2-PI-68-340A, PZR PRESS, on 2-M-5.(1870 psig, 1860-1880 psig)B. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/33, PZR PRESS LO SI PS-68-344D, on 2-M-6, ALARMS, AND RECORD pressurizer pressure indication on 2-PI-68-334, PZR PRESS, on 2-M-5.(1870 psig, 1860-1880 psig)C. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/53, PZR PRESS LO SI PS-68-323D, on 2-M-6, ALARMS, AND RECORD pressurizer pressure indication on 2-PI-68-323, PZR PRESS, on 2-M-5.(1870 psig, 1860-1880 psig)D. VERIFY 2-XA-55-6C/124D, PZR LO PRESS SI, on 2-M-6, ALARMS. (Acc Crit 5.0[7]C)E. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Legend Shows 124-D PZR LO PRESS SI, in ALARM.[68] CONTROL pressurizer pressure constant at approximately 1870 psig using 2-PIC-68-340B, LOOP 2 SPRAY CONTROL, and 2-PIC-68-340D, LOOP 1 SPRAY CONTROL.[69] RECORD the steady state plant data for the 1870 psig pressure data point in Data Sheet 1, AND VERIFY indicators 2-PI-68-340A, 334, 323, and 322 are within 15 psig of each other. (Acc Crit 5.0[7]B)
Date 6.6 Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test (continued)
NOTE Pressurizer heatup is limited to 100 °F/hr and cooldown is limited to 200 OF/hr.[70] PERFORM the following:
A. PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, at 2-M-4, to ON, AND RELEASE to A-P AUTO.B. VERIFY backup heater group A-A is ON by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, at 2-M-4.C. PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, at 2-M-4, to ON, AND RELEASE to A-P AUTO.D. VERIFY backup heater group B-B is ON by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, at 2-M-4.NOTES 1) Pressurizer heatup is limited to 100 OF/hr and cooldown is limited to 200 °F/hr.2) A combination of backup heaters and sprays can be used to gradually increase pressurizer pressure.
Limit the pressurizer pressure increase rate to 5 psi/min or less when approaching verification performance steps.[71] ENSURE a gradual increase in pressurizer pressure by manually adjusting the spray flow using the 2-PIC-68-340B, LOOP 2 SPRAY CONTROL, and 2-PIC-68-340D, LOOP 1 SPRAY CONTROL.
6.6 Date Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test (continued)
[72] PERFORM the following as pressurizer pressure reaches 1878 psig: A. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/13, PZR PRESS LO SI PS-68-340D, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR, AND RECORD pressurizer pressure indication on 2-PI-68-340A, PZR PRESS, on 2-M-5.(1878 psig, 1868-1888 psig)B. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/33, PZR PRESS LO SI PS-68-344D, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR, AND RECORD pressurizer pressure indication on 2-PI-68-334, PZR PRESS, on 2-M-5.(1878 psig, 1868-1888 psig)C. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/53, PZR PRESS LO SI PS-68-323D, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR, AND RECORD pressurizer pressure indication on 2-PI-68-323, PZR PRESS, on 2-M-5.(1878 psig, 1868-1888 psig)D. VERIFY 2-XA-55-6C/124D, PZR LO PRESS SI, on 2-M-6, CLEARS.E. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Legend Shows 124-D PZR LO PRESS SI, CLEAR.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 95 of 198 Date 6.6 Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test (continued)
NOTE The first out annunciator panel 2-XA-55-4D may clear in the following step. Clearing the reactor first out annunciator can be performed using handswitch 2-XS-55-4D, as necessary.
[73] PERFORM the following as pressurizer pressure reaches 1978 psig.A. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/14, PZR PRESS HI >P11 PS-68-340B, on 2-M-6, is LIT, AND RECORD pressurizer pressure indication on 2-PI-68-340A, PZR PRESS, on 2-M-5.(1978 psig, 1968-1988 psig)B. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/34, PZR PRESS HI >P1 1 PS-68-334B, on 2-M-6, is LIT, AND RECORD pressurizer pressure indication on 2-PI-68-334, PZR PRESS, on 2-M-5.(1978 psig, 1968-1988 psig)C. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/54, PZR PRESS HI >P1 1 PS-68-323B, on 2-M-6, is LIT, AND RECORD pressurizer pressure indication on 2-PI-68-323, PZR PRESS, on 2-M-5.(1978 psig, 1960-1988 psig)D. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/10, PZR PRESS LO RX TRIP PS-68-340E, on 2-M-6, is NOT LIT, AND RECORD pressurizer pressure indication on 2-PI-68-340A, PZR PRESS, on 2-M-5.(1978 psig, 1968-1988 psig)
Date 6.6 Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test (continued)
E. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/30, PZR PRESS LO RX TRIP PS-68-334E, on 2-M-6, is NOT LIT, AND RECORD pressurizer pressure indication on 2-PI-68-334, PZR PRESS, on 2-M-5.(1978 psig, 1968-1988 psig)F. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/50, PZR PRESS LO RX TRIP PS-68-323E, on 2-M-6, is NOT LIT, AND RECORD pressurizer pressure indication on 2-PI-68-323, PZR PRESS, on 2-M-5.(1978 psig, 1960-1988 psig)G. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/70, PZR PRESS LO RX TRIP PS-68-322E, on 2-M-6, is NOT LIT, AND RECORD pressurizer pressure indication on 2-PI-68-322, PZR PRESS, on 2-M-5.(1978 psig, 1960-1988 psig)H. VERIFY 2-XA-55-6C/124C, PZR PRESS LO, on 2-M-6, CLEARS.I. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display shows 124-C PZR PRESS LO, CLEAR.[74] PERFORM the following as pressurizer pressure reaches 2218 psig: A. VERIFY 2-XA-55-5A/90B, PZR PRESS LO-DEVN BACKUP HTRS ON, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR, AND RECORD pressurizer pressure on recorder 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, at 2-M-5.(2218 psig, 2205-2233 psig)B. VERIFY heater groups A-A are OFF by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, at 2-M-4.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 97 of 198 Date 6.6 Pressurizer Pressure Functional Test (continued)
C. VERIFY heater groups B-B are OFF by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-341 D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, at 2-M-4.D. VERIFY heater groups C are ON by indicating lights at.2-HS-68-341 H, BACKUP HEATERS C, at 2-M-4.E. VERIFY heater groups D are ON by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-34F, CONTROL HEATERS D, at 2-M-4.[75] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP HEATERS C, at 2-M-4, to the OFF position, AND RELEASE to the P AUTO position.[76] ENSURE the Loop 2 spray valve is CLOSED using controller 2-PIC-68-340B, LOOP 2 SPRAY CONTROL, at 2-M-4, AND VERIFY on 2-XI-68-340B, PZR SPRAY LOOP 2, at 2-M-4, Green Light is ON.[77] ENSURE the Loop 1 spray valve is CLOSED using controller 2-PIC-68-340D, LOOP 1 SPRAY CONTROL, 2-M-4, AND VERIFY on 2-XI-68-340D, PZR SPRAY LOOP 1, at 2-M-4, Green Light is ON.[78] PLACE the following controllers to AUTO: A. 2-PIC-68-340B, LOOP 2 SPRAY CONTROL, at 2-M-4.B. 2-PIC-68-340D, LOOP 1 SPRAY CONTROL, at 2-M-4.[79] VERIFY pressurizer pressure is controlled to approximately 2235 psig as indicated on recorder 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS-PSIG, on 2-M-5.[80] RECORD steady state data in Data Sheet 1 for Auto Control 2235 psig, AND VERIFY indications 2-PI-68-68-340A, 334, 323, and 322 are within 15 psi of each other. (Acc Crit 5.0[7]B)
Date 6.7 Pressurizer Pressure Control Test CAUTION Ensure all unnecessary personnel are evacuated from the lower containment for the performance of this Subsection.
[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.7 have been completed.
(2] ENSURE controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5, is in MAN, AND MANUALLY CONTROL pressurizer level to approximately 25% of level span, as indicated on recorder 2-LR-68-339, PZR LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5.[3] ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340A, PZR PRESS MASTER CONTROL, at 2-M-4, setpoint is 67% (2236 psig).[4] ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340A, PZR PRESS MASTER CONTROL, at 2-M-4, is placed to AUTO, AND VERIFY pressurizer pressure is AUTOMATICALLY controlled to approximately 2235 psig, as indicated on recorder 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, on 2-M-5.[5] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341F, CONTROL HEATERS D, at 2-M-4, to ON, AND RELEASE to the P AUTO position.[6] ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340B, LOOP 2 SPRAY CONTROL, at 2-M-5, is placed to AUTO.[7] ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340D, LOOP 1 SPRAY CONTROL, 2-M-5, is placed to AUTO.[8] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP HEATERS C, at 2-M-4, is placed to P AUTO.[9] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, at 2-M-4, is placed to A-P AUTO.[10] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, at 2-M-4, is placed to A-P AUTO.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 99 of 198 Date 6.7 Pressurizer Pressure Control Test (continued)
[11] VERIFY pressurizer pressure is controlled to approximately 2235 psig by the recorder 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, on 2-M-5.[12] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, is placed in the P AUTO position, AND VERIFY 2-PCV-68-340A is CLOSED by indicating lights.[13] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, PZR PORV 334, is placed in the P AUTO position, AND VERIFY 2-PCV-68-334 is CLOSED by indicating lights.[14] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, to the OPEN position, AND RELEASE to the center position.[15] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333 is OPEN by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, on 2-M-4.[16] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, is placed in the OPEN position, AND RELEASE to the center position.[17] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-332 is OPEN by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, on 2-M-4.NOTE Automatic pressurizer pressure control to an induced pressure setpoint increase will be tested in the following steps. The pressurizer pressure setpoint increase should be as close to a step increase as possible.[18] RECORD the current time.Start Time[19] INCREASE the setpoint of controller 2-PIC-68-340A, PZR PRESS MASTER CONTROLLER, at 2-M-4, to 74% (2292 psig).
Date 6.7 Pressurizer Pressure Control Test (continued)
[20] VERIFY pressurizer pressure is controlled, on average, to 2292 psig (2282 -2301 psig) with decreasing oscillations to within +/-1_0 psig, as indicated on recorder 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, on 2-M-5. (Acc Crit 5.0[8]A)[21] RECORD the current time.End Time[22] PRINT the pressurizer pressure transient response captured on the ICS for the time interval recorded.
AND LABEL with 2-PTI-68-15, revision number, step number, date, and initial.[23] ATTACH the transient plot to this instruction.
NOTE Automatic pressurizer pressure control to an induced pressure setpoint decrease will be tested in the following steps. The pressurizer pressure setpoint increase should be as close to a step increase as possible.[24] RECORD the current time.Start Time[25] DECREASE the setpoint of controller 2-PIC-68-340A, PZR PRESS MASTER CONTROLLER, at 2-M-4, to 67% (2236 psig).[26] VERIFY pressurizer pressure is controlled, on average, to 2236 psig (2226 -2246 psig) with decreasing oscillations within +/-10 psig, as indicated on recorder 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, on 2-M-5. (Acc Crit 5.0[8]B)[27] RECORD the current time.End Time[28] PRINT the pressurizer pressure transient response captured on the ICS for the time interval recorded.
AND LABEL with 2-PTI-68-15, revision number, step number, date, and initial.
Date 6.7 Pressurizer Pressure Control Test (continued)
[29] ATTACH the transient plot to this instruction.
Date 6.8 PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity CAUTION Ensure all unnecessary personnel are evacuated from the lower containment for the performance of this Subsection.
[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.8 have been completed.
[2] ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340A, PZR PRESS MASTER CONTROL, at 2-M-4, is in AUTO, AND VERIFY pressurizer pressure is AUTOMATICALLY controlled to approximately 2235 psig, as indicated on recorder 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, on 2-M-5.[3] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-301A, PRT VENT TO WDS VENT HDR, at 2-M-5, is placed to CLOSED, AND VERIFY 2-PCV-68-301 is CLOSED by indicating lights.[4] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, is placed to P AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, is closed by indicating lights.[5] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, is placed to P AUTO, AND VERIFY 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, is closed by indicating lights.[6] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, is placed to OPEN, AND RELEASED to the center position.[7] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-332, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is OPEN by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, at 2-M-5.[8] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, is placed to OPEN, AND RELEASED to the center position.
6.8 Date PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity (continued)
[9] VERIFY 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is OPEN by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5.[10] VERIFY there is NO leakage through 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, or 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, by the following indicators:
A. VERIFY 2-XA-55-5A/89A, PZR PORV LINE TEMP HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.B. VERIFY temperature indication on 2-TI-68-331, PORV 340A and 334 TAILPIPE TEMP, on 2-M-4, does not indicate a leaking PORV (> ambient temperature), AND RECORD the temperature indication.
OF C. VERIFY 2-XA-55-5A/91A, PZR PORV/SAFETY OPEN, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.D. VERIFY 2-XI-68-340A, PORV, on 0-M-25, is NOT LIT.E. VERIFY 2-XI-68-334, PORV, on 0-M-25, is NOT LIT.[11] ENSURE pressure, temperature, and water level conditions of 2-TANK-68-PRT, PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK, are in accordance with 2-TOP-68-02, RCS -HFT.[12] ENSURE controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5, is in MAN control, AND ADJUST controller 2-HIC-92-93A valve demand to control pressurizer water level to approximately 50%.[13] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-5A/88D, PRT TEMP HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.B. 2-XA-55-5A/88C, PRT PRESS HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.C. 2-XA-55-5A/88B, PRT LEVEL HI/LO, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.
Date 6.8 PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity (continued)
[14] NOTIFY Test Director for 2-PTI-999-01 that conditions have been established for vibrations testing.[15] NOTIFY Test Director for 2-TI-85.012 that conditions have been established for MOV testing.CAUTIONS 1) Opening 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, will result in a pressurizer blowdown to the PRT. Be prepared to place 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, to the CLOSE position to close the 2-FCV-68-333A, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, and limit the pressurizer pressure decrease and PRT pressure increase.2) During pressurizer discharge, do NOT allow the pressurizer pressure to decrease less than 2015 psig or PRT pressure to exceed 50 psig.NOTES 1) The remote opening time of 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, will be measured using a data recorder.2) The remote closing time of 2-FCV-68-333A, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, will be measured using a stop watch.[16] START Data Recorder #1.[17] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, on 2-M-5, to the OPEN position, AND VERIFY 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, is OPEN by indicating lights.[18] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-5A/89A, PZR PORV LINE TEMP HI, on 2-M-5, ALARMS.B. 2-XA-55-5A/91A, PZR PORV/SAFETY OPEN, on 2-M-5, ALARMS.C. 2-XI-68-340A, PORV, on 0-M-25, is LIT.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 105 of 198 Date 6.8 PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity (continued)
[19] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, to CLOSE, AND RECORD remote closing time using indicating lights on 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5.seconds (<20 sec)M&TE Cal Due Date[20] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, is released to the center position.[21] STOP Data Recorder #1.[22] RECORD the remote opening time of 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, from the data recorder.seconds (< 2 sec)M&TE Cal Due Date[23] VERIFY the remote opening time of 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, is less than or equal to 2 seconds.(Acc Crit 5.0[4]D)[24] VERIFY the remote closing time of 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is less than or equal to 20 seconds. (Acc Crit 5.0[2]B)[25] WHEN pressurizer pressure is greater than 2220 psig, as indicated by recorder 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, at 2-M-5, THEN PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP HEATERS C, at 2-M-4, to the OFF position, AND RELEASE to P AUTO.[26] ENSURE pressurizer pressure is automatically returned to approximately 2235 psig.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 106 of 198 Date 6.8 PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity (continued)
[27] ENSURE pressurizer level is manually controlled to 50% using controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, at 2-M-5.[28] ENSURE pressure, temperature, and water level conditions for 2-TANK-68-PRT, PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK, are in accordance with 2-TOP-68-02, RCS -HFT.[29] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-5A/88D, PRT TEMP HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.B. 2-XA-55-5A/88C, PRT PRESS HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.C. 2-XA-55-5A/88B, PRT LEVEL HI/LO, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.D. 2-XA-55-5A/91A, PZR PORV/SAFETY OPEN, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.E. 2-XI-68-340A, PORV, on 0-M-25, is NOT LIT.[30] RECORD steady state baseline pressurizer and PRT data in Data Sheet 2.[31] NOTIFY Test Director for 2-PTI-999-01 that conditions have been established for vibrations testing.[32] NOTIFY Test Director for 2-TI-85.012 that conditions have been established for MOV testing.
Date 6.8 PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity (continued)
CAUTIONS 1) Opening 2-FCV-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, will result in a pressurizer blowdown to the PRT. Be prepared to place 2-HS-68-340AA, PRZ PORV 340A, to the CLOSE position to close the 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, and limit the pressurizer pressure decrease and PRT pressure increase.2) The secondary objective is to discharge the pressurizer steam equal to 110 percent of the volume above the full power pressurizer water level setpoint.
The discharge time is approximately 1.5 minutes with one PORV and at the test conditions.
- 3) During pressurizer discharge, do NOT allow the pressurizer pressure to decrease less than 2015 psig or PRT pressure to exceed 50 psig.NOTES 1) The remote opening time of 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, will be measured using a stop watch.2) The remote closing time of 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, will be measured using a data recorder.[33] START Data Recorder #1.[34] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, to OPEN, AND RECORD remote opening time using indicating lights on 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5.seconds (<20 sec)M&TE Cal Due Date[35] WHEN pressurizer pressure reaches 2035 psig as indicated by recorder 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, on 2-M-5, THEN PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5, to CLOSE.[36] VERIFY 2-PCV-68-340A is CLOSED by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, at 2-M-5.[37] STOP data Recorder #1 WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 108 of 198 Date 6.8 PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity (continued)
[38] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-5A/91A, PZR PORV/SAFETY OPEN, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.B. 2-XA-55-5A/89A, PZR PORV LINE TEMP HI, ALARMED.C. 2-XA-55-5A/88C, PRT PRESS HI, on 2-M-5, ALARMED.D. 2-XA-55-5A/88D, PRT TEMP HI, on 2-M-5, ALARMED.[39] RECORD post discharge pressurizer and PRT data in Data Sheet 2.[40] RECORD the following information.
A. PRT pressure as recorded in Data Sheet 2 for Step 6.8[39].psig B. PRT temperature as recorded in Data Sheet 2 for Step 6.8[39].OF[41] VERIFY PRT pressure is < 50 psig. (Acc Crit 5.0[9])[42] VERIFY PRT temperature is < 200 OF. (Acc Crit 5.0[9])[43] RECORD the remote closing time of 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, from the data recorder.seconds (_< 5 sec)M&TE Cal Due Date[44] VERIFY the remote opening time of 2-FCV-68-333, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is less than 20 seconds. (Acc Crit 5.0[2]B)[45] VERIFY the remote closing time of 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, is less than or equal to 5 seconds.(Acc Crit 5.0[4]E)
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 109 of 198 Date 6.8 PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity (continued)
[46] WHEN pressurizer pressure is greater than 2220 psig, as indicated by recorder 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, at 2-M-5, THEN PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341 H, BACKUP HEATERS C, at 2-M-4, to the OFF position, AND RELEASE to P AUTO.[47] ENSURE pressurizer pressure is automatically returned to approximately 2235 psig.[48] ENSURE pressurizer level is manually controlled to 50% using controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, at 2-M-5.[49] ENSURE pressure, temperature, and water level conditions for 2-TANK-68-PRT, PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK, are in accordance with 2-TOP-68-02, RCS -HFT.[50] VERIFY there is NO leakage through 2-PCV-68-340A, PRESSURIZER PORV, by the following indicators:
A. VERIFY 2-XA-55-5A/89A, PZR PORV LINE TEMP HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR. (Acc Crit 5.0[4]F)B. VERIFY temperature indication on 2-TI-68-331, PORV 340A and 334 TAILPIPE TEMP, on 2-M-4, does NOT indicate a leaking PORV (> ambient temperature), AND RECORD the temperature indication.
OF C. VERIFY 2-XA-55-5A/91A, PZR PORV/SAFETY OPEN, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR. (Acc Crit 5.0[4]F)D. VERIFY 2-XI-68-340A, PORV, on 0-M-25, is NOT LIT.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 110 of 198 Date 6.8 PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity (continued)
[51] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-5A/88D, PRT TEMP HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.B. 2-XA-55-5A/88C, PRT PRESS HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.C. 2-XA-55-5A/88B, PRT LEVEL HI/LO, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.[52] NOTIFY Test Director for 2-PTI-999-01 that conditions have been established for vibrations testing.[53] NOTIFY Test Director for 2-TI-85.012 that conditions have been established for MOV testing.CAUTIONS 1) Opening 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, will result in a pressurizer blowdown to the PRT. Be prepared to place 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, to the CLOSE position to close the 2-FCV-68-332, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, and limit the pressurizer pressure decrease and PRT pressure increase.2) During pressurizer discharge, do NOT allow the pressurizer pressure to decrease less than 2015 psig or PRT pressure to exceed 50 psig.NOTES 1) The remote opening time of 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, will be measured using a data recorder.2) The remote closing time of 2-FCV-68-332, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, will be measured using a stop watch.[54] START the Data Recorder #2.[55] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, on 2-M-5, to the OPEN position, AND VERIFY 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, is OPEN by indicating lights.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 111 of 198 Date 6.8 PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity (continued)
[56] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-5A/89A, PZR PORV LINE TEMP HI, on 2-M-5, ALARMED.B. 2-XA-55-5A/91A, PZR PORV/SAFETY OPEN, on 2-M-5, ALARMED.C. 2-XI-68-334, PORV, on 0-M-25, is LIT.[57] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, to CLOSE, AND RECORD remote opening time using indicating lights on 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, at 2-M-5.seconds (< 20 sec)M&TE Cal Due Date[58] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, is released to the center position.[59] STOP Data Recorder #2.[60] RECORD the remote opening time of 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, from the data recorder.seconds (< 2 sec)M&TE Cal Due Date[61] VERIFY the remote opening time of 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, is less than or equal to 2 seconds.(Acc Crit 5.0[3]D)[62] VERIFY the remote closing time of 2-FCV-68-332, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is less than or equal to 20 seconds. (Acc Crit 5.0[1]B)
Date 6.8 PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity (continued)
[63] WHEN pressurizer pressure is greater than 2220 psig, as indicated by recorder 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, at 2-M-5, THEN PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341 H, BACKUP HEATERS C, at 2-M-4, to the OFF position, AND RELEASE to P AUTO.[64] ENSURE pressurizer pressure is automatically returned to approximately 2235 psig.[65] ENSURE pressurizer level is manually controlled to 50% using controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, at 2-M-5.[66] ENSURE pressure, temperature, and water level conditions for 2-TANK-68-PRT, PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK, are in accordance with 2-TOP-68-02, RCS -HFT.[67] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-5A/88D, PRT TEMP HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.B. 2-XA-55-5A/88C, PRT PRESS HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.C. 2-XA-55-5A/88B, PRT LEVEL HI/LO, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.D. 2-XA-55-5A/91A, PZR PORV/SAFETY OPEN, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.E. 2-XI-68-334, PORV, on 0-M-25, is NOT LIT.[68] RECORD steady-state pressurizer and PRT data in Data Sheet 2.[69] NOTIFY Test Director for 2-PTI-999-01 that conditions have been established for vibrations testing.[70] NOTIFY Test Director for 2-TI-85.012 that conditions have been established for MOV testing.
Date 6.8 PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity (continued)
CAUTIONS 1) Opening 2-FCV-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, will result in a pressurizer blowdown to the PRT. Be prepared to place 2-HS-68-334A, PRZ PORV 334, to the CLOSE position to close the 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, and limit the pressurizer pressure decrease and PRT pressure increase.2) The secondary objective is to discharge the pressurizer steam equal to 110 percent of the volume above the full power pressurizer water level setpoint.
The discharge time is approximately 1.5 minutes with one PORV and at the test conditions.
- 3) During pressurizer discharge, do NOT allow the pressurizer pressure to decrease less than 2015 psig or PRT pressure to exceed 50 psig.NOTES 1) The remote opening time of 2-FCV-68-332, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, will be measured using a stop watch.2) The remote closing time of 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, will be measured using a data recorder.[71] START data recorder #2.[72] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, to OPEN, AND RECORD remote opening time using indicating lights on 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, at 2-M-5.seconds (20 sec)M&TE Cal Due Date[73] WHEN pressurizer pressure reaches 2035 psig as indicated by recorder 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, on 2-M-5, THEN PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, at 2-M-5, to CLOSE.[74] VERIFY 2-PCV-68-334 is CLOSED by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, at 2-M-5.[75] STOP data recorder #2.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 114 of 198 Date 6.8 PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity (continued)
[76] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-5A/91A, PZR PORV/SAFETY OPEN, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.B. 2-XA-55-5A/89A, PZR PORV LINE TEMP HI, ALARMED.C. 2-XA-55-5A/88C, PRT PRESS HI, on 2-M-5, ALARMED.D. 2-XA-55-5A/88D, PRT TEMP HI, on 2-M-5, ALARMED.[77] RECORD pressurizer and PRT post-discharge data in Data Sheet 2.[78] RECORD the following data.A. PRT pressure recorded in Data Sheet 2 for Step 6.8[77].psig B. PRT temperature recorded in Data Sheet 2 for Step 6.8[77].OF[79] VERIFY PRT pressure is < 50 psig. (Acc Crit 5.0[9])[80] VERIFY PRT temperature is < 200 IF. (Acc Crit 5.0[9])[81] RECORD the remote closing time of 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, from the data recorder.seconds (< 5 sec)M&TE Cal Due Date[82] VERIFY the remote opening time of 2-FCV-68-332, PRESSURIZER PORV BLOCK VALVE, is less than or equal to 20 seconds. (Acc Crit 5.0[1]B)[83] VERIFY the remote closing time of 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, is less than or equal to 5 seconds.(Acc Crit 5.0[3]E)
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 115 of 198 Date 6.8 PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity (continued)
[84] WHEN pressurizer pressure is greater than 2220 psig, as indicated by recorder 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, at 2-M-5, THEN PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP HEATERS C, at 2-M-4, to the OFF position, AND RELEASE to P AUTO.[85] ENSURE pressurizer pressure is automatically returned to approximately 2235 psig.[86] ENSURE pressurizer level is manually controlled to the no-load value of 25% using controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, at 2-M-5.[87] ENSURE pressure, temperature, and water level conditions for 2-TANK-68-PRT, PRESSURIZER RELIEF TANK, are in accordance with 2-TOP-68-02, RCS -HFT.[88] VERIFY there is NO leakage through 2-PCV-68-334, PRESSURIZER PORV, by the following indicators:
A. VERIFY 2-XA-55-5A/89A, PZR PORV LINE TEMP HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR. (Acc Crit 5.0[3]F)B. VERIFY temperature indication on 2-TI-68-331, PORV 340A and 334 TAILPIPE TEMP, on 2-M-4, does not indicate a leaking PORV(> ambient temperature), AND RECORD the temperature indication.
OF C. VERIFY 2-XA-55-5A/91A, PZR PORV/SAFETY OPEN, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.(Acc Crit 5.0[3]F)D. VERIFY 2-XI-68-334, PORV, on 0-M-25, is NOT LIT.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 116 of 198 Date 6.8 PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity (continued)
[89] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-5A/88D, PRT TEMP HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.B. 2-XA-55-5A/88C, PRT PRESS HI, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.C. 2-XA-55-5A/88B, PRT LEVEL HI/LO, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.[90] RECORD the steady state pressurizer and PRT data in Data Sheet 2.[91] DISCONNECT Test Record #1 as follows:[91.1] DISCONNECT Channel 1 from Terminal Board 1-2F, Point 2-RBCP1 (+) and Terminal Board 1-2E, Point 10-RBC6 (-) in 2-L-1 1A. (PORV Actuation Signal).CV[91.2] DISCONNECT Channel 2 from Terminal Board 1-2F, Points 3-RBC2 (+) and 2-RBCN (-) in 2-L-1 1A. (PORV FULL CLOSED)CV[91.3] DISCONNECT Channel 3 from Terminal Board 1-2F, Points 5-RBC12 (+) and 2-RBCN (-) in 2-L-1 1A. (PORV FULL OPEN)CV Date 6.8 PORV Dynamic Testing and Leak Integrity (continued)
[92] DISCONNECT Test Recorder #2 as follows:[92.1] DISCONNECT Channel 1 from Terminal Board 1-2F, Point 2-RBCPI (+) and Terminal Board 1-2E, Point 10-RBC6 (-) in 2-L-1 1A. (PORV Actuation Signal).Cv[92.2] DISCONCONNECT Channel 2 from Terminal Board 1-2F, Points 3-RBC2 (+) and 2-RBCN (-) in 2-L-1 1A.(PORV FULL CLOSED)Cv[92.3] CONNECT Channel 3 from Terminal Board 1-2F, Points 5-RBC12 (+) and 2-RBCN (-) in 2-L-11A. (PORV FULL OPEN)Cv Date 6.9 Pressurizer Level Control Test CAUTION Ensure all unnecessary personnel are evacuated from the lower containment for the performance of this Subsection.
[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.9 have been completed.
[2] ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340A, PZR PRESS MASTER CONTROL, at 2-M-4, is placed in AUTO, AND VERIFY pressurizer pressure is AUTOMATICALLY controlled to approximately 2235 psig, as indicated on recorder 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, on 2-M-5.[3] ENSURE controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5, is in MAN, AND MANUALLY control pressurizer level to approximately 25% of level span, as indicated on recorder 2-LR-68-339, PZR LEVEL-%, on 2-M-5.[4] ENSURE controller 2-LIC-68-339, CHARG FLOW/PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-4, is in MAN.[5] RECORD AUCT TAVG indication on recorder 2-TR-68-2B, TREF & AUCT TAVG -OF, on 2-M-5.OF[6] RECORD PROGRAM LEVEL indication on recorder 2-LR-68-339, PZR LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5.[7] VERIFY recorded PROGRAM LEVEL corresponds to the recorded AUCT TAVG (557 OF -588.2 OF, 25% -60%).[8] PLACE W213CP:W2PZRLVL:B80_CH to MANUAL using a Foxboro workstation.
[9] PLACE W213CP:W2PZRLVL:B80_CH to 25% level span.[10] PLACE controller 2-LIC-68-339, CHARG FLOW/PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-4, to AUTO.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 119 of 198 Date 6.9 Pressurizer Level Control Test (continued)
[11] PLACE controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, at 2-M-5, to AUTO.[12] VERIFY pressurizer level is controlled to approximately 25%level span.NOTE Automatic pressurizer level control to an induced pressurizer level setpoint increase will be tested in the following steps.[13] RECORD the current time: Start Time[14] ADJUST W213CP:W2PZRLVL:B80_CH to 30% level span using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
[15] VERIFY by 2-LR-68-339, PZR LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5, that pressurizer level is controlled to 30% level span with decreasing oscillations within +/-1% of level span.(Acc Crit 5.0[10]A)[16]RECORD the current time: End Time[17] PRINT the pressurizer level transient response captured on the ICS for the time interval recorded, AND LABEL with 2-PTI-68-15, revision number, step number, date, and initial.[18] ATTACH the transient plot to this instruction.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 120 of 198 Date 6.9 Pressurizer Level Control Test (continued)
NOTE Automatic pressurizer level control to an induced pressurizer level setpoint decrease will be tested in the following steps.[19] RECORD the current time.Start Time[20] ADJUST W213CP:W2PZRLVL:B80_CH to 25% using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
[21] VERIFY by 2-LR-68-339, PZR LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5, that pressurizer level is controlled to 25% level span with decreasing oscillations within +/- 1% of level span.(Acc Crit 5.0[10]B)[22] RECORD the current time.Start Time[23] PRINT the pressurizer level transient response from the ICS for the time interval recorded, AND LABEL with 2-PTI-68-15, revision number, step number, date, and initial.[24] ATTACH the transient plot to this instruction.
[25] PLACE W213CP:W2PZRLVL:B80_CH to AUTOMATIC using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 121 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test[ CAUTION Ensure all unnecessary personnel are evacuated from the lower containment for the performance of this Subsection.
[1] ENSURE prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.10 have been completed.
NOTE The operator may take manual control of pressurizer pressure, as necessary, via controller 2-PIC-68-340A, PZR PRESS MASTER CONTROL, on 2-M-4, unless otherwise noted.[2] ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340A, PZR PRESS MASTER CONTROL, at 2-M-4, is placed in AUTO, AND VERIFY pressurizer pressure is AUTOMATICALLY controlled to approximately 2235 psig, as indicated on 2-PR-68-340, PRZ PRES -PSIG, on 2-M-5.NOTE The minimum letdown orifice flow for this subsection shall be 45 GPM. A letdown orifice combination of 75 GPM or more is recommended to provide accelerated lev.el control.[3] ENSURE normal letdown orifices OPEN are greater than or equal to 45 GPM by handswitch indications on 2-M-6.[4] ENSURE controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5, is placed to MAN, AND MANUALLY CONTROL pressurizer level to approximately 25% as indicated on 2-LR-68-339, PZR LEVEL -%, at 2-M-5.[5] ENSURE controller 2-LIC-68-339, CHARG FLOW/PZR LEVEL CONTROL, at 2-M-4, is placed to MAN.[6] ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340B, LOOP 2 SPRAY CONTROL, at 2-M-4, is placed to AUTO.[7] ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340D, LOOP 1 SPRAY CONTROL, 2-M-4, is placed to AUTO.
Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
[8] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341 F, CONTROL HEATERS D, at 2-M-4, to the ON position, AND RELEASE to the P AUTO position.[9] VERIFY handswitch 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP HEATERS C, at 2-M-4, is in the P AUTO position.[10] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, at 2-M-4, is placed to A-P AUTO.[11] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, at 2-M-4, is placed to A-P AUTO.NOTE Reactor coolant system high auctioneered temperature should be maintained at +0 °F,-5 IF throughout this entire subsection to maintain the pressurizer program level setpoint at 25%level span.[121 ENSURE the auctioneered high Tavg, as indicated by 2-TR-68-2B, TREF & AUCT TAVG -IF, on 2-M-5, is 557 OF (+0,-5 OF) by adjusting the setpoint on 2-PIC-1-33, STM DUMP PRESS CONTROL, on 2-M-4.[13] RECORD pressurizer level steady state data in Data Sheet 3, AND VERIFY indications 2-LI-68-339, 2-LI-68-335, and 2-LI-68-320 are within 4% of each other. (Acc Crit 5.0[11 ]B)[14] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-5A/92B, PZR LEVEL HI-DEVN, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.B. Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 92-B PZR LEVEL HI-DEVN, as Return to Normal.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 123 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
CAUTIONS 1) Do NOT reduce pressurizer water level below 17% of level span without the pressurizer heaters all OFF. Uncovering the pressurizer heaters in an energized state will cause heater damage.2) Do NOT allow the pressurizer vessel to be placed in a water solid condition.
NOTES 1) Pressurizer water level will be gradually increased to reach various pressurizer water level setpoints.
Pressurizer water level will be increased to a maximum level of 100%of span.2) Pressurizer water level will also be reduced to reach various pressurizer water level setpoints.
Pressurizer water level will be reduced to 0% of span.3) A pressurizer level increase rate of 0.5-1.0 %/min is recommended when approaching verification steps.[15] ESTABLISH a gradual INCREASE in pressurizer level using controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5.NOTE PERFORM the following Step as pressurizer level approaches 30% level span.[16] WHEN 2-XA-55-5A/92B, PZR LEVEL HI-DEVN, on 2-M-5, ALARMS, THEN A. RECORD the pressurizer level indication on 2-LR-68-339, PRZ LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5.(Acc Crit 5.0[11]C)% (30%, 28-32%)B. RECORD the % DEVIATION on controller 2-LIC-68-339, CHARG FLOW/PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-4.% (5%, 3-7%)C. RECORD 2-LR-68-339A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (30%, 28-32%)
Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
D. RECORD 2-LR-68-335A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (30%, 28-32%)E. RECORD 2-LR-68-320, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (30%, 28-32%)F. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 92-B PZR LEVEL HI-DEVN, in ALARM.[17] MAINTAIN pressurizer level increase using 2-HIC-68-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-6, AND CONTROL pressurizer level at 60% as indicated by 2-LR-68-339, PZR LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5.[18] RECORD pressurizer data for 60% of level span in Data Sheet 3, AND VERIFY indications 2-LI-68-339A, 2-LI-68-335A, and 2-LI-68-320 are within 4% of each other. (Acc Crit 5.0[11]B).
[19] VERIFY 2-XA-55-5A/92A, PZR LEVEL HI/LO, at 2-M-5, is CLEAR.[20] ESTABLISH a gradual INCREASE in pressurizer level using 2-HIC-68-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-6.NOTE PERFORM the following step as pressurizer level approaches 70% level span.[211 WHEN 2-XA-55-5A/92A, PZR LEVEL HI/LO, at 2-M-5, ALARMS, THEN A. RECORD pressurizer level indication on 2-LR-68-339, PZR LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5. (Acc Crit 5.0[11]C)% (70%, 68-72%)B. RECORD 2-LI-68-339A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (70%, 68-72%)
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 125 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
C. RECORD 2-LI-68-335A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (70%, 68-72%)D. RECORD 2-LI-68-320, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (70%, 68-72%)E. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 92A PZR LEVEL HI/LO, in ALARM.[22] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XX-55-6A/9, PZR LEVEL HI LS-68-339, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR.B. 2-XX-55-6A/29, PZR LEVEL HI LS-68-335A, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR.C. 2-XX-55-6A/49, PZR LEVEL HI LS-68-320A, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR.D. 2-XA-55-6C/124A, PZR LEVEL HI, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR.E. 2-XX-55-L10/302A, PZR LEVEL HI, on 2-L-10, is CLEAR.F. Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 124-A PZR LEVEL HI, CLEAR.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 126 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
NOTES 1) The P-7 protection permissive (Blocks low pressure reactor trip when nuclear and turbine power less than 10%) should be ARMED (LIT) during this test. If the P-7 is UNARMED (NOT LIT), the performance of this test will not be impacted.2) The first out annunciator panel 2-XA-55-4D may annunciate in the following step IF the P-7 protection permissive is UNARMED (NOT LIT). Clearing the reactor first out annunciator can be performed using handswitch 2-XS-55-4D on 2-M-4, as necessary.
[23] PERFORM the following when pressurizer level approaches approximately 92% of level span: A. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/9, PZR LEVEL HI LS-68-339, on 2-M-6, is in ALARM, AND RECORD pressurizer level indication on 2-LI-68-339A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.92%, 90-94%B. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/29, PZR LEVEL HI LS-68-335A, on 2-M-6, is in ALARM, AND RECORD pressurizer level indication on 2-LI-68-335A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.92%, 90-94%C. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/49, PZR LEVEL HI LS-68-320A, on 2-M-6, is in ALARM, AND RECORD pressurizer level indication on 2-LI-68-320, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.92%, 90-94%D. VERIFY 2-XA-55-6C/124A, PZR LEVEL HI, on 2-M-6, is ALARMED. (Acc Crit 5.0[11]C)E. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 124A PZR LEVEL HI, in ALARM.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 127 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
F. VERIFY 2-XA-55-L10/302A, PZR LEVEL HI, is ALARMED, AND RECORD pressurizer level indication on 2-LI-68-326C, PZR LEVEL, on 2-L-10.92%, 90-94%CAUTION Expedite the performance of the next step to prevent the pressurizer from going water solid.NOTES 1) PERFORM the following step as pressurizer level approaches 100% of level span.2) Level Indicator 2-LI-68-321, PZR-COLD CAL LEVEL, on 2-M-4, can be used to monitor pressurizer level in addition to the normal pressurizer level indications.
[24] ADJUST controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, at 2-M-5, to MAINTAIN pressurizer level at or slightly below 100% of level span (99-100%).
[25] RECORD pressurizer data for 100% of level span on Data Sheet 3, AND VERIFY indications 2-LI-68-339A, 2-LI-68-335A, and 2-LI-68-320 are within 4% of each other. (Acc Crit 5.0[11]B).
[26] ESTABLISH a gradual DECREASE in pressurizer level using 2-HIC-68-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5.
Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
NOTE The first out annunciator panel 2-XA-55-4D may clear in the following step. Clearing the reactor first out annunciator can be performed using handswitch 2-XS-55-4D, as necessary.
[27] PERFORM the following when pressurizer level approaches approximately 91% of level span: A. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/9, PZR LEVEL HI LS-68-339, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR, AND RECORD pressurizer level indication on 2-LI-68-339A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.91%, 89-93%B. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/29, PZR LEVEL HI LS-68-335A, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR, AND RECORD pressurizer level indication on 2-LI-68-335A, PZRL LEVEL, on 2-M-4.91%, 89-93%C. VERIFY 2-XX-55-6A/49, PZR LEVEL HI LS-68-320A, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR, AND RECORD pressurizer level indication on 2-LI-68-320, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.91%, 89-93%D. VERIFY 2-XA-55-6C/124A, PZR LEVEL HI, on 2-M-6, is CLEAR.E. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 124-A PZR LEVEL HI, CLEAR.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 129 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
F. VERIFY 2-XA-55-10/302A, PZR LEVEL HI, on 2-L-10, is CLEAR, AND RECORD pressurizer level indication on 2-LI-68-326C, PZR LEVEL, on 2-L-10.91%, 89-93%NOTE PERFORM the following as pressurizer level approaches 69% level span.[28] WHEN 2-XA-55-5A/92A, PZR LEVEL HI/LO, at 2-M-5, CLEARS, THEN A. RECORD pressurizer level indication on 2-LR-68-339, PZR LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5.% (69%, 67-71%)B. RECORD 2-LI-68-339A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (69%, 67-71%)C. RECORD 2-LI-68-335A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (69%, 67-71%)D. RECORD 2-LI-68-320, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (69%, 67-71%)E. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 92A PZR LEVEL HI/LO, is CLEAR.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 130 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
NOTE PERFORM the following as pressurizer level approaches 29% level span.[29] WHEN 2-XA-55-5A/92B, PZR LEVEL HI DEVN, on 2-M-5, CLEARS, THEN A. RECORD the pressurizer level indication on 2-LR-68-339, PRZ LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5.% (29%, 27-31%)B. RECORD the % DEVIATION in level on controller 2-LIC-68-339, CHARG FLOW/PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-4.% (4%, 2-6%)C. RECORD 2-LI-68-339A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (29%, 27-31%)D. RECORD 2-LI-68-335A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (29%, 27-31%)E. RECORD 2-LI-68-320, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (29%, 27-31%)F. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 92-B PZR LEVEL HI-DEVN, is CLEAR.NOTE PERFORM the following as pressurizer level reaches 25% level span[30] MAINTAIN pressurizer level at 25% of span using controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5.[31] ESTABLISH excess letdown in accordance with 2-TOP-62-02, CVCS -Startup Testing Operations.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 131 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
[32] ENSURE pressurizer level is maintained, with excess letdown established, at approximately 25% of span, using controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5.NOTE The following step will turn off the two backup heater groups to allow the pressurizer heater trip interlock on low pressure to be disabled.[33] PERFORM the following:
A. ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, at 2-M-4, is placed to OFF, AND VERIFY backup heater group A-A is OFF by indicating lights.B. ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, at 2-M-4, is placed to OFF, AND VERIFY backup heater group B-B is OFF by indicating lights.CAUTION Follow standard precautions when working around energized electrical equipment in accordance with TVA Safety Manual Procedure 1021. In addition, follow TI-300 when working around electrical equipment.
NOTE The following two steps defeat the pressurizer pressure trip relay signal to both the Backup Heater Groups A-A and B-B. This will allow the backup heater groups A-A and B-B to be turned on and remain ON when pressure is above the low pressure backup heater setpoint of 2210 psig.[34] LIFT and TAPE the wire on contact point 3 of relay PB455GXA, in 2-R-54, to defeat the pressurizer low pressure trip relay signal to the Backup Heater A-A.CV WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 132 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
[35] LIFT and TAPE the wire on contact point 3 of relay PB455GXB, in 2-R-55, to defeat the pressurizer low pressure trip relay signal to Backup Heater B-B.Cv[36] PERFORM the following:
A. PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, at 2-M-4, to A-P AUTO, AND VERIFY backup heater group A-A is OFF by indicating lights.B. PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341 D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, at 2-M-4, to A-P AUTO, AND VERIFY backup heater group B-B is OFF by indicating lights.[37] ENSURE the following switches on 2-M-6 are placed to P AUTO: A. 2-HS-62-69A, RCS LETDOWN FRM LOOP 3 IN CNTMT B. 2-HS-62-70A, RCS LETDOWN FRM LOOP 3 IN CNTMT Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
[38] ENSURE the following handswitches on 2-M-6 are placed to A-P AUTO: A. 2-HS-62-72A, LETDOWN ORIFICE A 45 GPM CIV-0A B. 2-HS-62-73A, LETDOWN ORIFICE B 75 GPM CIV-0A C. 2-HS-62-74A, LETDOWN ORIFICE C 75 GPM CIV-0A[39] RECORD letdown valve positions by the indicating lights at the following handswitches:
A. 2-HS-62-72A, LETDOWN ORIFICE A 45 GPM CIV-0A Open/Closed B. 2-HS-62-73A, LETDOWN ORIFICE B 75 GPM CIV-0A Open/Closed C. 2-HS-62-74A, LETDOWN ORIFICE C 75 GPM CIV-OA Open/Closed D. 2-HS-62-76, LETDOWN ORIFICE 5 GPM CIV-0A Open/Closed
[40] VERIFY 2-XA-55-5A/92A, PZR LEVEL HI/LO, on 2-M-5 is CLEAR.[41] ESTABLISH a gradual DECREASE in pressurizer level using controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 SPage 134 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
NOTE PERFORM the following as pressurizer level approaches 20% level span[42] WHEN 2-XA-55-5A/92A, PZR LEVEL HI/LO, on 2-M-5, ALARMS, THEN A. RECORD the pressurizer level indication on 2-LR-68-339, PRZ LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5. (Acc Crit 5.0[11]C)% (20%, 18-22%)B. RECORD the % DEVIATION in level on controller 2-LIC-68-339, CHARG FLOW/PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-4.% (-5%, -3 to -7%)C. RECORD 2-LI-68-339A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (20%, 18-22%)D. RECORD 2-LI-68-335A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (20%, 18-22%)E. RECORD 2-LI-68-320, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (20%, 18-22%)F. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 92-A PZR LEVEL HI/LO, in ALARM.[43] CONTROL pressurizer level constant at 20% using controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 135 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
CAUTIONS 1) Pressurizer level will be decreased to the heater cutout setpoint of 17% level span. All groups of heaters should be automatically turned off.2) Pressurizer heaters must not be operated if the water level is below the 17% level span. The pressurizer heaters will damage if operated while pressurizer heaters are uncovered.
- 3) Closely monitor pressurizer pressure and heater indicating lights at control handswitches to ensure pressurizer heaters remain off while pressurizer level is decreased to the 0% span.4) Pressurizer level will isolate normal letdown at the 17% level span setpoint.
Since a significant change in charging and letdown flow will occur, reactor coolant pump seal injection flow should be checked and adjusted if necessary.
NOTE Automatic isolation of normal letdown will result in an increase in pressurizer level.Charging flow should be reduced to maintain pressurizer level as close to constant as possible.[44] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-5A/92C, PZR LEVEL LO-HTRS OFF & LTDN CLOSED, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.B. Unit 2 Events Display Legend Shows 92-C PZR LEVEL LO-HTRS OFF & LTDN CLOSED, CLEAR.C. 2-XA-55-L10/302B, PZR LEVEL LO, on 2-L-10, is CLEAR.[45] RECORD the setpoint on controller 2-HIC-62-78A, LETDOWN HX OUTLET TEMP TCV-70-192 CONTROL, on 2-M-6.%/
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 136 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
NOTES 1) Bistable 2-LS-68-335E will be placed to manual in Foxboro I/A to temporarily disable the letdown isolation signal for 2-FCV-62-69, CVCS LETDOWN ISOLATION, and the A, B, and C letdown flow orifices.
Bistable 2-LS-68-339D (17% level span for heater cutout and letdown isolation) will be operating as designed and will be tested.2) Foxboro I/A workstation will be used in the following performance steps. Ensure a Foxboro I/A System Engineer or qualified individual is available for this portion of the test.[46] PLACE W212CP:W2PZRLVLA:2LS0680335E to MANUAL using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
[47] ENSURE W212CP:W2PZRLVLA:2LS0680335E is low (0)using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
NOTE The low pressurizer level heater cutout and let down isolation setpoints will be tested. The pressurizer pressure will be increased above nominal setpoint to allow for heat loss after the pressurizer heaters are cutout from the pressurizer level setpoint.[48] PERFORM the following steps to increase pressurizer pressure:[48.1] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, on 2-M-4, to ON, AND RELEASE to A-P AUTO.[48.2] VERIFY Backup Heaters A-A are ON by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, on 2-M-4.[48.3] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341 D, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, on 2-M-4, to ON, AND RELEASE TO A-P AUTO.[48.4] VERIFY Backup Heaters B-B are ON by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-341 D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, on 2-M-4.
Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
[48.5] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP HEATERS C, on 2-M-4, is placed ON, AND RELEASE to P AUTO.[48.6] VERIFY Backup Heaters C are ON by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP HEATERS C, on 2-M-4.[48.7] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341F, CONROL HEATERS D, on 2-M-4, to ON, AND RELEASE to P AUTO.[48.8] VERIFY Control Heaters D are ON by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-341F, CONTROL HEATERS D, on 2-M-4.[49] WHEN pressurizer pressure is greater than or equal to approximately 2250 psig, as indicated by 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, on 2-M-5, THEN ESTABLISH a gradual DECREASE in pressurizer level using controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5.NOTES 1) After normal letdown is isolated, excess letdown will provide 20-35 GPM of flow.Pressurizer level may increase due to the charging and letdown flow imbalance and may clear the hysteresis setpoint of the low level heater cutout and letdown isolation bistable.
This will not result in a failure of the performance steps.2) Expedite the performance of the next step.[50] PERFORM the following as pressurizer level approaches 17%level span:[50.1] WHEN 2-XA-55-5A/92C, PZR LEVEL LO-HTRS OFF <DN CLOSED, on 2-M-5, ALARMS, THEN A. RECORD the pressurizer level indication on 2-LR-68-339, PRZ LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5.% (17%, 15-19%)
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 138 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
B. RECORD 2-LI-68-339A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (17%, 15-19%)C. RECORD 2-LI-68-335A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (17%, 15-19%)D. RECORD 2-LI-68-320, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (17%, 15-19%)E. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 92-C PZR LEVEL LO-HTRS OFF & LTDN CLOSED, in ALARM.F. VERIFY Backup Heaters A-A are OFF by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, on 2-M-4. (Acc. Crit. 5.0[11]A)G. VERIFY Backup Heaters B-B are OFF by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, on 2-M-4. (Acc. Crit. 5.0[11]A)H. VERIFY Backup Heaters C are OFF by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-341 H, BACKUP HEATERS C, on 2-M-4. (Acc. Crit. 5.0[11]A)1. VERIFY Control Heaters D are OFF by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-341 F, CONTROL HEATERS D, on 2-M-4. (Acc. Crit. 5.0[11]A)J. VERIFY letdown isolation valve 2-FCV-62-69 is OPEN by indicating lights at 2-HS-62-69A, RCS LETDOWN FRM LOOP 3 IN CNTMT, on 2-M-6.K. VERIFY letdown isolation valve 2-FCV-62-70 is CLOSED by indicating lights at 2-HS-62-70A, RCS LETDOWN FRM LOOP 3 IN CNTMT, on 2-M-6.(Acc. Crit. 5.0[11]A)
Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
L. RECORD letdown valve positions by the indicating lights at the following handswitches: " 2-HS-62-72A, LETDOWN ORIFICE A 45 GPM CIV-OA Open/Closed
- 2-HS-62-73A, LETDOWN ORIFICE B 75 GPM CIV-0A Open/Closed
- 2-HS-62-74A, LETDOWN ORIFICE C 75 GPM CIV-OA Open/Closed
- 2-HS-62-76, LETDOWN ORIFICE 5 GPM CIV-0A Open/Closed M. VERIFY letdown valve(s) OPEN in performance step 6.10[39] are CLOSED as indicated in performance step 6.10[50.1]L.
[50.2] WHEN 2-XA-55-L10/302B, PZR LEVEL LO, on 2-L-10, ALARMS, THEN RECORD pressurizer level indication 2-LI-68-325C, PZR LEVEL, on 2-L-10.% (17%, 15-19%)
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev.0000 Page 140 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
NOTE To establish normal letdown flow, control must be transferred to the auxiliary control for isolation valves and letdown orifices.[51] PLACE handswitch 2-XS-62-70, RCS LETDOWN CIV FROM LOOP 3, on 2-L-1 1A, to the AUX position, AND VERIFY 2-XA-55-6F/148B, ACR PNL 2-L-11A, on 2-M-6 is LIT.[52] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-62-70C, RCS LETDOWN ISOL FROM LOOP 3 CIV-OA, on 2-L-10 to the OPEN position, AND VERIFY by indicating lights the valve is OPEN.[53] PLACE controller 2-HIC-62-78A, LETDOWN HX OUTLET TEMP TVC-70-192 CONTROL, at 2-M-6, to MAN, AND ADJUST controller output to 20-25% open.NOTE In the following step, determine the controller output based on the orifice OPEN in Step 6.10[39].[54] PLACE controller 2-HIC-62-81A, LETDOWN PRESS CONTROL, at 2-M-6, to MAN, AND ADJUST controller output to 20-25% open IF using the 45 gpm orifice, OR ADJUST controller output to 40-50% open IF using a 75 gpm orifice.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 141 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
CAUTION It may be necessary in the next step to adjust 2-PCV-62-81, CVCS LETDOWN HX PRESS CNTRL, using controller 2-HIC-62-81A, LETDOWN PRESS CONTROL, to maintain letdown pressure less than 600 psig. This prevents 2-RFV-62-662, CVCS LETDOWN HEADER RELIEF, from OPENING.[55] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-62-76, LETDOWN ORIFICE 5 GPM CIV-0A, at 2-M-6, to OPEN, AND RELEASE to A AUTO.[56] VERIFY 5 gpm letdown orifice is OPEN by indicating lights at 2-HS-62-76, LETDOWN ORIFICE 5 GPM CIV-0A, on 2-M-6.[57] PLACE the following handswitches on 2-L-1 1A to the AUX position: A. 2-XS-62-72, LETDOWN ORIFICE A 45 GPM.B. 2-XS-62-73, LETDOWN ORIFICE B 75 GPM C. 2-XS-62-74, LETDOWN ORIFICE C 75 GPM[58] WHEN letdown pressure and temperature stabilize, as indicated on 2-PI-62-81C, LP LETDOWN PRESSURE, and 2-TI-62-80C, LETDOWN HX OUTLET TEMP, on 2-L-10, THEN PLACE handswitch, on 2-L-10, for the OPEN valve recorded in Step 6.10[39], to OPEN, AND VERIFY by indicating lights the valve is OPEN.[59] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-62-76, LETDOWN ORIFICE 5 GPM CIV-0A, on 2-M-6, to CLOSE, AND RELEASE to A AUTO.[60] VERIFY 2-FCV-62-76 is closed by indicating lights at 2-HS-62-76, LETDOWN ORIFICE 5 GPM CIV-OA, on 2-M-6.[61] ENSURE setpoint on controller 2-HIC-62-81A, LETDOWN PRESS CONTROL, at 2-M-6, is 54% (325 psig).
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 142 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
[62] ADJUST controller 2-HIC-62-81A, LETDOWN PRESS CONTROL, at 2-M-6, to maintain pressure at 325 psig, AND PLACE controller 2-HIC-62-81A, LETDOWN PRESS CONTROL, at 2-M-6, to AUTO.[63] ENSURE controller 2-HIC-62-78A, LETDOWN HX OUTLET TEMP TCV-70-192 CONTROL, at 2-M-6, is set at the setpoint recorded in Step 6.10[45], AND PLACE controller 2-HIC-62-81A, LETDOWN HX OUTLET TEMP TCV-70-192 CONTROL, to AUTO.[64] ADJUST charging flow using controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5, to maintain pressurizer level at or above 20%, as indicated on 2-LR-68-339, PZR LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5.[65] PLACE handswitch 2-XS-62-70, RCS LETDOWN CIV FROM LOOP 3, on 2-L-1 1A, to NOR position, AND VERIFY 2-XA-55-6F/148B, ACR PNL 2--L-1 1A, on 2-M-6, is NOT LIT.[66] PLACE the following handswitches on 2-L-1 1A to the NOR position: A. 2-XS-62-72, LETDOWN ORIFICE A 45 GPM.B. 2-XS-62-73, LETDOWN ORIFICE B 75 GPM C. 2-XS-62-74, LETDOWN ORIFICE C 75 GPM NOTE The following step returns the letdown orifice switch to the normal configuration and does NOT close the orifice valve due to the transfer switch positions in the previous step.[67] PLACE handswitch, on 2-L-1 0, for the OPEN valve recorded in Step 6.10[39], to CLOSED.
Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
NOTES 1) Bistable 2-LS-68-339D will be placed to manual in Foxboro I/A to temporarily disable the letdown isolation signal for 2-FCV-62-70, CVCS LETDOWN ISOLATION, and the A, B, and C letdown flow orifices.
Bistable 2-LS-68-335E (17% level span for heater cutout and letdown isolation) will be operating as designed and will be tested.2) Foxboro I/A workstation will be used in the following performance steps. Ensure a Foxboro I/A System Engineer or qualified individual is available for this portion of the test.[68] PLACE W212CP:W2PZRLVLA:2LS0680335E to AUTO using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
[69] PLACE W213CP:W2PZRLVL:2LS0680339D to MANUAL using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
[70] ENSURE W213CP:W2PZRLVL:2LS0680339D is low (0) using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
[71] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-5A/92C, PZR LEVEL LO-HTRS OFF & LTDN CLOSED, on 2-M-5, is CLEAR.B. Unit 2 Events Display Legend Shows 92-C PZR LEVEL LO-HTRS OFF & LTDN CLOSED, CLEAR.NOTE The low pressurizer level heater cutout and let down isolation setpoints will be tested. The pressurizer pressure will be increased above nominal setpoint to allow for heat loss once the pressurizer heaters are cutout from the pressurizer level setpoint.[72] PERFORM the following steps to increase pressurizer pressure:[72.1] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, on 2-M-4, to ON, AND RELEASE to A-P AUTO.[72.2] VERIFY Backup Heaters A-A are ON by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, on 2-M-4.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 144 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
[72.3] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, on 2-M-4, to ON, AND RELEASE TO A-P AUTO.[72.4] VERIFY Backup Heaters B-B are ON by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-341 D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, on 2-M-4.[72.5] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP HEATERS C, on 2-M-4, is placed ON, AND RELEASE to P AUTO.[72.6] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP HEATERS C, on 2-M-4, to ON, AND RELEASE to P AUTO.[72.7] VERIFY Backup Heaters C are ON by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-341H, CONTROL HEATERS D, on 2-M-4.[72.8] VERIFY Control Heaters D are on by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-341F, CONTROL HEATERS D, on 2-M-4.NOTE A pressurizer level increase rate of 0.5-1.0 %/min is recommended when approaching verification steps.[73] WHEN pressurizer pressure is greater than or equal to approximately 2250 psig, as indicated by 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, on 2-M-5, THEN ESTABLISH a gradual DECREASE in pressurizer level using controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 145 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
NOTES 1) After normal letdown is isolated, excess letdown will provide 20-35 GPM of flow.Pressurizer level may increase due to the charging and letdown flow imbalance and may clear the hysteresis setpoint of the low level heater cutout and letdown isolation bistable.
This will not result in a failure of the performance steps.2) Expedite the performance of the next step.3) PERFORM the following step as pressurizer level approaches 17% level span.[74] WHEN 2-XA-55-5A/92C, PZR LEVEL LO-HTRS OFF & LTDN CLOSED, on 2-M-5, ALARMS, THEN A. RECORD the pressurizer level indication on 2-LR-68-339, PRZ LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5.% (17%, 15-19%)B. RECORD 2-LI-68-339A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (17%, 15-19%)C. RECORD 2-LI-68-335A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (17%, 15-19%)D. RECORD 2-LI-68-320, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (17%, 15-19%)E. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 92-C PZR LEVEL LO-HTRS OFF & LTDN CLOSED, in ALARM.F. VERIFY Backup Heaters A-A are OFF by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, on 2-M-4. (Acc. Crit. 5.0[11]A)G. VERIFY Backup Heaters B-B are OFF by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, on 2-M-4. (Acc. Crit. 5.0[11]A)H. VERIFY Backup Heaters C are OFF by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP HEATERS C, on 2-M-4. (Acc. Crit. 5.0[11]A)
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 146 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
I. VERIFY Control Heaters D are OFF by indicating lights at handswitch 2-HS-68-341F, CONTROL HEATERS D, on 2-M-4. (Acc. Crit. 5.0[11]A)J. VERIFY letdown isolation valve 2-FCV-62-69 is CLOSED by indicating lights at 2-HS-62-69A, RCS LETDOWN FRM LOOP 3 IN CNTMT, on 2-M-6. (Acc. Crit. 5.0[11]A)K. VERIFY letdown isolation valve 2-FCV-62-70 is OPEN by indicating lights at 2-HS-62-70A, RCS LETDOWN FRM LOOP 3 IN CNTMT, on 2-M-6.L. RECORD letdown valve positions by the indicating lights at the following handswitches: " 2-HS-62-72A, LETDOWN ORIFICE A 45 GPM CIV-OA Open/Close
- 2-HS-62-73A, LETDOWN ORIFICE B 75 GPM CIV-0A Open/Close
- 2-HS-62-74A, LETDOWN ORIFICE C 75 GPM CIV-OA Open/Close" 2-HS-62-76, LETDOWN ORIFICE 5 GPM CIV-0A Open/Close M. VERIFY letdown valve(s) OPEN in performance step 6.10[39] are CLOSED as indicated in performance step 6.10[74]L.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 147 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
NOTE To establish normal letdown flow, control must be transferred to the auxiliary control for isolation valves and letdown orifices.[75] PLACE handswitch 2-XS-62-69, RCS LETDOWN CIV FROM LOOP 3, on 2-L-1 1A, to AUX position, AND VERIFY 2-XA-55-6F/148B, ACR PNL 2-L-11 A, on 2-M-6 is LIT.[76] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-62-69C, RCS LETDOWN ISOL FROM LOOP 3 CIV-0A, on 2-L-10, to the OPEN position, AND VERIFY by indicating lights the valve is OPEN.[77] PLACE controller 2-HIC-62-78A, LETDOWN HX OUTLET TEMP TVC-70-192 CONTROL, at 2-M-6, to MAN, AND ADJUST controller output to 20-25% open.NOTE In the following step, determine the controller output based on the orifice OPEN in Step 6.10[39].[78] PLACE controller 2-HIC-62-81A, LETDOWN PRESS CONTROL, at 2-M-6, to MAN, AND ADJUST controller output to 20-25% open, IF using the 45 gpm orifice, OR ADJUST controller output to 40-50% open, IF using a 75 gpm orifice.
Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
CAUTION It may be necessary in the next step to adjust 2-PCV-62-81, CVCS LETDOWN HX PRESS CNTRL, using controller 2-HIC-62-81A, LETDOWN PRESS CONTROL, to maintain letdown pressure less than 600 psig. This prevents 2-RFV-62-662, CVCS LETDOWN HEADER RELIEF, from OPENING.[79] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-62-76, LETDOWN ORIFICE 5 GPM CIV-0A, at 2-M-6, to OPEN, AND RELEASE to A AUTO.[80] VERIFY 5 gpm letdown orifice is OPEN by indicating lights at 2-HS-62-76, LETDOWN ORIFICE 5 GPM CIV-0A, on 2-M-6.[81] PLACE the following handswitches on 2-L-1 1A to the AUX position: A. 2-XS-62-72, LETDOWN ORIFICE A 45 GPM.B. 2-XS-62-73, LETDOWN ORIFICE B 75 GPM C. 2-XS-62-74, LETDOWN ORIFICE C 75 GPM[82] WHEN letdown pressure and temperature stabilize, as indicated on 2-PI-62-81C, LP LETDOWN PRESSURE, and 2-TI-62-80C, LETDOWN HX OUTLET TEMP, on 2-L-10, THEN PLACE handswitch, on 2-L-10, for the OPEN valve recorded in Step 6.10[39], to OPEN, AND VERIFY by indicating lights the valve is OPEN.[831 PLACE handswitch 2-HS-62-76, LETDOWN ORIFICE 5 GPM CIV-0A, on 2-M-6, to CLOSE, AND RELEASE to A AUTO.[84] VERIFY 2-FCV-62-76 is closed by indicating lights at 2-HS-62-76, LETDOWN ORIFICE 5 GPM CIV-0A, on 2-M-6.[85] ENSURE setpoint on controller 2-HIC-62-81A, LETDOWN PRESS CONTROL, at 2-M-6, is 54% (325 psig).
Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
[86] ADJUST controller 2-HIC-62-81A, LETDOWN PRESS CONTROL, at 2-M-6, to maintain pressure at 325 psig, AND PLACE controller 2-HIC-62-81A, LETDOWN PRESS CONTROL, at 2-M-6, to AUTO.[87] ENSURE controller 2-HIC-62-78A, LETDOWN HX OUTLET TEMP TCV-70-192 CONTROL, at 2-M-6, is set at the setpoint recorded in Step 6.10[45], AND PLACE controller 2-HIC-62-81A, LETDOWN HX OUTLET TEMP TCV-70-192 CONTROL, to AUTO.[88] ADJUST charging flow using controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5, to maintain pressurizer level at or above 20%, as indicated on 2-LR-68-339, PZR LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5.[89] REMOVE Excess Letdown by performing 2-TOP-62-02, CVCS-Startup Testing Operation.
[90] ADJUST charging flow using controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5, to maintain pressurizer level at approximately 20%, as indicated on 2-LR-68-339, PZR LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5.NOTE The next two steps will block 2-FCV-62-69 and 2-FCV-62-70, CVCS Letdown Isolation.
This will allow the pressurizer water level to be reduced without causing isolation of normal letdown.[91] ENSURE the following handswitches at 2-L-10 are placed to the OPEN position: A. 2-HS-62-69C, RCS LETDOWN ISOL FROM LOOP 3 CIV-0A.B. 2-HS-62-70C, RCS LETDOWN ISOL FROM LOOP 3 CIV-OA Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
[92] ENSURE the following handswitches at 2-L-1 1A are placed to the AUX position.A. 2-XS-62-70, RCS LETDOWN CIV FROM LOOP 3 B. 2-XS-62-69, RCS LETDOWN CIV FROM LOOP 3[93] ENSURE W213CP:W2PZRLVL:2LS0680339D to AUTO using a Foxboro I/A workstation.
NOTE Pressurizer pressure can be increased if necessary, prior to decreasing pressurizer level below the 17% heater cutout setpoint.
Charging flow can be adjusted as necessary to maintain pressurizer water level at 20%.[94] INCREASE pressurizer pressure to 2250 psig using the following steps:[94.1] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, on 2-M-4, to ON, AND RELEASE to A-P AUTO.[94.2] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, on 2-M-4, to ON, AND RELEASE to A-P AUTO.[94.3] WHEN pressurizer pressure reaches approximately 2250 psig, as indicated by 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS -PSIG, on 2-M-5, THEN PERFORM the following:
[94.3.1] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, on 2-M-4, to OFF, AND RETURN to A-P AUTO.[94.3.2] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, on 2-M-4, to OFF, AND RETURN TO A-P AUTO.
Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
[95] ENSURE all pressurizer heaters are OFF by indicating lights at the following handswitches on 2-M-4.A. 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A B. 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B C. 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP HEATERS C D. 2-HS-68-341F, CONTROL HEATERS D[96] ESTABLISH a gradual DECREASE in pressurizer level using controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5.NOTE Level Indicator 2-LI-68-321, PZR-COLD CAL LEVEL, on 2-M-4, can be used to monitor pressurizer level in addition to the normal pressurizer level indications.
[97] WHEN pressurizer level approaches 0% of level span as indicated by 2-LR-68-339, PZR LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5, THEN ADJUST controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, at 2-M-5, to MAINTAIN pressurizer level at or just above 0% of level span (0-0.5%).[98] RECORD the 0% pressurizer level baseline data on Data Sheet 3, AND VERIFY indications 2-LI-68-339A, 2-LI-68-335A, and 2-LI-68-320 are within 4% of each other. (Acc Crit 5.0[11]B).
NOTE A pressurizer level increase rate of 0.5-1.0 %/min is recommended when approaching verification steps.[99] ESTABLISH a gradual INCREASE in pressurizer level using 2-HIC-68-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev.0000 Page 152 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
[100] PERFORM the following as pressurizer level approaches 18%of level span:[100.1] WHEN 2-XA-55-5A/92C, PZR LEVEL LO-HTRS OFF <DN CLOSED, on 2-M-5, CLEARS, THEN A. RECORD the pressurizer level indication on 2-LR-68-339, PRZ LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5.% (18%, 16-20%)B. RECORD 2-LI-68-339A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (18%, 16-20%)C. RECORD 2-LI-68-335A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (18%, 16-20%)D. RECORD 2-LI-68-320, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (18%, 16-20%)E. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 92-C PZR LEVEL LO-HTRS OFF & LTDN CLOSED, is CLEAR.[100.2] WHEN 2-XA-55-L10/302B, PZR LEVEL LO, on 2-L-10, is CLEAR, THEN RECORD the pressurizer level indication on 2-LI-68-325C, PZR LEVEL, on 2-L-10.% (18%, 16-20%)[101] PLACE the following handswitches to ON, on 2-M-4, AND RELEASE to A-P AUTO: A. 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A B. 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
[102] VERIFY Backup Heaters A-A and B-B are ON by indicating lights at the following handswitches on 2-M-4: A. 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A B. 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B[103] PLACE the following handswitches to OFF, on 2-M-4: A. 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A B. 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B[104] PLACE the following handswitches to ON, on 2-M-4, AND RELEASE to P AUTO: A. 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP HEATERS C B. 2-HS-68-341F, CONTROL HEATERS D[105] VERIFY Backup Heaters C and Control Heaters D are ON by indicating lights at the following handswitches on 2-M-4: A. 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP HEATERS C B. 2-HS-68-341F, CONTROL HEATERS D[106] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341H, BACKUP HEATERS C, on 2-M-4, to OFF, AND RELEASE to P AUTO.
Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
NOTE PERFORM the following step as pressurizer level approaches 20% of span.[107] WHEN 2-XA-55-5A/92A, PZR LEVEL HI/LO, on 2-M-5, CLEARS, THEN A. RECORD the pressurizer level indication on 2-LR-68-339, PRZ LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5.% (21%, 19-23%)B. RECORD the % DEVIATION in level on controller 2-LIC-68-339, CHARG FLOW/PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-4.% (-4%, -2 to -6%)C. RECORD 2-LI-68-339A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (21%, 19-23%)D. RECORD 2-LI-68-335A, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (21%, 19-23%)E. RECORD 2-LI-68-320, PZR LEVEL, on 2-M-4.% (21%, 19-23%)F. VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Legend shows 92-A PZR LEVEL HI/LO, is CLEAR.NOTE PERFORM the following step as pressurizer level approaches 25% of level span.[108] ADJUST controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, at 2-M-5, to MAINTAIN pressurizer level at 25% of level span (23-27%).
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 155 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
[109] RECORD the 25% pressurizer level baseline data on Data Sheet 3, AND VERIFY indications 2-LI-68-339, 2-LI-68-335, and 2-LI-68-320 are within 4% of each other. (Acc Crit 5.0[11]B).
[110] ENSURE the following handswitches at 2-L-1 1A are placed to the NOR position.A. 2-XS-62-70, RCS LETDOWN CIV FROM LOOP 3 B. 2-XS-62-69, RCS LETDOWN CIV FROM LOOP 3[111] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6F/148B, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1A, on 2-M-6 is NOT LIT.[112] ENSURE the following handswitches at 2-L-10 are placed to the CLOSE position: A. 2-HS-62-69C, RCS LETDOWN ISOL FROM LOOP 3 CIV-OA.B. 2-HS-62-70C, RCS LETDOWN ISOL FROM LOOP 3 CIV-OA[113] PLACE the following handswitches on 2-L-11A to the NOR position: A. 2-XS-62-72, LETDOWN ORIFICE A 45 GPM.B. 2-XS-62-73, LETDOWN ORIFICE B 75 GPM C. 2-XS-62-74, LETDOWN ORIFICE C 75 GPM WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev.0000 Page 156 of 198 Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
NOTE The following step will turn off the two backup heater groups to allow the pressurizer heater trip interlock on low pressure to be returned to normal.[114] PERFORM the following:
A. ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, at 2-M-4, is placed to OFF, AND VERIFY backup heater group A-A is OFF by indicating lights.B. ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, at 2-M-4, is placed to OFF, AND VERIFY backup heater group B-B is OFF by indicating lights.CAUTION Follow standard precautions when working around energized electrical equipment in accordance with TVA Safety Manual Procedure 1021. In addition, follow TI-300 when working around electrical equipment.
[115] LAND the lifted wire on contact point 3 of relay PB455GXA, in 2-R-54, to return the pressurizer low pressure trip relay signal to the Backup Heater A-A.Cv[116] LAND the lifted wire on contact point 3 of relay PB455GXB, in 2-R-55, to return the pressurizer low pressure trip relay signal to Backup Heater B-B.Cv Date 6.10 Pressurizer Level Functional Test (continued)
[117] PERFORM the following:
A. PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, at 2-M-4, to A-P AUTO, AND VERIFY backup heater group A-A is OFF by indicating lights.B. PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, at 2-M-4, to A-P AUTO, AND VERIFY backup heater group B-B is OFF by indicating lights.[118] PLACE controller 2-LIC-68-339, CHARG FLOW/PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-5, to AUTO.[119] PLACE controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, at 2-M-5, to AUTO.[120] VERIFY pressurizer level is controlled to approximately 25% of level span as indicated on 2-LR-68-339, PZR LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5.
7.0 Date POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY[1] ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340A, PZR PRESS MASTER CONTROL, at 2-M-4, setpoint is 67% (2236 psig).[2] ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340A, PZR PRESS MASTER CONTROL, on 2-M-4, is in AUTO.[3] ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340B, LOOP 2 SPRAY CONTROL, on 2-M-4, is in AUTO.[41 ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340D, LOOP 1 SPRAY CONTOL, on 2-M-4, is in AUTO.[5] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-68-341 F, CONTROL HEATERS D, at 2-M-4, to the ON position, AND RELEASE to the P AUTO position.[6] ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340B, LOOP 2 SPRAY CONTROL, at 2-M-4, is placed to AUTO.[7] ENSURE controller 2-PIC-68-340D, LOOP 1 SPRAY CONTROL, 2-M-4, is placed to AUTO.[8] VERIFY handswitch 2-HS-68-341 H, BACKUP HEATERS C, at 2-M-4, is in the P AUTO position.[9] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341D, BACKUP HEATERS B-B, at 2-M-4, is placed to A-P AUTO.[10] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341A, BACKUP HEATERS A-A, at 2-M-4, is placed to A-P AUTO.[11] VERIFY pressurizer pressure is controlled to approximately 2235 psig as indicated by recorder 2-PR-68-340, PZR PRESS-PSIG, on 2-M-5.[12] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AA, PZR PORV 340A, on 2-M-5, is placed in the P AUTO position.[13] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-334A, PZR PORV 334, 2-M-5, is placed in the P AUTO position.[14] ENSURE block valve for PORV 340A is OPEN by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-333A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 340A, on 2-M-5.
Date 7.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY (continued)
[15] ENSURE block valve for PORV 334 is OPEN by indicating lights at 2-HS-68-332A, BLOCK VLV FOR PORV 334, on 2-M-5.[16] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-340AD, COPS BLOCK/ARM FOR PORV 340A, on 2-M-5, is in BLOCK.[17] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-334D, COPS BLOCK/ARM FOR PORV 334, on 2-M-5, is in BLOCK.[18] ENSURE controller 2-LIC-68-339, CHARG FLOW/PZR LEVEL CONTROL, on 2-M-4, is in AUTO.[19] ENSURE controller 2-HIC-62-93A, CHARGING FLOW PZR LEVEL CONTROL, at 2-M-5, is in AUTO.[20] VERIFY pressurizer level is controlled to approximately 25% of level span as indicated on 2-LR-68-339, PZR LEVEL -%, on 2-M-5.[21] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-62-76, LETDOWN ORIFICE 5 GPM CIV-OA, on 2-M-6, is in A AUTO.[22] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-62-72A, LETDOWN ORIFICE A 45 GPM CIV-0A, on 2-M-6, is in A-P AUTO.[23] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-62-73A, LETDOWN ORIFICE B 75 GPM CIV-OA, on 2-M-6, is in A-P AUTO.[24] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-62-74A, LETDOWN ORIFICE C 75 GPM CIV-0A, on 2-M-6, is in A-P AUTO.[25] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-62-69A, RCS LETDOWN FRM LOOP 3 IN CNTMT, on 2-M-6, is in P AUTO.[26] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-62-70A, RCS LETDOWN FRM LOOP 3 IN CNTMT, on 2-M-6, is in P AUTO.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 160 of 198 Date 7.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY (continued)
[27] ENSURE the following handswitches on 2-L-1 1A are in the NOR position: A. 2-XS-62-70, RCS LETDOWN CIV FROM LOOP 3 B. 2-XS-62-69, RCS LETDOWN CIV FROM LOOP 3 C. 2-XS-62-72, LETDOWN ORIFICE A 45 GPM D. 2-XS-62-73, LETDOWN ORIFICE B 75 GPM E. 2-XS-62-74, LETDOWN ORIFICE C 75 GPM[28] ENSURE the following handswitches on 2-L-10 are in the CLOSE position: A. 2-HS-62-69C, RCS LETDOWN ISOL FROM LOOP 3 CIV-0A B. 2-HS-62-70C, RCS LETDOWN ISOL FROM LOOP 3 CIV-OA C. 2-HS-62-72C, LETDOWN ORIFICE A 45 GPM D. 2-HS-62-73C, LETDOWN ORIFICE B 75 GPM E. 2-HS-62-74C, LETDOWN ORIFICE C 75 GPM[29] ENSURE 2-XS-62-334C, PZR PORV 2-PCV-68-334, on 2-L-11B, is in the NOR position.[30] ENSURE 2-XS-62-340C, PZR PORV 2-PCV-68-340A, on 2-L-11A, is in the NOR position.[31] ENSURE the following handswitches on 2-L-10 are in the CLOSE position: A. 2-HS-68-334C, PZR PORV B. 2-HS-68-340AC, PZR PORV[32] ENSURE handswitch 2-XS-68-341A, PZR HTR BACKUP HTR A-A, on 6.9KV Shutdown Board 2A-A, Panel 20, is in the NOR position.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 161 of 198 Date 7.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY (continued)
[33] ENSURE handswitch 2-XS-68-341D, PZR HTR BACKUP HTR B-B, on 2-BD-21 1-B, 6.9KV Shutdown Board 2B-B, Panel 20, is in the NOR position.[34] ENSURE handswitch 2-XS-68-341H, PZR HTR BACKUP HTR C, on 2-BD-21 1-B, 6.9KV Shutdown Board 2B-B, Panel 21, is in the NOR position.[35] ENSURE handswitch 2-XS-68-341 F, PZR HTR CONT HTR, on 2-BD-21 1-A, 6.9KV Shutdown Board 2A-A, Panel 21, is in the NOR position.[36] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341AC, RCS PZR HTR BACKUP HTR A-A, on 6.9KV Shutdown Board 2A-A, Panel 20, is in the AUTO position.[37] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341 DC, RCS PZR HTR BACKUP HTR B-B, on 2-BD-21 1-B, 6.9KV Shutdown Board 2B-B, is in the AUTO position.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 162 of 198 8.0 RECORDS A. QA Records Completed Test Package (PTI)B. Non-QA None Appendix A (Page 1 of 2)TEST PROCEDURES/INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE REVIEW Date NOTES 1) Additional copies of this table may be made as necessary.
- 2) Initial and date indicates review has been completed for impact.PROCEDURE/
INSTROCEUCO REVISION/CHANGES INSTRUCTION FSAR 109, Table 14.2-1 Sheets 18 and 19 of 89 Sheet 77, 78, and 79 of 89 Sheet 88 of 89 INITIAL AND DATE.(N/A for no change)FSAR 109, Section 5.2.2 Section 5.5.10 Section 5.5.11 Section 7.2.1.1.2(3)
Section 7.7.1.5 Section 7.7.1.6 WBN2-62-4001, Rev. 1 WBN2-68-4001.
Rev. 2 i 2-TSD-68-15, Rev. 0 2-P-68-340, Rev. 0 i 2-P-68-334, Rev. 0 2-P-68-323, Rev. 0 2-P-68-322, Rev. 0 i 2-L-68-339, Rev. 0 2-L-68-335, Rev. 0 WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 164 of 198 Appendix A (Page 2 of 2)TEST PROCEDURES/INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE REVIEW Date PROCEDURE/
IMPACT INITIAL AND DATE.INSTRUCTION Yes/No (N/A for no change)2-L-68-320, Rev. 0 2-LPP-68-340A, Rev. 0 Draft 2-LPL-68-339A, Rev. 0 Draft 2-LPP-68-336C, Rev. 0 Draft 2-LPP-68-337C, Rev. 0 Draft 2-LPL-68-325C, Rev. 0 Draft 2-LPL-68-326C, Rev. 0 Draft WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 165 of 198 Appendix B (Page 1 of 1)TEMPORARY CONDITION LOG Date NOTE These steps will be N/A'd if no temporary condition existed.Additional copies of this table may be made as necessary.
ITEM TEMPORARY CONDITION PERFORMED RETURNED TO NORMAL No. DESCRIPTION Step Performed By/Date Step Returned By/Date No. CV By/Date No. CV By/Date WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 166 of 198 Appendix C (Page 1 of 4)PERMANENT PLANT INSTRUMENTATION LOG Date INSTRUMENT CAL DUE FILLED AND PLACED IN USED FOR POST-TEST POST-TEST OR DATE VENTED 1 SERVICE 1 QUANTITATIVE CAL DATE 2 CALIBRATION INSTRUMENT ACC CRIT ACCEPTABLE 2 LOOP # INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE YES NO 2-P-68-340 2-P-68-334 2-P-68-323 2-P-68-322 2-L-68-339 2-L-68-335 2-L-68-320 2-LPP-68-340A 2-LPL-68-339A 2-LPP-68-336C 1 These items may be initialed and dated by personnel performing the task. Instrumentation not required to be filled and vented may be identified as Not Applicable. (N/A)2 May be identified as Not Applicable (N/A) if instrument was not used to verify/record quantitative acceptance criteria data.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 167 of 198 Appendix C (Page 2 of 4)PERMANENT PLANT INSTRUMENTATION LOG Date INSTRUMENT CAL DUE FILLED AND PLACED IN USED FOR POST-TEST POST-TEST OR DATE VENTED 1 SERVICE 1 QUANTITATIVE CAL DATE 2 CALIBRATION INSTRUMENT ACC CRIT ACCEPTABLE 2 LOOP # INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE YES NO 2-LPP-68-337C 2-LPL-68-325C 2-LPL-68-326C 2-PI-68-342A 2-TI-68-318 2-TI-68-317 2-TI-68-316 2-TI-68-2E 2-TI-68-25E 2-TI-68-44E 1 These items may be initialed and dated by personnel performing the task. Instrumentation not required to be filled and vented may be identified as Not Applicable. (N/A)2 May be identified as Not Applicable (N/A) if instrument was not used to verify/record quantitative acceptance criteria data.
Appendix C (Page 3 of 4)PERMANENT PLANT INSTRUMENTATION LOG Date INSTRUMENT CAL DUE FILLED AND PLACED IN USED FOR POST-TEST POST-TEST OR DATE VENTED 1 SERVICE 1 QUANTITATIVE CAL DATE 2 CALIBRATION INSTRUMENT ACC CRIT ACCEPTABLE 2 LOOP # INITIAL/DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE YES NO 2-TI-68-67E 2-TI-68-330 2-TI-68-329 2-TI-68-328 2-TI-68-331 2-LI-68-321 2-TI-68-319 2-TI-68-324 2-LI-68-300 2-PI-68-301 These items may be initialed and dated by personnel performing the task. Instrumentation not required to be filled and vented may be identified as Not Applicable. (N/A)2 May be identified as Not Applicable (N/A) if instrument was not used to verify/record quantitative acceptance criteria data.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 169 of 198 Appendix C (Page 4 of 4)PERMANENT PLANT INSTRUMENTATION LOG Date INSTRUMENT CAL DUE FILLED AND PLACED IN USED FOR POST-TEST POST-TEST OR DATE VENTED 1 SERVICE 1 QUANTITATIVE CAL DATE 2 CALIBRATION INSTRUMENT ACC CRIT ACCEPTABLE 2 LOOP # rINITIALIDATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE YES NO 2-TI-68-309 2-TR-68-2B 4 4 *1 .1. 4.4 4 + 4 + +I These items may be initialed and dated by personnel performing the task. Instrumentation not required to be filled and vented may be identified as Not Applicable. (N/A)2 May be identified as Not Applicable (N/A) if instrument was not used to verify/record quantitative acceptance criteria data.
Appendix D (Page 1 of 1)MEASURING AND TEST EQUIPMENT LOG Date M&TE ID # DESCRIPTION CAL *FILLED & *PLACED USED FOR **POST- **POST DUE VENTED IN-SERVICE QUANTITATIVE TEST CAL TEST CAL DATE ACCEPT. CRIT. DATE ACCEPT RANGE / ACCURACY INIT/DATE INIT/DATE YES NO INIT/DATE* This item may be signed by person performing the task. This may be N/A'd if M&TE is not required to be filled and vented or placed in service.** May be identified as not applicable (N/A) if M&TE was not used to verify/record quantitative acceptance criteria.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 171 of 198 Appendix E (Page 1 of 2)SWITCH LINEUP Date 1.0 Aux Switch Lineup[1] ENSURE the following handswitches on 2-L-1 1A are in the NOR position: A. 2-XS-62-70, RCS LETDOWN CIV FROM LOOP 3 B. 2-XS-62-69, RCS LETDOWN CIV FROM LOOP 3 C. 2-XS-62-72, LETDOWN ORIFICE A 45 GPM D. 2-XS-62-73, LETDOWN ORIFICE B 75 GPM E. 2-XS-62-74, LETDOWN ORIFICE C 75 GPM[2] ENSURE the following handswitches on 2-L-1 0 are in the CLOSE position: A. 2-HS-62-69C, RCS LETDOWN ISOL FROM LOOP 3 CIV-0A B. 2-HS-62-70C, RCS LETDOWN ISOL FROM LOOP 3 CIV-0A C. 2-HS-62-72C, LETDOWN ORIFICE A 45 GPM D. 2-HS-62-73C, LETDOWN ORIFICE B 75 GPM E. 2-HS-62-74C, LETDOWN ORIFICE C 75 GPM[3] ENSURE 2-XS-62-334C, PZR PORV 2-PCV-68-334, on 2-L-1 1 B, is in the NOR position.[4] ENSURE 2-XS-62-340C, PZR PORV 2-PCV-68-340A, on 2-L-1 1A, is in the NOR position.[5] ENSURE the following handswitches on 2-L-10 are in the CLOSE position: A. 2-HS-68-334C, PZR PORV B. 2-HS-68-340AC, PZR PORV WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 172 of 198 Appendix E (Page 2 of 2)SWITCH LINEUP Date 1.0 Aux Switch Lineup (continued)
[6] ENSURE handswitch 2-XS-68-341A, PZR HTR BACKUP HTR A-A, on 6.9KV Shutdown Board 2A-A, Panel 20, is in the NOR position.[7] ENSURE handswitch 2-XS-68-341 D, PZR HTR BACKUP HTR B-B, on 2-BD-21 1-B, 6.9KV Shutdown Board 2B-B, Panel 20, is in the NOR position.[8] ENSURE handswitch 2-XS-68-341H, PZR HTR BACKUP HTR C, on 2-BD-21 1-B, 6.9KV Shutdown Board 2B-B, Panel 21, is in the NOR position.[9] ENSURE handswitch 2-XS-68-341 F, PZR HTR CONT HTR, on 2-BD-21 1-A, 6.9KV Shutdown Board 2A-A, Panel 21, is in the NOR position.[10] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341AC, RCS PZR HTR BACKUP HTR A-A, on 6.9KV Shutdown Board 2A-A, Panel 20, is in the AUTO position.[11] ENSURE handswitch 2-HS-68-341 DC, RCS PZR HTR BACKUP HTR B-B, on 2-BD-21 1-B, 6.9KV Shutdown Board 2B-B, is in the AUTO position.
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 173 of 198 Table I (Page 1 of 2)Breaker Lineup Date Breaker Identification Breaker Nomenclature Breaker Location Test Position Performer Verifier 2-BKR-68-333 Pressurizer Relief 2-MCC-213-Al, 480V ON (2-FCV-68-333)
Reactor MOV Board 2A1-A, Compartment 6D 2-BKR-68-332 Pressurizer Relief 2-MCC-213-B1, 480V ON (2-FCV-68-332)
Reactor MOV Board 2B1-B, Compartment 5E 0-BKR-236-3/310 PORV 340A 0-BD-236-3/4 125V ON Unit 2 Fuse Assembly VITAL BATTERY Column A BOARD III Panel 4 0-BKR-236-3/311 PORV 340A 0-BD-236-3/4 125V ON Unit 2 Fuse Assembly VITAL BATTERY Column B BOARD III Panel 4 0-BKR-236-4/310 PORV (2-PCV-68-334) 0-BD-236-4/4 125V ON Unit 2 Fuse Assembly VITAL BATTERY Column A BOARD IV Panel 4 WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 174 of 198 Table 1 (Page 2 of 2)Breaker Lineup Date Breaker Identification Breaker Nomenclature Breaker Location Test Position Performer Verifier O-BKR-236-4/311 PORV (2-PCV-68-334) 0-BD-236-4/4 125V ON Unit 2 fuse Assembly VITAL BATTERY Column B BOARD IV Panel 4 2-BKR-235-3/31 PORV 340 (2-L-1 1A) 120V AC VITAL ON INSTRUMENT POWER BOARD 2-111, Breaker 31, Panel 2-L-11A 2-BKR-235-4/40 PORV 334 (2-L-1 1 B) 120V AC VITAL ON INSTRUMENT POWER BOARD 2-IV, Breaker 40, Panel 2-L-11 B WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 175 of 198 Table 2 (Page 1 of 3)Fuse Lineup Date NOTES 1 ) The number of fuses, that are associated with the fuse identification, are listed.Fuse Identification Fuse Nomenclature Fuse Location Test Position Performer Verifier 2-FU-213-Al6/32 (3)1 PEN, FCV-68-333 2-MCC-213-Al, 480V Installed Subsection 6.1 Reactor MOV Board 2A1-A, Compartment 6D 2-FU-213-A16/31 N (2)1 Nor, FCV-68-333 2-MCC-213-A1, 480V Installed Subsection 6.1 Reactor MOV Board 2A1-A, Compartment 6D 2-FU-213-A/31A (2)1 Aux, FCV-68-333 2-MCC-213-Al, 480V Installed Subsection 6.1 Reactor MOV Board 2A1-A, Compartment 6D 2-FU-213-815/42 (3)1 Pen, FCV-68-332 2-MCC-213-B1, 480V Installed Subsection 6.2 Reactor MOV Board 281-B, Compartment 5E WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 176 of 198 Table 2 (Page 2 of 3)Fuse Lineup Date Fuse Identification Fuse Nomenclature Fuse Location Test Position Performer Verifier 2-FU-213-B15/41N (2)1 Nor, FCV-68-332 2-MCC-213-B1, 480V Installed Subsection 6.2 Reactor MOV Board 2B1-B, Compartment 5E 2-FU-213-B 15/41 A (2)1 Aux, FCV-68-332 2-MCC-213-B1, 480V Installed Subsection 6.2 Reactor MOV Board 2B1-B, Compartment 5E 0-FU-236-3/Al 1 Pressurizer Power Relief O-BD-236-3-F, 125V Installed Subsection 6.3 Valve (340A) VITAL BATTERY BOARD III, Panel 4 0-FU-236-3/B11 Pressurizer Power Relief O-BD-236-3-F, 125V Installed Subsection 6.3 Valve (340A) VITAL BATTERY BOARD III, Panel 4 0-FU-236-4/A5 Pressurizer Power Relief O-BD-236-4-G, 125V Installed Subsection 6.4 Valve (334) VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV, Panel 4 0-FU-236-4/B5 Pressurizer Power Relief O-BD-236-4-G, 125V Installed Subsection 6.4 Valve (334) VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV, Panel 4 WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 177 of 198 Table 2 (Page 3 of 3)Fuse Lineup Date Fuse Identification Fuse Nomenclature Fuse Location Test Position Performer Verifier 2-FU-278-L 11A/A1 Position Fuse Panel 2-L-1 1A Installed Subsection 6.3 2-FU-278-Ll 1 B/K1 Position Fuse Panel 2-L-1 1 B Installed Subsection 6.4 2-FU-278-Ll11A/J17 Pressurizer Pressure Panel 2-L-11A Installed Subsection 6.3 Aux Relay 2-FU-278-L11A/J18 Pressurizer Pressure Panel 2-L-11A Installed Subsection 6.3 Aux Relay 2-FU-278-L11 B/J17 Pressurizer Pressure Panel 2-L-11A Installed Subsection 6.4 Aux Relay 2-FU-278-L11 B/J18 Pressurizer Pressure Panel 2-L-11A Installed Subsection 6.4 Aux Relay Table 3 (Page 1 of 4)Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control and Protection Setpoints Component(s)
Function Setpoint Reset 2-RFV-68-563 Pressurizer Safety Valve Lift Setpoint 2485 psig N/A 2-RFV-68-564 2-RFV-68-565 2-PS-68-340A Pressurizer Pressure High Trip 2385 psig 2377 psig 2-PS-68-334A 2-PS-68-323A 2-PS-68-322A 2-PS-68-334G High Pressurizer Pressure PORV 334 2335 psig 2315 psig 2-PS-68-323F High Pressurizer Pressure Interlock 334 2335 psig 2315 psig 2-PS-68-340H Compensated High Pressurizer Pressure PORV 340A 100 psi 80 psi 2-PS-68-322B High Pressurizer Pressurizer Interlock 340A 2335 psig 2315 psig 2-PS-68-336CB High Pressurizer Pressure PORV 340A (Auxiliary Control 2335 psig 2315 psig Room)
Table 3 (Page 2 of 4)Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control and Protection Setpoints Component(s)
Function Setpoint Reset 2-PS-68-337CA High Pressurizer Pressure PORV 334 (Auxiliary Control 2335 psig 2314 psig Room)2-PS-68-334F Compensated High Pressurizer Pressure Alarm 75 psi 67 psi 2-PS-68-336CA High Pressurizer Alarm (Auxiliary Control Room) 2310 psig 2302 psig 2-PS-68-336CD High Pressurizer Auxiliary Spray (Aux Control Room) 2310 psig 2302 psig 2-PCV-68-340B Compensated Pressurizer Pressure -Pressurizer Sprays 75 psi N/A 2-PCV-68-340D Full Open 2-PCV-68-340B Compensated Pressurizer Pressure -Pressurizer Sprays 25 psi N/A 2-PCV-68-340D Full Closed 2-PC-68-340E Compensated Pressurizer Pressure -Proportional Heaters 15 psi N/A Full Off 2-PC-68-340E Compensated Pressurizer Pressure -Proportional Heaters -15 psi N/A Full On 2-PS-68-337CB Low Pressurizer Pressure Backup Heaters On (Auxiliary 2210 psig 2218 psig Control Room)
Table 3 (Page 3 of 4)Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control and Protection Setpoints Component(s)
Function Setpoint Reset 2-PS-68-340G Compensated Low Pressurizer Pressure Backup Heaters -25 psig -17 psig On 2-PS-68-340E Low Pressurizer Pressure Reactor Trip 1970 psig 1978 psig 2-PS-68-334E 2-PS-68-323E 2-PS-68-322E 2-PS-68-340B P-11 Permissive
-Block Safety Injection 1970 psig 1978 psig 2-PS-68-334B 2-PS-68-323B 2-PS-68-340E Low Pressurizer Pressure -Safety Injection 1870 psig 1878 psig 2-PS-68-334E 2-PS-68-323E 2-LS-68-339A High Pressurizer Level Reactor Trip 92% 91%2-LS-68-335A 2-LS-68-320A Table 3 (Page 4 of 4)Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control and Protection Setpoints Component(s)
Function Setpoint Reset 2-LS-68-326CA High Pressurizer Level Backup Heaters On (Auxiliary 92% 91%Control Room)2-LS-68-326CB High Pressurizer Level Alarm (Auxiliary Control Room) 92% 91%2-LS-68-335D High Pressurizer Level Alarm 70% 69%2-LS-68-339E High Pressurizer Level Deviation Alarm 5% 4%N/A Pressurizer Level Program at Full Power 80% N/A N/A Pressurizer Level Program at No-Load 25% N/A 2-LS-68-339F Low Pressurizer Level Deviation Alarm -5% -4%2-LS-68-339D Low Pressurizer Level Heater Cutout and Letdown Isolation 17% 18%2-LS-68-335E 2-LS-325CA Low Pressurizer Level Alarm (Auxiliary Control Room) 17% 18%2-LS-325CB Low Pressurizer Level Backup Heater Cutout (Auxiliary 17% 18%Control Room)
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 182 of 198 Figure 1 (Page 1 of 1)Pressurizer Pressure Setpoints Figure not to scale 5 FETY IN,; ECT ION MA IN CO CNTR OL ROOM q7 r P.RE55UIJZER rRESU RE LOWý-1 3L'XK SI 2210 LCd.' PRESSUK~ALA-RY.222 0 2235 225g 2260 P (pskg)H ICH PRESSU14E ALARM 22335 23 85 24855 REAVVC'R 11iIP PRESSURIZER
'PRESSURE HIGH 22 1 @BACKJ:? HEA-TERS AUXLIXLARY 11 CCONTROL R DOM P (p ig)23 1,,*, 2,i 35 I I HIGH POS'PRESSURE ACT UATIOrK ALARM AUXILIARY SPRAY Figure 2 (Page 1 of 1)Pressurizer Level Setpoints Figure not to scale.
CONTRCL ROSV MNAIN CCNT-OL ROOM.ACKLP HEATERS ON AND HIGH LEVEL ALARIY REACTOR TRIP- HIMH PRESSLRIZER LEvEL 929 INTERLOCKED W'lIH "'!a, % ALARM- HIGH PRESSLPUI/E LEVEL FULL PO;4ER R-'ESSURIZER LE'EL CONTROL SETPCINT>t 5% ALARLY- PRESSULIRIZER LEVEL DEVIATI CN'JOLOAD PREJSPRIZER LEVEL 211-,7 XNPIT0L. SETýV`IKT 17% LETDOCAT%
ISCLATICN AND HEATERS OFF LCW PRESSLRIZER LEvEL eACKLP HEATERS A4-B CFF 17%AND LOW LEVEL ALARV WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 184 of 198 Data Sheet I (Page 1 of 5)Pressurizer Pressure Steady-State Data Date Instrument Instrument Description Auto Control Equilibrium Rxt Trip on SI on Low Auto Control (Location) at 2235 psig Heater/Spray High Pressure of at 2235 psig (Step 6.6[22]) Condition Pressure 1870 psig (Step 6.6[80])(Step 6.6[31]) 2385 psig (Step 6.6[69])(Step 6.6[43])2-PI-68-342A PZR-COLD CAL PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG (2-M-5)2-PI-68-340A PZR PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG (2-M-5)2-PI-68-334 PZR PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG (2-M-5)2-PI-68-323 PZR PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG (2-M-5)2-PI-68-322 PZR PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG (2-M-5)2-TI-68-318 PZR SURGE LINE TEMP DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F (2-M-5) IIIII _II WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 22-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 185 of 198 Data Sheet I (Page 2 of 5)Pressurizer Pressure Steady-State Data Date Instrument Instrument Description Auto Control Equilibrium Rxt Trip on SI on Low Auto Control (Location) at 2235 psig Heater/Spray High Pressure of at 2235 psig (Step 6.6[22]) Condition Pressure 1870 psig (Step 6.6[80])(Step 6.6[31]) 2385 psig (Step 6.6[69])(Step 6.6[43])2-TI-68-317 LOOP 1 SPRAY TEMP DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F (2-M-5)2-TI-68-316 LOOP 2 SPRAY TEMP DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F (2-M-5)2-PR-68-340 PZR PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG (2-M-5)2-LR-68-339 PZR LEVEL % % % % %(2-M-5)2-TI-68-2E LOOP 1 TAVG DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-5)2-TI-68-25E LOOP 2 TAVG DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-5) IIIII Data Sheet 1 (Page 3 of 5)Pressurizer Pressure Steady-State Data Date Instrument Instrument Description Auto Control Equilibrium Rxt Trip on SI on Low Auto Control (Location) at 2235 psig Heater/Spray High Pressure of at 2235 psig (Step 6.6[22]) Condition Pressure 1870 psig (Step 6.6[80])(Step 6.6[31]) 2385 psig (Step 6.6[69])(Step 6.6[43])2-TI-68-44E LOOP 3 TAVG DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-5)2-TI-68-67E LOOP 4 TAVG DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-5)2-TI-68-330 SAFETY 68-563 TAILPIPE DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-4) TEMP 2-TI-68-329 SAFETY 68-564 TAILPIPE DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-4) TEMP 2-TI-68-328 SAFETY 68-565 TAILPIPE DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-4) TEMP 2-TI-68-331 PORV 340A & 334 DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-4) TAILPIPE TEMP Data Sheet I (Page 4 of 5)Pressurizer Pressure Steady-State Data Date Instrument Instrument Description Auto Control Equilibrium Rxt Trip on SI on Low Auto Control (Location) at 2235 psig Heater/Spray High Pressure of at 2235 psig (Step 6.6[22]) Condition Pressure 1870 psig (Step 6.6[80])(Step 6.6[31]) 2385 psig (Step 6.6[69])(Step 6.6[43])2-LI-68-339A PZR LEVEL % % % % %(2-M-4)2-LI-68-335A PZR LEVEL % % % % %(2-M-4)2-LI-68-320 PZR LEVEL % % % % %(2-M-4)2-LI-68-321 PZR-COLD CAL LEVEL % % % % %(2-M-4)2-TI-68-319 PZR LIQUID TEMP DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-4)2-TI-68-324 PZR VAPOR TEMP DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-4) I IIIIII WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 188 of 198 Data Sheet 1 (Page 5 of 5)Pressurizer Pressure Steady-State Data Date Instrument Instrument Description Auto Control Equilibrium Rxt Trip on SI on Low Auto Control (Location) at 2235 psig Heater/Spray High Pressure of at 2235 psig (Step 6.6[22]) Condition Pressure 1870 psig (Step 6.6[80])(Step 6.6[31]) 2385 psig (Step 6.6[69])(Step 6.6[43])2-PIC-68-340B LOOP 2 SPRAY NA NA NA NA (2-M-4) CONTROL OUTPUT %2-PIC-68-340D LOOP 1 SPRAY NA NA NA NA (2-M-4) CONTROL OUTPUT %2-PI-68-336C RCS PZR PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG (2-L-1 0)2-PI-68-337C RCS PZR PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG (2-L-10)2-LI-68-326C PZR LEVEL % % % % %(2-L-1 0)2-LI-68-325C PZR LEVEL % % % % %(2-L-1 0)
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 189 of 198 Data Sheet 2 (Page 1 of 5)PORV Dynamic Testing Data Date Instrument Instrument Description Pre-Test Post- Pre-Test Post- Post Test (Location) 50% Level Discharge 50% Level Discharge (Step 6.8[90])(Step 6.8[30]) (Step 6.8[39]) (Step 6.8[68]) (Step 6.8[77])2-PI-68-342A PZR-COLD CAL PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG (2-M-5)2-PI-68-340A PZR PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG (2-M-5)2-PI-68-334 PZR PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG (2-M-5)2-PI-68-323 PZR PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG (2-M-5)2-PI-68-322 PZR PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG (2-M-5)2-TI-68-318 PZR SURGE LINE TEMP DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F (2-M-5)2-TI-68-317 LOOP 1 SPRAY TEMP DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F (2-M-5)
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 190 of 198 Data Sheet 2 (Page 2 of 5)PORV Dynamic Testing Data Date Instrument Instrument Description Pre-Test Post- Pre-Test Post- Post Test (Location) 50% Level Discharge 50% Level Discharge (Step 6.8[90])(Step 6.8[30]) (Step 6.8[39]) (Step 6.8[68]) (Step 6.8[77])2-TI-68-316 LOOP 2 SPRAY TEMP DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F (2-M-5)2-PR-68-340 PZR PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG (2-M-5)2-LR-68-339 PZR LEVEL % % % % %(2-M-5)2-TI-68-2E LOOP 1 TAVG DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-5)2-TI-68-25E LOOP 2 TAVG DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-5)2-TI-68-44E LOOP 3 TAVG DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-5)2-TI-68-67E LOOP 4 TAVG DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-5) I I I I II WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 191 of 198 Data Sheet 2 (Page 3 of 5)PORV Dynamic Testing Data Date Instrument Instrument Description Pre-Test Post- Pre-Test Post- Post Test (Location) 50% Level Discharge 50% Level Discharge (Step 6.8[90])(Step 6.8[30]) (Step 6.8[39]) (Step 6.8[68]) (Step 6.8[77])2-TI-68-330 SAFETY 68-563 TAILPIPE DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-4) TEMP 2-TI-68-329 SAFETY 68-564 TAILPIPE DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-4) TEMP 2-TI-68-328 SAFETY 68-565 TAILPIPE DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-4) TEMP 2-TI-68-331 PORV 340A & 334 DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-4) TAILPIPE TEMP 2-LI-68-339A PZR LEVEL % % % % %(2-M-4)2-LI-68-335A PZR LEVEL % % % % %(2-M-4)2-LI-68-320 PZR LEVEL % % % % %(2-M-4) II WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 192 of 198 Data Sheet 2 (Page 4 of 5)PORV Dynamic Testing Data Date Instrument Instrument Description Pre-Test Post- Pre-Test Post- Post Test (Location) 50% Level Discharge 50% Level Discharge (Step 6.8[90])(Step 6.8[30]) (Step 6.8[39]) (Step 6.8[68]) (Step 6.8[77])2-LI-68-321 PZR-COLD CAL LEVEL % % % % %(2-M-4)2-TI-68-319 PZR LIQUID TEMP DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-4)2-TI-68-324 PZR VAPOR TEMP DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-4)2-LI-68-300 PRT LEVEL % % % % %(2-M-4)2-PI-68-301 PRT PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG (2-M-4)2-TI-68-309 PRT TEMP DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-4)
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 193 of 198 Data Sheet 2 (Page 5 of 5)PORV Dynamic Testing Data Date Instrument Instrument Description Pre-Test Post- Pre-Test Post- Post Test (Location) 50% Level Discharge 50% Level Discharge (Step 6.8[90])(Step 6.8[30]) (Step 6.8[39]) (Step 6.8[68]) (Step 6.8[77])2-LI-68-312C PRT LEVEL % % % % %(2-L-1 0)2-PI-68-31 1C PRT PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG (2-L-10)
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 194 of 198 Data Sheet 3 (Page 1 of 5)Pressurizer Level Functional Test Data Date Instrument Instrument Description Baseline Data 60% Level 100% Level 0% Level Post Test (Location) 25% Level (Step (Step (Step 25% Level (Step 6.10[18])
6.10[25])
6.10[98]) (Step 6.10[13])
6.10[109]2-PI-68-342A PZR-COLD CAL PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG (2-M-5)2-PI-68-340A PZR PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG (2-M-5)2-PI-68-334 PZR PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG (2-M-5)2-PI-68-323 PZR PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG (2-M-5)2-PI-68-322 PZR PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG (2-M-5)2-TI-68-318 PZR SURGE LINE TEMP DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F (2-M-5)2-TI-68-317 LOOP 1 SPRAY TEMP DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F (2-M-5) I _III WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 195 of 198 Data Sheet 3 (Page 2 of 5)Pressurizer Level Functional Test Data Date Instrument Instrument Description Baseline Data 60% Level 100% Level 0% Level Post Test (Location) 25% Level (Step (Step (Step 25% Level (Step 6.10[18])
6.10[25])
6.10[98]) (Step 6.10[13])
6.10[109]2-TI-68-316 LOOP 2 SPRAY TEMP DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F (2-M-5)2-PR-68-340 PZR PRESS PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG PSIG (2-M-5)2-LR-68-339 PZR LEVEL % % % % %(2-M-5)2-TI-68-2E LOOP 1 TAVG DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-5)2-TI-68-25E LOOP 2 TAVG DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-5)2-TI-68-44E LOOP 3 TAVG DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-5)2-TI-68-67E LOOP 4 TAVG DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-5)
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 196 of 198 Data Sheet 3 (Page 3 of 5)Pressurizer Level Functional Test Data Date Instrument Instrument Description Baseline Data 60% Level 100% Level 0% Level Post Test (Location) 25% Level (Step (Step (Step 25% Level (Step 6.10[18])
6.10[25])
6.10[98]) (Step 6.10[13])
6.10[109]2-TI-68-330 SAFETY 68-563 DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-4) TAILPIPE TEMP 2-TI-68-329 SAFETY 68-564 DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-4) TAILPIPE TEMP 2-TI-68-328 SAFETY 68-565 DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-4) TAILPIPE TEMP 2-TI-68-331 PORV 340A & 334 DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-4) TAILPIPE TEMP 2-LI-68-339A PZR LEVEL % % % % %(2-M-4)2-LI-68-335A PZR LEVEL % % % % %(2-M-4)2-LI-68-320 PZR LEVEL % % % % %(2-M-4) I WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 197 of 198 Data Sheet 3 (Page 4 of 5)Pressurizer Level Functional Test Data Date Instrument Instrument Description Baseline Data 60% Level 100% Level 0% Level Post Test (Location) 25% Level (Step (Step (Step 25% Level (Step 6.10[18])
6.10[25])
6.10[98]) (Step 6.10[13])
6.10[109]2-LI-68-321 PZR-COLD CAL LEVEL % % % % %(2-M-4)2-TI-68-319 PZR LIQUID TEMP DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-4)2-TI-68-324 PZR VAPOR TEMP DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F DEGS F (2-M-4)2-PI-68-336C RCS PZR PRESS PSIG NA PSIG PSIG PSIG (2-L-10)2-PI-68-337C RCS PZR PRESS PSIG NA PSIG PSIG PSIG (2-L-10)2-LI-68-326C PZR LEVEL % % % % %(2-L-10)
WBN Pressurizer Pressure and Level Control 2-PTI-068-15 Unit 2 Rev. 0000 Page 198 of 198 Data Sheet 3 (Page 5 of 5)Pressurizer Level Functional Test Data Date Instrument Instrument Description Baseline Data 60% Level 100% Level 0% Level Post Test (Location) 25% Level (Step (Step (Step 25% Level (Step 6.10[18])
6.10[25])
6.10[98]) (Step 6.10[13])
6.10[109]2-LI-68-325C PZR LEVEL % % % % %(2-L-10)
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 PREOPERATIONAL TEST TITLE: RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and Midloop Instruction No: 2-PTI-074-02 Revision No: 0 PREPARED BY: (2L" /'w-.LsA~
DATE: (O /3 /3 PRINT NAME / SIGNATURE REVIEWED BY: &// IRMA A'- / DATE: Z//o'/I" PRINT NAME I SIANATURE INSTRUCTION APPROVAL JTG MEETING No: J_3_-_-_0/
JTG CHAIRMAN:
DATE: '131 APPROVED BY: DATE: TEST RESULTS APPROVAL JTG MEETING No: JTG CHAIRMAN:
DATE: APPROVED BY: DATE: PREOPERATIONAL STARTUP MANAGER SMP-8.0, Administration of Preoperational Test instructions, Appendix B 12/07/2010 WBN RHR HFT HeatuplCooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 2 of 62 Revision Log Revision Affected or Change Effective Page Number Date Numbers Description of Revision/Change 0000 3 -t3- All Initial Issue -Unit 2 PTI developed from Unit 1 PTI-074-02, Revision 1 and Supplement to Revision 1.
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 3 of 62 Table of Contents
1.0 INTRODUCTION
......................................................................................................
5 1.1 TEST OBJECTIVES
..................................................................................................
5 1.2 SCOPE .........................................................................................................................
5
2.0 REFERENCES
....................................................................................................
6 2.1 Performance References
..........................................................................................
6 2.2 Developmental References
......................................................................................
6 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
.......................................................................
9 4.0 PREREQUISITE ACTIONS ....................................................................................
13 4.1 Preliminary Actions .....................................................................................................
13 4.2 Special Tools, M&TE, Parts, and Supplies ............................................................
18 4.3 Field Preparations
.......................................................................................................
18 4.4 Approvals and Notifications
....................................................................................
19 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA ......................................................................................
20 6.0 PERFORMANCE
........................................................................................................
22 6.1 A Train RHR Heatup During Hot Functional Testing ..............................................
22 6.2 B Train RHR Heatup During Hot Functional Testing ..............................................
24 6.3 A Train RHR Cooldown Following Hot Functional Testing .....................................
26 6.4 B Train RHR Cooldown Following Hot Functional Testing ......................................
28 6.5 RHR Midloop Operation
..........................................................................................
30 7.0 POST-PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES
.....................................................................
37 8.0 RECORDS ..................................................................................................................
38 Appendix A: Test Procedures/Instructions Reference Review ...............................
39 Appendix B: Tem porary Conditions Log ..................................................................
40 Appendix C: Perm anent Plant Instrum entation Log ...............................................
41 Appendix D: RHR A Train Heatup Performance Data .............................................
44 WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 4 of 62 Appendix E: Appendix F: Appendix G: Appendix H: Appendix 1: Appendix J: Appendix K: Appendix L: Appendix M: Table of Contents (continued)
RHR B Train Heatup Performance Data .............................................
47 RHR A Train Cooldown Performance Data .........................................
50 RHR B Train Cooldown Performance Data .........................................
53 Verification Of RCS Instrument Overlap .............................................
56 RHR A Midloop Pump Operation
.........................................................
58 RHR B Midloop Pump Operation
.........................................................
59 RHR Heat Exchanger A Ultrasonic Flow Measurement Installation Detail .................................................................................
60 RHR Heat Exchanger B Ultrasonic Flow Measurement Installation Detail .................................................................................
61 RHR Pump Operating Flow Limits ......................................................
62 WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 5 of 62 1.0 1.1 1.2 Date INTRODUCTION TEST OBJECTIVES Demonstrate the operability of the Residual Heat Removal (RHR) System and its capability to provide recirculation flows required to remove heat from the Reactor Coolant System (RCS).SCOPE A. Demonstrate the ability to moderate heat up and to cool down the RCS using the Residual Heat Removal (RHR) system in various configurations during Hot Functional Testing (HFT).B. Demonstrate RHR system operation in RCS midloop condition.
C. This instruction is intended to be performed on the heat up and cool down sides of HFT.
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 6 of 62 Date
2.0 REFERENCES
2.1 Performance References A. SMP-9.0, Conduct of Test B. GOI-7, Generic Equipment Operating Guidelines C. 2-TOP-068-06, Plant Cool down (later)D. 2-TOP-062-02, CVCS, Ltdn & Chg (later)E. 2-TOP-074-01, RHR (later)F. 2-TOP-074-02, RHR (later)G. 2-TOP-068-02, RCS (later)2.2 Developmental References A. Unit 2 Final Safety Analysis Report Amendment 109 1. Table 14.2-1 Sheet 17 of 89 Residual Heat Removal System Test Summary 2. Section 5.5.7, Residual Heat Removal System B. Drawings 1. Flow Diagrams a. 2-47W810-1, Rev 10, Residual Heat Removal System b. 2-47W811-1, Rev 19, Safety Injection System c. 2-47W809-1, Rev 13, Chemical and Volume Control System d. 2-47W812-1, Rev 14, Containment Spray System 2. Electrical
- a. 45N1632-19, Rev 0, Wiring Diagrams Miscellaneous Control Connection Diagrams WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 7 of 62 Date 2.2 Developmental References (continued)
- b. 2-45W600-74, Rev 1, Wiring Diagrams Residual Heat Removal System Schematic Diagrams 3. Logic/Control
- a. 2-47W610-68-4, Rev 5. Electrical Control Diagram Reactor Coolant System b. 2-47W610-68-5, Rev 2, Electrical Control Diagram Reactor Coolant System c. 2-47W610-68-7, Rev 4, Electrical Control Diagram Reactor Coolant System d. 2-47W610-74-1, Rev 7, Electrical Control Diagram Residual Heat Removal System 4. Mechanical
- a. 47W432-1 H, Rev 0, Residual Heat Removal System Piping b. 2-47W432-209, Rev 0, Problem N3-74-04A 074 -Discharge from RHR Pumps to SCV Penetrations
- 5. Vendor Manuals a. TVAW-03-MLMS-01, MLMS Technical Manual and MLMS Software User's Manual C. Documents 1. 2-TSD-74-2, Rev 1, Residual Heat Removal System-Heat-up and Plant Cool-down/MidLoop Operations from HFT 2. WBN2-74-4001, Rev 5, Residual Heat Removal System 3. WBN2-62-4001, Rev 1, Chemical and Volume Control System 4. WBT-D-2988, Rev 0, Watts Bar Unit 2 Precautions, Limitations, and Setpoints 5. SSD 2-L-68-399A (later)6. SSD 2-L-68-399B (later)7. 2-PTI-068-01, HFT Heat Up Cooldown (later)
Date 2.2 Developmental References (continued)
- 8. Attachment to WAT-D-8252 RIMS# T33 931215 809 RHR Flowrate Reduction During Midloop Operation 9. 2-PTI-999-01, Operational Vibration Testing, (later)
Date 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS A. Standard precautions shall be followed for working around energized electrical equipment in accordance with TVA Safety Manual Procedure 1021.B. Steps may be repeated if all components cannot be tested in a step. However, if the test has been exited, prerequisite steps must be reverified and a Chronological Test Log (CTL) entry made.C. Discrepancies between component ID tags and the description in a procedure/instruction do not require a Test Deficiency Notice, TDN, in accordance with SMP-14.0, if the UNIDs match, exclusive of place-keeping zeros and train designators (e.g. 2-HS-31-468 vs. 2-HS-031-0468) and the noun description is sufficient to identify the component.
If the component label needs to be changed, a Tag Request Form (TR Card) should be processed in accordance with TI-12.14.
Make an entry in the CTL and continue testing.D. All wires removed/lifted from a terminal shall be identified and taped or covered with an insulator to prevent personnel or equipment hazard and possible spurious initiations.
The wires should be grouped together and labeled with the work implementing document number that required them to be lifted if left unattended.
E. All open problems are to be tracked by a corrective action document and entered on the appropriate system punchlist.
F. Problems identified during the test shall be annotated on the Chronological Test Log from SMP-9.0 including a description of the problem, the procedure step when/where the problem was identified, corrective action steps taken to resolve the problem, and the number of the corrective action document, if one was required.G. Observe all Radiation Protection (RP) requirements when working in or near radiological areas.H. Ensure there are no adverse effects to the operation of Unit 1 structures, systems, or components.
- 1. Test personnel will coordinate with Unit 1 Operations when manipulating Unit 1 equipment if required.
Date 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (continued)
J. During the performance of this procedure visual observation of piping and components is required.
This includes steady state and transient operations with visual confirmation that vibration is not excessive.
K. If the vibration is determined to be excessive the Test Engineer shall initiate a Test Deficiency Notice (TDN).L. When inserting fuses with actuators, ensure the actuating rod is oriented correctly to provide for proper alarm initiation and visual indication.
M. During RHR cool down, one RHR loop operation should be initiated when heat load allows to minimize the results of a loss of suction incident.N. The RHR System should NOT be placed in service until RCS pressure is less than 370 psig and RCS temperature is less than 350°F.0. RHR operation at temperatures less than 235 0 F ensures Refueling Water Storage Tank (RWST) static head will maintain RHR suction pressure above saturation.
In the event injection flow is required, with temperature greater than 235 0 F, voiding and subsequent RHR Pump damage may occur.P. If operating RHR above 235 0 F, then the following limitations apply: 1. RHR system heatup and cooldown rate should NOT exceed 50°F per hour and must NOT exceed 100 0 F per hour (except for the initial transient when tying RHR onto hot RCS).2. If a running RHR pump trips, or is shutdown without cooling to less than 235 0 F as indicated on RHR Heat Exchanger inlet recorder, then both pumps handswitches must be placed in Pull-To-Lock, and remain in Pull-To-Lock while pumps are shutdown to preclude exceeding cooldown limits if inadvertently started.3. RHR hot leg suction line must be cooled to less than 2351F before placing RHR System in ECCS Standby Mode.Q. When RCS level is below the Pressurizer (Pzr), the RHR System should be in one-loop operation.
R. When the RHR pump(s) are in operation, the RHR Pump room cooler should be checked for cooling water flow and cooler fan operation.
S. RHR pump casing must be vented before initial scheduled pump start and subsequent starts when RHR system temperature has changed.
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 11 of 62 Date 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (continued)
T. RHR system must be vented after passive cooldown from hot conditions
(>_235°F) if RHR system was isolated from any makeup during the cooldown.U. Both RHR Pumps should NOT be operated together on miniflow with both letdown isolation valves (2-SPV-74-530
(-531), RHR HX 2A (2B) OUTLET TO CVCS) and/or both HX bypasses OPEN (2-HCV-74-36
(-37), RHR HEAT EXCHANGER A (B) MANUAL BYPASS). This will help prevent pump-to-pump head interaction and possible pump damage.V. System pressures should be kept well below relief valve setpoints due to industry experience of valves opening below setpoints and not reseating.
(2-RFV-74-505, RHR PUMP SUCTION HDR RELIEF, is set at 450 psi;2-RFV-63-626 and 627, RHR TO COLD LEG 2 & 3 (1 & 4) INJ LINE RELIEF, are set at 600 psi.)W. During cool down, at least one Reactor Coolant Pump (RCP) shall be operated to ensure the temperature difference between the loops does not exceed 25 0 F.X. 2-FCV-74-1, 2, LOOP 4 HOT LEG TO RHR SUCTION, will NOT auto close on high RCS pressure (ALARM ONLY). The operator must manually close the valves.Y. In order to prevent inadvertent diversion of hot water to the RWST or introduction of hot water into the ECCS pump suction piping, which could cause steam voids, the following valves SHALL NOT be opened while on RHR shutdown cooling with RCS temperature greater than 2351F: 2-HCV-74-34, 2-FCV-63-8 and 11, 2-FCV-63-6 and 7.Z. Do NOT throttle Component Cooling System (CCS) flow to the RHR Heat Exchangers (HXs) in an attempt to control cool down rates. Such action can cause overheating of the CCS side of the HX.AA. At least one reactor coolant pump (RCP) should be kept running when allowed by the RCP operating requirements to maintain some flow throughout the RCS, precluding the formation of any cold water pockets.BB. Component Cooling Water supply temperature is allowed to approach 11 0°F for a maximum of four hours, during initial RHR System operations for plant cool down operations.
Date 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (continued)
CC. Reduced inventory (Midloop) operations:
- 1. RCS temperature (RHR inlet) must be less than or equal to 140OF for entry into midloop operation.
- 2. Level should be greater than 6" above centerline of RCS loop piping for one RHR pump operation, limited to two-loop injection.
- 3. Running RHR pump should be stopped BEFORE starting Standby RHR pump.4. If RHR pump cavitates, RHR flow must be reduced (normal just over 2000 gpm). Continued cavitation necessitates securing the RHR pump.5. Operating band for the RHR Pump Suction during midloop operation is between Elevations 718' 6" and 719' 0".6. While in a Reduced Inventory/Mid-Loop condition, continuous indication of RCS level shall be provided by at least two level instruments.
- 7. The two level instruments used shall agree to within 2 inches 8. If RCS level is indeterminate (disagreement of more than 2 inches among indicators, uncontrolled changes, etc.), then stop any further level changes and attend the situation.
Stop the RHR Pump if necessary.
DD. GOI-7 should used throughout the procedure for generic operating guidelines.
It includes valves, motors, pumps, breakers, ultrasonic flowmeters, Foxboro controllers, and other general information.
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 13 of 62 Date 4.0 PREREQUISITE ACTIONS NOTE Preliminary action steps may be performed in any order with Test Directors approval.4.1 Preliminary Actions[1] EVALUATE open items in Watts Bar Integrated Task Equipment List (WITEL), and ENSURE they will NOT adversely affect the test performance and results.[2] ENSURE changes to the references listed on Appendix A, have been reviewed, and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance.
[3] VERIFY current revisions and change paper for referenced drawings has been reviewed and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance, and ATTACH documentation of current drawing revision numbers and change paper that were reviewed to the data package.[4] VERIFY the test/performance copy of this Preoperational Test Instruction (PTI) is the current revision including any change notices and as needed, each test person assisting in this test has the current revision including any change notices.[5] ENSURE outstanding Design Change Notices (DCN's), Engineering Document Construction Releases (EDCR's) or Temporary Modifications (T-Mods's) do NOT adversely impact testing, and ATTACH documentation of DCN's, EDCR's and T-Mods's that were reviewed to the data package.[6] ENSURE required Component Testing has been completed prior to start of test.
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 14 of 62 Date 4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued)
[7] VERIFY System cleanness as required for the performance of this test has been completed in accordance with SMP-7.0 for piping systems.[8] ENSURE all piping supports required for testing are installed and adjusted as required.[9] ENSURE communications are available for areas where testing is to be conducted.
[10] VERIFY plant instruments, listed on Appendix C, Permanent Plant Instrumentation Log, are placed in service and are within their calibration interval.[11] OBTAIN copies of the applicable forms from the latest revision of SMP-9.0, and ATTACH to this PTI for use during the performance of this PTI.[12] ENSURE a review of outstanding Clearances has been coordinated with Operations for impact to the test performance, and RECORD in Appendix B, Temporary Condition Log, if required.[13] ENSURE the system has been cleaned, hydrostatically tested, and flushed.[14] ENSURE system filled and vented in accordance with 2-TOP-074-01.
[15] REVIEW preventive maintenance for system/components covered by this test, and VERIFY no conditions exist that will impact test performance.
Date 4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued)
[16] ENSURE System 55, Annunciator and Sequential Events Recording System applicable TBK switches are ON, the applicable master switches are ON, and window software input(s) are ENABLED for the following Annunciator windows.A. 2-XA-55-1B-14-D B. 2-XA-55-1B-14-E C. 2-XA-55-6A-1 13-B D. 2-XA-55-6A-1 13-C E. 2-XA-55-6C-1 26-F F. 2-XA-55-6D-131-F G. 2-XA-55-6F-149-C H. 2-XA-55-6F-1 50-C NOTE Selecting
'Points' from the top menu of the ICS screen, then 'By Plant System', then 074, will show all the computer points for Step 4.1[17][17] ENSURE all Integrated Computer System (ICS) points are in scan for the RHR System, and IDENTIFY those points NOT able to be placed in scan in the CTL AND any compensatory actions required.[18] ENSURE components contained within the boundaries of this test are under the jurisdictional control of Preoperational Startup Engineering (PSE) and/or Plant Operations.
[19] VERIFY the RWST is filled with primary grade water and is available for the test.[20] PERFORM a pretest walkdown on equipment to be tested to ensure no conditions exist that will impact test performance.
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 16 of 62 Date 4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued)
[21] CONDUCT a pretest briefing with Test and Operations personnel in accordance with SMP-9.0.[22] VERIFY CCS Flow rate to RHR Heat Exchanger is 5000 to 6250 gpm at the following components:
A. 2-HTX-74-30, RHR Heat Exchanger 2A 2-FI-70-158
_ gpm B. 2-HTX-74-31, RHR Heat Exchanger 2B 2-FI-70-155
_ gpm[23] VERIFY RHR system components are aligned to support testing per 2-TOP-074-02, Residual Heat Removal System.[24] ENSURE the appropriate personnel have been notified and are available to support the test.[25] VERIFY Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) required for test performance has been (as required) filled, vented, place in service and recorded on Measuring and Test Equipment Log.Subsection 6.1 -6.4 Subsection 6.5[26] VERIFY Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) calibration due dates will support the completion of this test performance.
Subsection 6.1 -6.4 Subsection 6.5[27] VERIFY RCS Temperature is greater than 340°F but less than 350°F per 2-PTI-068-01.
Hot Functional Test (HFT).(Section 6.3, 6.4)[28] VERIFY RCS pressure is less than 370 psig but greater than 325 psig per 2-TOP-068-06, Plant Cooldown.(Section 6.3, 6.4)[29] VERIFY RHR room coolers are aligned to support RHR system testing. (Sections 6.1 -6.5)
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 17 of 62 Date 4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued)
[30] ENSURE there are two independent water level indicators available for midloop operation. (Section 6.5)[31] VERIFY PZR level is between 30 and 50 percent as indicated on 2-LI-68-321, PZR LEVEL COLD CAL, 2-M-4. (Section 6.5)[32] SETUP administrative controls to ensure no other actions are taken that may perturb RCS water level prior to midloop operation. (Section 6.5)[33] VERIFY Operations crew(s) performing this PTI have received mid-loop/reduced inventory training. (Section 6.5)[34] VERIFY RCS temperature less than 140°F. (Section 6.5)[35] VERIFY/PLACE Chemical and Volume Control System (CVCS) in service per 2-TOP-062-02, CVCS Letdown and Charging to extent necessary to support RCS drain down.(Section 6.5)[36] VERIFY one holdup tank is less than 15% full. (Section 6.5)
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 18 of 62 Date 4.2 Special Tools, M&TE, Parts, and Supplies[1] ENSURE the following M&TE or equivalent is available and within their calibration due dates, and RECORD the M&TE data on SMP-9.0, Measuring and Test equipment (M&TE) Log.* (2) Flow meters, Ultrasonic
(+/-3%)* Mansell Level Monitoring System, MLMS, is available.(Section 6.5)4.3 Field Preparations
[1] REMOVE insulation required to support the installation of the ultrasonic flow measuring devices on the RHR A & B Heat Exchanger bypass lines. (See Appendices K & L)WO NOTE Ultrasonics should be placed in a way to ensure there are 10 pipe diameters (80 inches)upstream and 5 pipe diameters (40 inches) downstream from valves, tees, or other components that may cause turbulent flow.[2] INSTALL ULTRASONIC Flow measuring devices at the locations specified on Appendices K & L. The locations are labeled as follows:* 2-FE-RHR-A (Section 6.1, 6.3)" 2-FE-RHR-B (Section 6.2, 6.4)[3] INITIATE 2-TOP-068-02 for Mansell Level Monitor System Installation and Removal of temporary connection manifolds to support Mansell Level Monitoring System (MLMS) to be installed after RCS pressure reduction below 85 psig.
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 19 of 62 Date 4.4 Approvals and Notifications
[1] OBTAIN permission of the Preoperational Startup Manager to start the test.Preoperational Startup Manager Signature[2] OBTAIN the Unit 2 Supervisor's (US/SRO) or Shift Manager's (SM) authorization.
Date U2 US/SRO/SM Signature Date Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA NOTES 1) During Heatup Operation, Flow to RCS will include letdown through the RHRS to the Chemical and Volume Control System (CVCS).2) RHRS/RCS Temperature and Pressure will be recorded whenever RHR System is in service. This may be as part of 2-TOP-074-02.
[1] Demonstrate during heatup of the RCS that the RHR System is capable of delivering at least 2500 gpm (total) to two RCS loops (RHR HTX outlet crossties 2-FCV-74-33
& 35 closed), one pump operating at a time, and letdown flow to the CVCS through the RHR System can be maintained. (Step 6.1[5] & 6.2[5])[2] Demonstrate RHR Operation during Plant Cool Down that the RHR system is capable of delivering at least 2500 GPM (total) to two RCS loops (RHR HX outlet crossties 2-FCV-74-33
& 35 closed), one pump operating at a time.(Step 6.3[5] & 6.4[5])[3] Demonstrate RHR Operation During Midloop Conditions A. For 2-PMP-74-10, RHR PMP 2A-A, is capable of injecting a minimum of 2000 gpm/pump to two RCS cold legs without: (Step 6.5[18])Operates without loss of pump suction when midloop level is established at 718' 6" (718' 6" to 719' 0"). (Step 6.5[23])" 2-PMP-74-10, RHR PMP 2A-A, operates without excessive pump cavitation/noise. (Step 6.5[23])* 2-PMP-74-10, RHR PMP 2A-A, operates without excessive vibration at the flow control valves or flow check valves. (Step 6.5[23])
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 21 of 62 Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)
B. For 2-PMP-74-20, RHR PMP 2B.-B, is capable of injecting a minimum of 2000 gpm/pump to two RCS cold legs without: (Step 6.5[261)* Operates without loss of pump suction when midloop level is established at 718' 6" (718' 6" to 719' 0"). (Step 6.5[31])* 2-PMP-74-20, RHR PMP 2B-B, operates without excessive cavitation/noise (Step 6.5131])* 2-PMP-74-20, RHR PMP 2B-B, operates without excessive vibration at the flow control valves or flow check valves. (Step 6.5[31])
Date 6.0 PERFORMANCE NOTES 1) Sections 6.1 and 6.2 are to be performed during the heatup portion of 2-PTI-068-01.
The remaining sections are to be performed following Hot Functional Testing during cooldown.2) Sections 6.1 or 6.2 can be performed in either order. Section 6.3 or 6.4 can be performed in either order after completion of Sections 6.1 and 6.2. Sections 6.5 must be performed in numerical order after completion of Sections 6.1 Thru 6.4.3) Letdown flow from RHR to CVCS may be adjusted as necessary during the test.4) Appendix M shall be used for minimum and maximum RHR pump flow rates.6.1 A Train RHR Heatup During Hot Functional Testing[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Section 6.1 have been completed.
[2] ENSURE the following:
A. RHR Train A in service in accordance with 2-TOP-074-02 to Loops 2 and 3.B. 2-FCV-74-33 and 35 are CLOSED.C. 2-FI-63-91 B indicating
__ 2,500 gpm flow to loops 2 & 3.D. Letdown flow from RHR to the OVOS system in service.[3] MONITOR RHR Pump Room A Cooler in service with operating fan and cooler ERCW flow.
Date 6.1 A Train RHR Heatup During Hot Functional Testing (continued)
NOTE The following steps should NOT be performed until the 2-HTX-74-30, RHR HEAT EXCHANGER 2A, temperature has stabilized to less than 2 0 F heat up in a 10 minute period.[4] RECORD the following:
A. RCS Temperature 2-TR-68-65 OF B. Time HRS NOTE Steps 6.1[5] and 6.1[7] are to be performed concurrently.
[5] ADJUST 2-HIC-74-32A, RHR HXS BYPASS FLOW CONTROL and 2-HIC-74-16A, RHR HX A FLOW CONTROL, at 2-M-6, as required to maintain less than or equal to 50°F/HR RCS heat up rate AND greater than 2,500 gpm flowrate for one hour. (Acc Crit 5.0[11])[6] ENSURE no excessive noises or vibration on A Train FCVs and check valves[7] COMPLETE Appendix D, RHR A Train Heatup Performance Data.[8] RECORD the following after one hour: A. RCS Temperature 2-TR-68-65 OF B. Time HRS[9] REVIEW the data from Appendix D, and VERIFY heatup has occurred.
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 24 of 62 Date 6.2 B Train RHR Heatup During Hot Functional Testing[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Section 6.2 have been completed.
[2] ENSURE the following:
A. RHR Train B in service in accordance with 2-TOP-074-02 to Loops 1 and 4.B. 2-FCV-74-33 and 34 are CLOSED.C. 2-FI-63-92B indicating
>_ 2,500 gpm flow to loops 1 & 4.D. Letdown flow from RHR to the CVCS system in service.[3] MONITOR RHR Pump Room B Cooler in service with operating fan and cooler ERCW flow.NOTE The following steps should NOT be performed until the 2-HTX-74-30, RHR HEAT EXCHANGER 2A, temperature has stabilized to less than 2 0 F heat up in a 10 minute period.[4] RECORD the following:
A. RCS Temperature 2-TR-68-65 OF B. Time HRS Date 6.2 B Train RHR Heatup During Hot Functional Testing (continued)
NOTE Steps 6.2[5] and 6.2[7] are to be performed concurrently.
[5] ADJUST 2-HIC-74-32A, RHR HXS BYPASS FLOW CONTROL and 2-HIC-74-28A, RHR HX B FLOW CONTROL, at 2-M-6, as required to maintain less than or equal to 50°F/HR RCS heat up rate AND greater than 2,500 gpm flowrate for one hour. (Acc Crit 5.0[1])[6] ENSURE no excessive noises or vibration on B Train FCVs and check valves[7] COMPLETE Appendix E, RHR B Train Heat Up Performance Data.[8] RECORD the following:
A. RCS Temperature 2-TR-68-65 B. Time HRS[9] REVIEW the data from Appendix E and VERIFY heat up has occurred.
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 26 of 62 Date NOTES 1) Section 6.3 or 6.4 can be performed in either order after completion of Sections 6.1 and 6.2. Sections 6.5 must be performed in numerical order after completion of Sections 6.1 thru 6.4.2) Letdown flow from RHR to CVCS may be adjusted as necessary during the test.6.3 A Train RHR Cooldown Following Hot Functional Testing[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Section 6.3 have been completed.
[2] ENSURE Train A RHR is in service in accordance with 2-TOP-074-02 for cooldown with RHR letdown in service.[3] MONITOR RHR Pump Room A Cooler in service with operating fan and cooler ERCW flow.NOTE The following steps should NOT be performed until the 2-HTX-74-30, RHR HEAT EXCHANGER 2A, temperature has stabilized to less than 21F heat up in a 10 minute period.[4] RECORD the following:
A. RCS Temperature 2-TR-68-65 OF B. Time HRS NOTE Steps 6.3[5] and 6.3[7] are to be performed concurrently.
[5] ADJUST 2-HIC-74-32A, RHR HXS BYPASS FLOW CONTROL and 2-HIC-74-16A, RHR HX A FLOW CONTROL, at 2-M-6, as required to maintain less than or equal to 50°F/HR RCS cool down rate AND greater than 2,500 gpm flowrate for one hour. (Acc Crit 5.0[2])
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 27 of 62 Date 6.3 A Train RHR Cooldown Following Hot Functional Testing (continued)
[6] ENSURE no excessive noises or vibration on A Train FCVs and check valves[7] COMPLETE Appendix F, RHR A Train Cool Down Performance Data.[8] RECORD the following:
A. RCS Temperature 2-TR-68-65 OF B. Time HRS[9] REVIEW the data from Appendix F, and VERIFY cool down has occurred.
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 28 of 62 Date 6.4 B Train RHR Cooldown Following Hot Functional Testing[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Section 6.4 have been completed.
[2] ENSURE Train B RHR is in service in accordance with 2-TOP-074-02 for cooldown with RHR letdown in service.[3] MONITOR RHR Pump Room B Cooler in service with operating fan and cooler ERCW flow.NOTE The following steps should NOT be performed until the 2-HTX-74-31, RHR HEAT EXCHANGER 2B, temperature has stabilized to less than 2 0 F heat up in a 10 minute period.[4] RECORD the following:
A. RCS Temperature 2-TR-68-65 OF B. Time HRS NOTE Steps 6.4[5] and 6.4[7] are to be performed concurrently.
[5] ADJUST 2-HIC-74-32A, RHR HXS BYPASS FLOW CONTROL and 2-HIC-74-28A, RHR HX B FLOW CONTROL, at 2-M-6, as required to maintain less than or equal to 50°F/HR RCS cool down rate AND greater than 2,500 gpm flowrate for one hour. (Acc Crit 5.0[2]).[6] ENSURE NO excessive noises or vibration on B Train FCVs and check valves.[7] COMPLETE Appendix G, RHR B Train Cool Down Performance Data.
Date 6.4 B Train RHR Cooldown Following Hot Functional Testing (continued)
[8] RECORD the following:
A. RCS Temperature 2-TR-68-65 OF B. Time HRS[9] REVIEW the data from Appendix G and VERIFY cool down has occurred.
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 30 of 62 Date 6.5 RHR Midloop Operation NOTES 1) This section should be performed with the head removed. The suggested time frame would be during/after Open Vessel Testing and before Hot Functional Testing.2) During the performance of this Section, piping vibration data will be collected.
The Piping Vibration Test Engineer (TE) is responsible for performance of piping vibration activities in accordance with 2-PTI-999-01 and shall make an entry in the Chronological Test Log.3) When pulling suction from the vessel, the flow path should use 2-FCV-074-08 and 2-FCV-074-09 to provide the most limiting scenario.[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Section 6.5 have been completed.
[2] VERIFY Annunciator Window 126-F, RCS MID-LOOP LEVEL HI/LO, located at Panel 2-XA-55-6C is CLEAR.[3] VERIFY/PLACE RHR A Train in service in accordance with 2-TOP-074-02, RHR with discharge lined up to RCS loops 2 and 3, 2-FCV-63-93 RHR TO CL 2 & 3, OPEN.[4] PERFORM 2-TOP 068-02, Reactor Coolant System, Draining the RCS.[5] WHEN PZR level reaches approximately 25% during the drain down, as indicated on 2-LI-68-321, PZR-COLD CAL, 2-M-4, THEN VERIFY decreasing level on 2-LI-68-399B, RCS WR LEVEL on 2-M-6.[6] COMPLETE Appendix H, Verification of RCS Instrument Overlap, for RCS Level Instruments 2-LI-68-321, PZR-COLD CAL, and 2-LI-68-399B, RCS WR LEVEL as RCS level is being reduced.
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 31 of 62 Date 6.5 RHR Midloop Operation (continued)
NOTE Annunciator Window 126-F, RCS MID-LOOP LEVEL HI/LO, at Panel 2-XA-55-6C is disabled above EL 722'.[7] VERIFY the following at approximately 722' 0" (721'4" to 722'8") on 2-LI-68-399B RCS WR LEVEL and RECORD the level: Mansell Ch I feet Mansell Ch II feet 2-LI-68-399B feet inches A. 2-LG-68-399A, RCS LEVEL GAGE, located in Reactor Building EL 716, AZ 75, indicates 722'0" (721' 11" to 722'1 ").2-LG-68-399A feet inches B. Annunciator Window 126-F, RCS MID-LOOP LEVEL HI/LO, at Panel 2-XA-55-6C in ALARM.C. Unit 2 Alarm Events Display Screen indicates 126-F RCS NR MID-LOOP LEVEL HI (LS-68-399A2) is in ALARM.[8] STOP RCS Drain down in accordance with 2-TOP-068-02, Reactor Coolant System when either channel of Mansell indicates elevation 721' or less.[9] INCREASE RCS level per 2-TOP-068-02, Reactor Coolant System, Fill and Vent Section (721' 4" to 722' 8") and VERIFY the following:
A. Annunciator Window 126-F, RCS MID-LOOP LEVEL HI/LO, at Panel 2-XA-55-6C is CLEAR.B. Unit 2 Alarm Events Display Screen indicates 126-F RCS NR MID-LOOP LEVEL HI (LS-68-399A2) is CLEAR.
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 32 of 62 Date 6.5 RHR Midloop Operation (continued)
NOTE 126-F RCS NR MIDLOOP LEVEL HI (LS-68-399A2) will return to an ALARM condition when drain down operations reduce RCS level below approximately 722' 0".[10] CONTINUE Drain down of the Reactor Vessel in accordance with 2-TOP-068-02, Reactor Coolant System, Drain Down Section.[11] VERIFY the following at approximately 719' 5" (719' 4" to 719' 6") on 2-LI-68-399A RCS NR LEVEL and RECORD the level: Mansell Ch I Mansell Ch II 2-LI-68-399A feet feet feet inches A. Annunciator Window 126-F, RCS MID-LOOP LEVEL HI/LO, at Panel 2-XA-55-6C is CLEAR.B. 2-LG-68-399A, RCS LEVEL GAGE, located in Reactor Building EL 716, AZ 75, indicates approximately 719' 5" (719' 4" to 719' 6").2-LG-68-399A feet inches[12] WHEN 2-LI-68-399A RCS NR LEVEL, at 2-M-6, indicates 718' 6" (718' 5. to 718' 7"), THEN STOP the RCS Drain down.[13] VERIFY the following:
A. Annunciator Window 126-F, RCS MID-LOOP LEVEL HI/LO, at Panel 2-XA-55-6C in ALARM.B. Unit 2 Alarm Events Display Screen indicates 126-F RCS NR MID-LOOP LEVEL LO (LS-68-399A1) is in ALARM.
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 33 of 62 Date 6.5 RHR Midloop Operation (continued)
[14] RECORD the level: Mansell Ch I feet Mansell Ch II feet 2-LI-68-399A feet inches CAUTION The in-service RHR Pump should be carefully monitored for signs of cavitation.
If excessive cavitation is observed, the RHR Pump must be secured.[15] ENSURE RCS level is between 718' 6" and 719' 0" by using 2-TOP-068-02, Reactor Coolant System, Fill and Vent Section.[16] VERIFY the following:
A. Annunciator Window 126-F, RCS MID-LOOP LEVEL HI/LO, at Panel 2-XA-55-6C is CLEAR.B. Unit 2 Alarm Events Display Screen indicates 126-F RCS NR MID-LOOP LEVEL HI (LS-68-399A2) is CLEAR.[17] RECORD the levels at the following locations:
A. Mansell Level Monitor Mansell Ch I feet Mansell Ch II feet B. 2-LI-68-399A, RCS NR LEVEL 2-LI-68-399A feet inches C. 2-LG-68-399A.
RCS LEVEL GAGE 2-LG-68-399A feet inches[18] ADJUST 2-HIC-74-32A, RHR HXS BYPASS FLOW CONTROL, and 2-HIC-74-16A.
RHR HX A FLOW CONTROL, as required to maintain a 2000 (2000-2500) gpm system flow rate. (Acc Crit 5.0[3]A)
Date 6.5 RHR Midloop Operation (continued)
[19] ENSURE the TE has test equipment and personnel in place to support vibration testing.[20] NOTIFY TE responsible for 2-PTI-999-01 that conditions have been established for steady state vibration for RHR A TRAIN components.
NOTE Steps 6.5[21] and 6.5[22] shall be completed concurrently.
[21] PERFORM vibration testing in accordance with 2-PTI-999-01.
TE[22] COMPLETE Appendix I, RHR A Midloop Pump Operation.
[23] REVIEW the data from Appendix I, RHR A PUMP MIDLOOP OPERATION, and VERIFY the following:
A. Pump operates without loss of pump suction.(Acc Crit 5.0[3]A)B. Pump operates without excessive cavitation/noise.(Acc Crit 5.0[3]A)C. Pump operates without excessive vibration at the flow control valves or flow check valves. (Acc Crit 5.0[3]A)[24] PLACE 2-HS-74-1OA, RHR PMP A (ECCS), 2-M-6, to STOP, and VERIFY the following:
A. Green light ON B. Red light OFF WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 35 of 62 Date 6.5 RHR Midloop Operation (continued)
CAUTION The in-service RHR Pump should be carefully monitored for signs of cavitation.
If excessive cavitation is observed, the RHR Pump must be secured.[25] PLACE RHR B Pump in service in accordance with 2-TOP-074-02, RHR Pump Operation during Midloop Operation.
[26] ADJUST 2-HIC-74-32A, RHR HXS BYPASS FLOW CONTROL, and 2-HIC-74-28A, RHR HX B FLOW CONTROL, as required to maintain a 2000 (2000-2500) gpm system flow rate. (Acc Crit 5.0[3]B)[27] ENSURE the TE has test equipment and personnel in place to support vibration testing.[28] NOTIFY TE responsible for 2-PTI-999-01 that conditions have been established for steady state vibration for RHR B TRAIN components.
NOTE Steps 6.5[29] and 6.5[30] shall be completed concurrently.
[29] PERFORM vibration testing in accordance with 2-PTI-999-01.
[30] COMPLETE Appendix J, RHR B Midloop Pump Operation.
TE WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 36 of 62 Date 6.5 RHR Midloop Operation (continued)
[31] REVIEW the data from Appendix J, RHR B PUMP MIDLOOP OPERATION, and, VERIFY the following:
A. Pump operates without loss of pump suction.(Acc Crit 5.0[3]B)B. Pump operates without excessive cavitation/noise.(Acc Crit 5.0[3]B)C. Pump operates without excessive vibration at the flow control valves or flow check valves. (Acc Crit 5.0[3]B)[32] PLACE Hand Switch 2-HS-74-20A, RHR PMP B (ECCS), 2-M-6, to STOP position, and VERIFY the following:
A. Green Light ON B. Red Light OFF[33] ALIGN RHR to normal alignment per 2-TOP-074-02.
Date 7.0 POST-PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES
[1] VERIFY that Post-test calibration of the M&TE used to record quantitative acceptance criteria has been satisfactorily performed, and RECORD the results on Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) Log.[2] VERIFY Post-test calibration of permanent plant instruments used to record quantitative acceptance criteria has been satisfactorily performed, and RECORD the results on Appendix C, Permanent Plant Instrumentation Log.[3] REMOVENERIFY the ultrasonic flow meters.[4] REPLACE insulation removed for ultrasonic flow meters.WO#[5] NOTIFY the Unit 2 US/SRO of the test completion and System alignment.
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 38 of 62 Date 8.0 RECORDS A. QA Records Complete Test Package B. Non-QA Records None WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 39 of 62 Appendix A (Page 1 of 1)Test Procedures/Instructions Reference Review Date NOTE Additional copies of this table may be made as necessary.
PROCEDURE/
INITIAL AND DATE.INSTRUCTION (N/A for no change)TVAW-03-MLMS-01 WBN2-62-4001 FSAR, Section 5.5.7,Section 6.5 Table 14.2-1 Sheet 17 of 89 WBN2-74-4001 WAT-D-90-8252 RIMS #T33 931215 809 2-TSD-74-2 SSD 2-L-68-399A SSD 2-L-68-399B 2-PTI-068-01 2-PTI-999-01 WBT-D-2988 WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 40 of 62 Appendix B (Page 1 of 1)Temporary Conditions Log Date NOTE These steps will be N/A'd if no temporary condition existed. Additional copies of this table may be made as necessary.
PERFORMED RETURNED TO NORMAL ITEM TEMPORARY CONDITION Step Performed By/Date Step Returned By/Date No. DESCRIPTION No. CV By/Date No. CV By/Date/ // I/ /_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _/ // /I I_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _/ I/ I_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _/ // /_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _/ /I // I_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _/ // /_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _/ // /I /__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _/ _ _/
Appendix C (Page 1 of 3)Permanent Plant Instrumentation Log Date USED FOR INSTRUMENT FILLED AND PLACED IN QUANTITATIVE OR VENTED 1 SERVICE 1 ACC CRIT POST-TEST CALIBRATION INSTRUMENT POST-TEST CAL ACCEPTABLE 2 LOOP # CAL DUE DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE YES NO DATE2 INITIAL/DATE 2-T-68-65 2-P-68-63 2-LPF-63-91A 2-LPF-63-91 B 2-LPF-63-92A 2-LPF-63-92B 2-LPF-70-151 2-LPF-70-158 2-LPT-70-155 2-LPF-70-155 2-LPF-70-152 Appendix C (Page 2 of 3)Permanent Plant Instrumentation Log Date USED FOR INSTRUMENT FILLED AND PLACED IN QUANTITATIVE OR VENTED 1 SERVICE 1 ACC CRIT POST-TEST CALIBRATION INSTRUMENT POST-TEST CAL ACCEPTABLE 2 LOOP # CAL DUE DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE YES NO DATE 2 INITIAL/DATE 2-LPT-70-154 2-LG-68-399 N/A X N/A N/A 2-L-68-399A 2-L-68-399B 2-T-74-14 2-T-74-29 2-T-74-25 2-T-74-39 2-L-68-321 1 -LPT-70-161 WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 43 of 62 Appendix C (Page 3 of 3)Permanent Plant Instrumentation Log Date USED FOR INSTRUMENT FILLED AND PLACED IN QUANTITATIVE OR VENTED 1 SERVICE 1 ACC CRIT POST-TEST CALIBRATION INSTRUMENT POST-TEST CAL ACCEPTABLE 2 LOOP # CAL DUE DATE INIT/DATE INIT/DATE YES NO DATE2 INITIALIDATE 2-LPT-70-161 O-LPT-70-162 2-PI-74-4 2-PI-74-22 2-LPP-74-13 2-LPP-74-26 1 These items may be initialed and dated by personnel performing the task. Instrumentation not required to be filled and vented may be identified as Not Applicable. (N/A)2 May be identified as Not Applicable (N/A) if instrument was not used to verify/record quantitative acceptance criteria data.
Appendix D (Page 1 of 3)RHR A Train Heatup Performance Data Date RHR HX A TEMP RHR HX A TOTAL RHR RHR BYPASS INLET TEMP OUTLET FLOW FLOW 2-TR-74-14 2-TR-74-14 2-FI-63-91 2-FE-RHR-A (RED) (GREEN)TIME (2-M-6) (LOCAL) (2-M-6) (2-M-6) INITIALSIDATE START /5 MIN /10 MIN /15 MIN /20 MIN /25 MIN /30 MIN /35 MIN I 40 MIN /45 MIN /50 MIN /55 MIN /60 MIN /2-FE-RHR-A M&TE Cal Due Date WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 45 of 62 Appendix D (Page 2 of 3)RHR A Train Heatup Performance Data Date CCS TEMP IN(l)CCS FLOW 0-TI-70-162, 1-TI-70-161, CCS TEMP OUT 2-FI-70-158 2-TI-70-161 2-TI-70-157 TIME (0-M-27B)
(0-M-27B)
(0-M-27B)
INITIALS/DATE START /5 MIN /10 MIN /15 MIN /20 MIN /25 MIN /30 MIN /35 MIN /40 MIN /45 MIN /50 MIN /55 MIN I 60 MIN /(1) Select the CCS Inlet Temperature dependent on CCS Status.
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 46 of 62 Appendix D (Page 3 of 3)RHR A Train Heatup Performance Data Date RHR HEAT EXCHANGER flow can be determined using the following method: TOTAL RHR FLOW RHR BYPASS FLOW RHR HEAT EXCHANGER 2-FI-63-91 B 2-FE-RHR-A FLOW TOTAL RHR FLOW RHR BYPASS FLOW A RHR HEAT TIME 2-FI-63-91B MINUS 2-FE-RHR-A EQUAL EXCHANGER FLOW START 5 MIN 10 MIN 15 MIN 20 MIN 25 MIN 30 MIN 35 MIN 40 MIN 45 MIN 50 MIN 55 MIN 60 MIN Calculations Performed By Calculations Verified By Initials Date Initials Date Appendix E (Page 1 of 3)RHR B Train Heatup Performance Data Date RHR HX TEMP TOTAL RHR RHR BYPASS IN RHR HX TEMP FLOW FLOW 2-TR-74-25 OUT 2-TR-74-25 2-FI-63-92 2-FE-RHR-B (RED) (GREEN)TIME (2-M-6) (LOCAL) (2-M-6) (2-M-6) INITIALSIDATE START /5 MIN /10 MIN /15 MIN /20 MIN /25 MIN /30 MIN /35 MIN /40 MIN /45 MIN /50 MIN /55 MIN /60 MIN /2-FE-RHR-B M&TE Cal Due Date WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 48 of 62 Appendix E (Page 2 of 3)RHR B Train Heatup Performance Data Date CCS TEMP IN(l)CCS FLOW 0-TI-70-162, 1-TI-70-161, CCS TEMP OUT 2-FI-70-155 2-TI-70-161 2-TI-70-154 TIME (0-M-27B)
(0-M-27B)
(0-M-27B)
INITIALSIDATE START /5 MIN I 10 MIN /15 MIN I 20 MIN /25 MIN /30 MIN /35 MIN /40 MIN /45 MIN /50 MIN /55 MIN /60 MIN /(1) Select the CCS Inlet Temperature dependent on CCS Status.
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 49 of 62 Appendix E (Page 3 of 3)RHR B Train Heatup Performance Data Date RHR HEAT EXCHANGER flow can be determined using the following method: TOTAL RHR FLOW RHR BYPASS FLOW RHR HEAT EXCHANGER 2-FI-63-92B 2-FE-RHR-B FLOW TOTAL RHR FLOW RHR BYPASS FLOW A RHR HEAT MINUS EQUALHR-TIME 2-FI-63-92B 2-FE-RHR-B EXCHANGER FLOW START =5 MIN =10 MIN =15 MIN -20 MIN 25 MIN 30 MIN 35 MIN 40 MIN 45 MIN 50 MIN 55 MIN 60 MIN Calculations Performed By Calculations Verified By Initials Date Initials Date WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 50 of 62 Appendix F (Page 1 of 3)RHR A Train Cooldown Performance Data Date RHR HX A TEMP RHR HX A TOTAL RHR RHR BYPASS INLET TEMP OUTLET FLOW FLOW 2-TR-74-14 2-TR-74-14 2-FI-63-91 2-FE-RHR-A (RED) (GREEN)TIME (2-M-6) (LOCAL) (2-M-6) (2-M-6) INITIALS/DATE START /5 MIN /10 MIN /15 MIN /20 MIN /25 MIN /30 MIN /35 MIN /40 MIN /45 MIN /50 MIN I 55 MIN /60 MIN /2-FE-RHR-A M&TE Cal Due Date WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 51 of 62 Appendix F (Page 2 of 3)RHR A Train Cooldown Performance Data Date CCS TEMP IN(l)CCS FLOW 0-TI-70-162, 1-TI-70-161, CCS TEMP OUT 2-FI-70-158 2-TI-70-161 2-TI-70-157 TIME (0-M-27B)
(0-M-27B)
(0-M-27B)
INITIALS/DATE START /5 MIN I 10 MIN /15 MIN /20 MIN /25 MIN /30 MIN /35 MIN /40 MIN /45 MIN I 50 MIN /55 MIN /60 MIN /(1) Select the CCS Inlet Temperature dependent on CCS Status.
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 52 of 62 Appendix F (Page 3 of 3)RHR A Train Cooldown Performance Data Date RHR HEAT EXCHANGER flow can be determined using the following method: TOTAL RHR FLOW RHR BYPASS FLOW RHR HEAT EXCHANGER 2-FI-63-91B 2-FE-RHR-A FLOW TOTAL RHR FLOW MINUS RHR BYPASS FLOW EQUAL A RHR HEAT TIME 2-FI-63-91B 2-FE-RHR-A EXCHANGER FLOW START =5 MIN -10 MIN =15 MIN -20 MIN 25 MIN 30 MIN 35 MIN 40 MIN 45 MIN 50 MIN 55 MIN 60 MIN Calculations Performed By Calculations Verified By Initials Date Initials Date WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 53 of 62 Appendix G (Page 1 of 3)RHR B Train Cooldown Performance Data Date RHR HX TEMP TOTAL RHR RHR BYPASS IN RHR HX TEMP FLOW FLOW 2-TR-74-25 OUT 2-TR-74-25 2-FI-63-92 2-FE-RHR-B (RED) (GREEN)TIME (2-M-6) (LOCAL) (2-M-6) (2-M-6) INITIALS/DATE START /5 MIN /10 MIN /15 MIN /20 MIN /25 MIN , 30 MIN /35 MIN /40 MIN /45 MIN /50 MIN /55 MIN /60 MIN /2-FE-RHR-B M&TE Cal Due Date WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev.0000 Page 54 of 62 Appendix G (Page 2 of 3)RHR B Train Cooldown Performance Data Date CCS TEMP IN(l)CCS FLOW 0-TI-70-162, 1-TI-70-161, CCS TEMP OUT 2-FI-70-155 2-TI-70-161 2-TI-70-154 TIME (0-M-27B)
(0-M-27B)
(0-M-27B)
INITIALSIDATE START /5 MIN /10 MIN /15 MIN /20 MIN /25 MIN /30 MIN I 35 MIN I 40 MIN I 45 MIN I 50 MIN /55 MIN I 60 MIN /(1) Select the CCS Inlet Temperature dependent on CCS Status.
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 55 of 62 Appendix G (Page 3 of 3)RHR B Train Cooldown Performance Data Date RHR HEAT EXCHANGER flow can be determined using the following method: TOTAL RHR FLOW RHR BYPASS FLOW RHR HEAT EXCHANGER 2-FI-63-92B 2-FE-RHR-B FLOW Calculations Performed By Initials Date Calculations Verified By Initials Date WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 56 of 62 Appendix H (Page 1 of 2)Verification Of RCS Instrument Overlap Date NOTES 1) Each change in 2-LI-68-321, PZR COLD CAL LEVEL of 1 % is equal to approximately 5" on 2-LI-68-399B, RCS WR LEVEL.2) RCS level shall be provided by at least two level instruments.
- 3) 2-LI-68-399B and Mansell (all inservice channels) shall agree to within 2 inches WHEN 2-LI-68-321, PZR-COLD CAL, level indicates the percent readings in the table, THEN RECORD level indication for in-service Mansell channels and 2-LI-68-399B, RCS WR LEVEL, in feet and inches.(Step 6.5[6])2-LI-68-321 (2-M-4) 2-LI-68-399B (2-M-6) MANSELL LEVEL INDICATION' INITIALS/DATE PZR COLD CAL RCS WIDE RANGE LEVEL INSTRUMENT LEVEL INSTRUMENT CH I CH II 25% ft in ft in ft in /20% ft in ft in ft in /15% ft in ft in ft in /10% ft in ft in ft in /5% ft in ft in ft in /0% ft in ft in ft in /(1) N/A if not able to place in service.
Appendix H (Page 2 of 2)Verification Of RCS Instrument Overlap Date PLAN'lT ELEVA71O.'?J 783'778" 773" 768'- --763' --758'-753.748'743'738'733-728'723" -718*713'AUO LWEVL WA TCH14 ".M lala'.-ILT-8-3*8 (JFR)LIauldd Lov.I G-WJ.IEl 0uo 7,43*-G" 7 011.21%I ~ZLT48-399A tNRI 91. 10 ,ito, 6'I-Ultrasonic Installation IAW N-UT-72 -Measurin; Fluid Lovels On Numbet 4 Hot MIOLOOP 2-M46 LIQUID LEVEL OAU0E I COLD CAL MANSELL LEVEL MONITOR I & II Appendix I (Page 1 of 1)RHR A Midloop Pump Operation Date SUCTION DISCHARGE EXCESSIVE EXCESSIVE PRESSURE PRESSURE FLOW RATE CAVITATION NOISE 2-PI-74-4 2-PI-74-13 2-FI-63-91A INITIALS/(2-L1-12)
(2-M-6) (2-M-6) YES NO YES NO TIME DATE START 5 MIN 10 MIN 15 MIN 20 MIN 25 MIN 30 MIN 35 MIN 40 MIN 45 MIN 50 MIN 55 MIN 60 MIN VERIFY the following conditions do NOT exist during RHR MIDLOOP pump operation:
- Excessive Cavitation during MIDLOOP operation.
- Excessive Noise during MIDLOOP operation.
- Loss of RHR Pump suction.
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 59 of 62 Appendix J (Page 1 of 1)RHR B Midloop Pump Operation Date SUCTION DISCHARGE EXCESSIVE EXCESSIVE PRESSURE PRESSURE FLOW RATE CAVITATION NOISE 2-PI-74-22 2-PI-74-26 2-FI-63-92A INITIALS/(2-L1-13)
(2-M-6) (2-M-6) YES NO YES NO TIME DATE START 5 MIN 10 MIN 15 MIN 20 MIN 25 MIN 30 MIN 35 MIN 40 MIN 45 MIN 50 MIN 55 MIN 60 MIN VERIFY the following conditions do NOT exist during RHR MIDLOOP pump operation:
- Excessive Cavitation during MIDLOOP operation.
- Excessive Noise during MIDLOOP operation.
0 Loss of RHR Pump suction.
Appendix K (Page 1 of 1)RHR Heat Exchanger A Ultrasonic Flow Measurement Installation Detail Date rE7 7 74-22RR--R3
/I 7R.-2.RIR-R-29I KR E77 012I8 4E8 k()742'ZR"R'.57
,,.' ") r 7 7I 74-2RHR-R40 107 L t, " IIE70.,-, E563-07-I E7 /K E87 NOTE: Mount Transducers to flow device to the 8 inch pipe 40 inches from welded connection of valve.
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 61 of 62 Appendix L (Page 1 of 1)RHR Heat Exchanger B Ultrasonic Flow Measurement Installation Detail Date-I I
- 2 HR R Q E 030A 0023 RR11 21A, D21 74- 201JR-R7 I HOL 21 02 R--ON , DISE9 1 ,1 02 R oa "-. ..05 15E NOTE: Mount Transducers to flow device to the 8 inch pipe 40 inches from welded connection of valve.
WBN RHR HFT Heatup/Cooldown and 2-PTI-074-02 Unit 2 Midloop Rev. 0000 Page 62 of 62 Appendix M (Page 1 of 1)RHR Pump Operating Flow Limits Date 4000 -r----------------------------
i i Mode 6 with>23 ft above vessel flange.See P & L T & U.3000 ,----------------------
2500 RHR Pump flow rate GPM 2000 Per Pump 1400 750 0..I.Mode 6 with<23 ft above vessel flange.See P &L T & U.Minimize Operation in this Range***I ,--:**Mini flow Operation Reduced Inventory/
midloop (One pump only)FCV-74-1 &-2 Flow path (2 pumps running)---- OR----FCV-74-8 & 9 Flowpath (One pump only)FCV-74-1 & 2 Flow path (One pump only)